Part 1.
TEXAS NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION COMMISSION
Chapter 80.
CONTESTED CASE HEARINGS
Subchapter C. HEARING PROCEDURES
30 TAC §80.128
The Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC
or commission) proposes a new §80.128, Specific Admissibility of Evidence
for Concrete Batch Plants.
BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF THE FACTUAL BASIS FOR THE PROPOSED RULES
Senate Bill (SB) 1298, 76th Legislature, 1999, amended the Texas Health
and Safety Code (THSC), §382.058, Limitation on Commission Exemption
for Construction of Certain Concrete Plants, by adding subsection (d), to
prohibit evidence regarding air dispersion modeling to be submitted at a hearing
under THSC, §382.056, Notice of Intent to Obtain Permit or Permit Review;
Hearing, for concrete batch plants which register under THSC, §382.057,
Exemptions.
SB 766, which also passed during the 76th Legislature, 1999, amended THSC, §382.058
to reference permits by rule and standards permits instead of exemptions for
concrete batch plants. In order to give effect to both SB 1298 and SB 766,
the commission will implement the intent of the language from "adoption of
exemption under §382.057" to "issuance of standard permit under §382.05195"
and the procedures which are codified under 30 TAC 116, Subchapter F.
It is anticipated that concrete batch plants will be eligible for a standard
permit from the commission instead of an exemption. The commission is currently
concluding extensive research to ensure that the standard permit for concrete
batch plants will be protective. Prior to the granting of the standard permit,
certain concrete batch plants will be required to provide public notice and
may be subject to a contested case hearing. Under these circumstances, when
air dispersion modeling is introduced at a public hearing for a concrete batch
plant registering under an exemption, it greatly increases the cost without
commensurate improvement in air quality. SB 1298 creates a prohibition on
submittal of evidence regarding air dispersion modeling during a public hearing
when a standard permit considering modeling and impacts review for these facilities
has been issued by the commission. This prohibition will begin to apply upon
the issuance of a standard permit for concrete batch plants by the commission,
which is anticipated in the Summer of 2000.
SECTION BY SECTION DISCUSSION
The new proposed §80.128 prohibits evidence regarding air dispersion
modeling to be submitted at a hearing under THSC, §382.056, if the commission
considers air dispersion modeling information in the course of adopting the
standard permit under TCAA, §382.05195 for a concrete plant.
FISCAL NOTE
Jeff Grymkoski, Director, Strategic Planning and Appropriations Division,
has determined for the first five-year period the proposed rule is in effect,
there will be a some decrease in fiscal implications for state or local governments
as a result of administration or enforcement of the proposed rule. Enforcement
of the rule will result in an decrease in workload for commission staff.
PUBLIC BENEFIT
Mr. Grymkoski has also determined for each year of the first five years
the proposed rule is in effect, the public benefit anticipated from enforcement
of and compliance with the rule will be no duplicative effort by companies
and protestants in providing dispersion modeling in contested case hearings.
It should also provide for expedited hearings.
SMALL AND MICRO-BUSINESS IMPACT ANALYSES
The rule is not anticipated to impose costs on persons, small businesses,
or micro-businesses. The rule could save small businesses up to $10,000 in
dispersion modeling in an contested case hearing. In those instances that
the agency provided modeling for small businesses, it would decrease the commission's
expenditure of resources.
DRAFT REGULATORY IMPACT ANALYSIS
The commission has reviewed the proposed rulemaking in light of the regulatory
analysis requirements of Texas Government Code, §2001.0225, and has determined
that the rulemaking is not subject to §2001.0225 because it does not
meet the definition of a "major environmental rule" as defined in that statute.
Section 80.128 contains a change in the procedural rules which prohibits the
introduction of modeling in a contested case hearing. Since extensive modeling
was performed by the commission regarding concrete batch plants and the emissions
from these plants has been shown to be insignificant, this prohibition will
not affect the protection of the environment.
TAKINGS IMPACT ASSESSMENT
The commission has prepared a takings impact assessment for this rule under
Texas Government Code, §2007.043. The following is a summary of that
assessment. It is anticipated certain concrete batch plants will be eligible
for a standard permit from the commission. The commission is currently concluding
extensive research to ensure that the standard permit for concrete batch plants
will be protective. Prior to the granting of the standard permit, certain
concrete batch plants will be required to provide public notice and may be
subject to a contested case hearing. When air dispersion modeling is introduced
at a public hearing, it greatly increases the cost to the applicant and commission.
Section 80.128 creates a prohibition on submittal of evidence regarding air
dispersion modeling during a public hearing involving a concrete batch plant
standard permit. Therefore, this revision will not constitute a takings under
Texas Government Code, Chapter 2007.
COASTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM CONSISTENCY REVIEW
The commission has reviewed the rulemaking and has determined that the
proposed section is not subject to the Texas Coastal Management Program (CMP).
The proposed action concerns only the procedural rules of the commission and
general agency operations, is not substantive in nature, does not govern or
authorize any actions subject to the CMP, and is not itself capable of adversely
affecting a coastal natural resource area (Title 31 Natural Resources and
Conservation Code, Chapter 505; 30 TAC §§281.40, et. seq.).
PUBLIC HEARING
A public hearing on this proposal will be held in Austin on May 16, 2000
at 10:00 a.m. in Building F, Room 3202A at the Texas Natural Resource Conservation
Commission Complex, located at 12100 Park 35 Circle. Individuals may present
oral statements when called upon in order of registration. Open discussion
will not occur during the hearing; however, an agency staff member will be
available to discuss the proposal 30 minutes before the hearing and will answer
questions before and after the hearing.
Persons with disabilities who have special communication or other accommodation
needs, who are planning to attend the hearing, should contact the Office of
Environmental Policy, Analysis, and Assessment at (512) 239-4900. Requests
should be made as far in advance as possible.
SUBMITTAL OF COMMENTS
Comments may be submitted to Angela Slupe, Office of Environmental Policy,
Analysis, and Assessment, MC 205, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087
or faxed to (512) 239-4808. All comments should reference Rule Log Number
1999-060-116-AI. Comments must be received by 5:00 p.m., May 22, 2000. For
further information, please contact Phil Harwell, Policy and Regulations Division,
(512) 239-1517.
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The new section is proposed under THSC, §382.058(d), to prohibit evidence
regarding air dispersion modeling submitted at a hearing under THSC, §382.056
for concrete batch plants which register under TCAA, §382.05195; THSC, §382.011,
which authorizes the commission to administer the requirements of the TCAA; §382.012,
which provides the commission the authority to develop a comprehensive plan
for the state's air; THSC, §382.017, which authorizes the commission
to adopt rules consistent with the policy and purposes of the TCAA; THSC, §382.051,
which authorizes the commission to issue a permit for numerous similar sources;
THSC, §382.0513, which authorizes the commission to establish and enforce
permit conditions consistent with the TCAA; and THSC, §382.05195, which
authorizes the commission to issue a standard permit.
The proposed new section implements THSC, §382.011, General Powers
and Duties; THSC, §382.012, State Air Control Plan; THSC, §382.017,
Rules; THSC, §382.051, Permitting Authority of Commission; Rules; THSC, §382.0513,
Permit Conditions; THSC, §382.0515, Application for Permit; and THSC, §382.058,
Limitation on Commission Exemption for Construction of Certain Concrete Plants.
§80.128.Specific Admissibility of Evidence for Concrete Batch Plants.
If the commission considers air dispersion modeling information in
the course of issuing a standard permit under Chapter 116, Subchapter F of
this title (relating to Standard Permits) for a concrete plant that performs
wet batch, dry batching, or central mixing, evidence regarding air dispersion
modeling may not be submitted at a hearing under Texas Health and Safety Code, §382.056.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed with the Office of
the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002475
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: May 22, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-4712
The Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (TNRCC or commission)
proposes amendments to §290.38, Definitions; §290.39, General Provisions; §290.41,
Water Sources; §290.44, Water Distribution; §290.45, Minimum Water
System Capacity Requirements; and §290.47, Appendices; the repeal of §290.42,
Water Treatment; §290.46, Minimum Acceptable Operating Practices for
Public Drinking Water Systems; §§290.101-290.106, and §§290.108-290.121;
new §290.42, Water Treatment; §290.46, Minimum Acceptable Operating
Practices for Public Drinking Water Systems; §290.101, Purpose; §290.102,
General Applicability; §290.103, Definitions; §290.104, Summary
of Maximum Contaminant Levels, Maximum Residual Disinfectant Levels, Treatment
Techniques, and Action Levels, §290.105, Secondary Standards; §290.106,
Inorganic Contaminants; §290.107, Organic Contaminants; §290.108,
Radiological Sampling and Analytical Requirements; §290.109, Microbial
Contaminants; §290.110, Disinfectant Residuals; §290.111, Turbidity; §290.112,
Total Organic Carbon (TOC); §290.113, Disinfection By-products (TTHM
AND HAA5); §290.114, Disinfection By-products Other than TTHM and HAA5; §290.115,
Transition Rule for Disinfection By-products; §290.117, Regulation of
Lead and Copper; §290.118, Secondary Constituents; §290.119, Analytical
Procedures; §290.121, Monitoring Plans; and §290.122, Public Notification.
BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF THE FACTUAL BASIS FOR THE PROPOSED RULES
This rule implements the federal Stage 1 Disinfectants and Disinfection
By-products Rule (DBP1R), 63 Fed Reg 69390 (1998) and the federal Interim
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR), 63 Fed Reg 69478 (1998). The
rule will also make changes to the state design criteria for drinking water
treatment plants and clarify existing regulatory requirements.
The sections of the rule relating to the federal Stage 1 DBP1R will apply
to all community water systems and nontransient, non-community systems regardless
of the number of people they serve. Certain requirements of the rule related
to chlorine dioxide will also apply to transient non-community water systems.
The proposed rule establishes maximum residual disinfectant levels or maximum
contaminant levels for certain disinfectants used to treat drinking water
and their by-products by January 1, 2002. The rule would implement National
Primary Drinking Water Regulations for three disinfectants (chlorine, chloramines,
and chlorine dioxide), two groups of organic disinfection by-products (total
trihalomethanes and haloacetic acids), and two inorganic disinfection by-products
(chlorite and bromate). These rules also include monitoring, reporting and
public notification requirements for these compounds.
Those sections of the rule related to the federal Interim Enhanced Surface
Water Treatment Rule apply to public water systems operating surface water
treatment plants and treatment plants for groundwater under the direct influence
of surface water (GUI). A well is under the direct influence of surface water
if water from the surface can flow into the well. For an example, the presence
of surface-water dwelling microbes in the water from the well would indicate
that the well is under the direct influence of surface water. The rule strengthens
combined filter effluent turbidity performance standards, and establishes
individual filter turbidity provisions and disinfection benchmark provisions
that must be achieved by January 1, 2002.
The federal requirements for IESWTR apply to public water systems that
service at least 10,000 people and utilize surface water or GUI. The commission
specifically invites comments on its proposal to apply to IESWTR requirements
to surface water and GUI systems that serve less than 10,000 people. This
provision would be applied to these smaller systems with the exception that
a small system could be granted a waiver delaying their compliance date for
up to two years, until 2004. Should these standards be required of small systems
before a related federal rule is promulgated?
The rules also include monitoring and reporting requirements. Those sections
of the rule relating to state design criteria apply to all public water systems.
However, some of the changes to the design criteria apply to specific unit
processes and therefore will only affect water treatment plants utilizing
those specific unit processes. If a plant does not have a specific unit process
that is covered by the rule, the plant is not affected by the rules regarding
that specific unit process.
SECTION BY SECTION DISCUSSION
In keeping with present agency usage and the definitions in 30 TAC Chapter
3, relating to definitions, the term "commission" refers to the commissioners
acting in their official capacity. The term "executive director" is used to
refer to the executive director and any authorized individual or individuals
designated to act for the executive director (i.e. staff). This usage has
prompted a number of proposed changes to Chapter 290, generally to change
"commission" to "executive director," in order to clarify that the staff,
not the commissioners acting as the deliberative body, will be taking the
action. In a number of instances, the rules require certain requests or reports
be sent to the staff for some action. In order to get those requests or reports
to the appropriate staff as quickly as possible, some provisions of the proposed
rules specify that documents be submitted directly to the public drinking
water program rather than to the executive director.
Section 290.38, Definitions, is proposed to be amended to incorporate the
definition of public drinking water program which is a term used in various
sections of the proposed regulations. Because of proposed changes to various
rules related to backflow protection and cross-connection control, the definitions
for ABPA, ASSE, and high health hazard are proposed to be eliminated. The
definition of health hazard is proposed to be amended, and definitions for
air gap, nonhealth hazard, potential contamination hazard and L/d ratio are
proposed to be added. Other definitions in this section are renumbered to
keep them in alphabetical order.
Section 290.39, General Provisions, is proposed to be amended to incorporate
two new provisions. This section provides that a person proposing to install
a public drinking water system near a city, district, or a certificated service
area of another water service provider must file a written application for
service with that other service provider and pay all application fees.
Section 290.39(c)(2) is proposed to be amended and moved to new paragraph
(3) of this subsection. Section 290.39(c)(2) is proposed to be amended to
provide a hardship exception for the requirement to apply for service from
an adjacent water supply. If this provision is adopted in the final rule,
the executive director will evaluate any request for this hardship exception
using criteria found in the agency's regulatory guidance document, "The Feasibility
of Regionalization, Water Utilities Program."
Section 290.39(e)(3)-(4) is proposed to be amended to replace the word
"commission" with the words "executive director."
Section 290.39(e)(5) is proposed to be added to clarify that construction
features and facility siting for new water systems and major improvements
must be in conformity with applicable commission rules.
Section 290.41, Water Sources, is proposed to be amended to update the
reference to the current American Water Works Association (AWWA) standard
for water well pressure cementation methods. That section is also proposed
to be amended to add a provision that expressly states the water quality data
that must be provided by the design engineer to the staff in order to obtain
approval for a new surface water source.
Section 290.41(c)(3)(C), is proposed to be amended to update the reference
to the current AWWA standard for water well pressure cementation methods.
Section 290.41(c)(3)(H) is proposed to be amended to move the requirement
regarding well location to §290.41(c)(3)(K). This change has been made
in order to make it clear that well installation must be done in such a way
that the public water supply well is protected from contamination due to flooding.
Section 290.41(e)(1)(F) is proposed to add a provision that expressly states
the water quality data that must be provided by the design engineer to the
executive director in order to obtain approval for a new surface water source.
The existing §290.42, Water Treatment, is proposed to be repealed
and replaced by new §290.42. Proposed new §290.42 contains the state
design criteria for drinking water treatment plants. The existing requirements
have been reworded for clarity and resequenced to clarify the importance of
existing requirements. New provisions as required by the new federal rules
are also incorporated into the section.
Proposed new §290.42(a) provides for the capacity of the public water
system's production and treatment facilities. New subsection (b) provides
the standards for groundwater sources. Both subsections are unchanged from
the existing regulations.
Proposed new §290.42(c) addresses standards for springs and other
water sources. New paragraph (1) incorporates the new federal requirement,
under 40 CFR §141.170(a)(1), that treatment facilities achieve a 2-log
(99%) removal of Cryptosporicium oocysts from water sources that may be vulnerable
to contamination from surface water.
Proposed new §290.42(d) addresses standards for surface water sources.
The majority of the proposed changes from the existing requirements add the
new federal requirement that treatment facilities achieve a 2-log (99%) removal
of Cryptosporidium oocysts from surface water sources from 40 CFR §141.170(a)(1).
Some changes clarify the existing requirements for review and approval of
plans and specifications for drinking water treatment plants. Proposed new
paragraph (5) requires surface water treatment plants to have flow metering
devices to monitor the flow rate of water in separate treatment trains, recycled
decant water, and treated water used to backwash filters, in addition to the
requirement that flow metering devices be provided for raw and finished water.
This will provide the water plant operator with basic operational data with
which to operate the plant effectively given the new turbidity requirements
of 40 CFR §141.173(a)(1).
Proposed new §290.42(d)(6), relating to the design of chemical storage
facilities at surface water treatment plants, has been reordered from the
existing requirements to better represent the importance of the various provisions,
reworded to clarify that the rule relates to design rather than operation
of such facilities, and expanded to enumerate the specific requirements concerning
the design of these facilities. Proposed new subparagraph (A) requires that
the system be designed with the capability to store a 15-day supply of chemicals
at the design capacity of the surface water treatment plant. This clarifies
the existing requirement and addresses the fact that resupply in Texas may
be accomplished with more rapidity than that which was achievable at the time
the current rule was promulgated. Proposed new subparagraph (B) contains the
requirements for day tanks and provides for process control to ensure that
no overfeed of chemicals occurs. Proposed new subparagraph (C) requires that
all chemical tanks be clearly labeled with the tank's contents and new subparagraph
(D) contains the requirements for storage of dry chemicals. Proposed new subparagraph
(E) requires bulk storage facilities, day tanks, and their containment facilities
be designed to minimize the possibility of leaks and spills. Proposed new
subparagraph (F) requires that the pumps and control systems used in contact
with a chemical be designed to minimize the possibility of leaks and spills.
Proposed new subparagraph (G) requires the piping and valves associated with
the storage of a chemical be constructed of materials compatible with that
chemical.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(7), relating to the facilities used to feed
water treatment chemicals, has been reworded from the existing regulations
to clarify that this is a design requirement rather than an operational requirement,
expanded to make the requirements more specific, and reworded for clarity.
The paragraph contains requirements that will allow chemicals to be applied
in a manner that will maximize reliability, facilitate maintenance, and ensure
optimal finished water quality. Subparagraph (A) requires each chemical feeder
to have a standby or reserve unit. Subparagraph (B) addresses chemical feed
equipment dosage. Subparagraph (C) requires the materials used for chemical
feeders be compatible with the chemical being fed and subparagraph (D) requires
that the design of chemical feed systems prevent chemical back-siphoning.
Subparagraph (E) addresses enclosed feed lines, subparagraph (F) addresses
dry chemical feeders, subparagraph (G) addresses coagulant feed systems, subparagraph
(H) addresses the separation of chlorine and ammonia feed equipment, and subparagraph
(I) requires chemical feed points be provided to achieve acceptable finished
water quality, adequate taste and odor control, corrosion control, and disinfection.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(8) addresses flash mixing equipment, distinct
from flocculation, and has been reworded from the existing regulations for
clarity and reorganized and expanded to better represent the importance of
the requirements. Two sets of mechanical flash mixing equipment are required
for plants treating more than 3.0 million gallons per day. Public water systems
with other sources of potable water, with which they can meet average daily
water demand, are exempted from the requirement for redundant equipment. Flash
mixing equipment is to be sized to account for the range of flows likely to
be treated at the plant.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(9) contains provisions for flocculation equipment.
Subparagraph (A) allows public water systems treating over 3.0 million gallons
per day with other sources of potable water, with which they can meet average
daily water demand, to design a new plant with one set of flocculation equipment.
Subparagraph (B) addresses the design of coagulation to achieve settleable
floc. Flocculation facilities are to be designed with a minimum theoretical
detention time of at least 20 minutes when operated at the design flow rate
to correspond with currently acceptable engineering practice. However, facilities
constructed prior to October 1, 2000 are exempt from this requirement if the
settled water turbidity of each sedimentation basin remains below 10.0 Nephlometric
Turbidity Units (NTU) and meets the requirements of §290.111. Flocculation
facilities are to be designed with decreasing mixing energy from the inlet
to outlet. Subparagraph (C) requires coagulated water be transported without
destruction of floc.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(10) contains the requirements for surface
water treatment plant clarification facilities. Subparagraph (A) allows public
water systems treating over 3.0 million gallons per day, with other sources
of potable water with which they can meet average daily water demand, to design
a new plant to have one set of clarification equipment. Subparagraph (B) requires
design to prevent short-circuiting and coagulated water flow through the sedimentation
basins without destruction of floc. Subparagraph (C) enumerates the specific
design parameters needed for adequate sedimentation, and adds surface overflow
rate as a design parameter. This subparagraph uses current standard engineering
practice regarding surface overflow rate as a design parameter for clarification
facilities. Subparagraph (D) requires clarification basins be designed to
prevent the accumulation of settled solids and has been reorganized based
on the relative importance of the provisions and expanded for specificity.
Sedimentation basins must be designed to be capable of complete draining in
six hours, if the system has no other sources of potable water with which
to meet average daily demand.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(11) contains provisions related to gravity
or pressure type filters. Plants must have filtration facilities. Subparagraph
(A) requires that the use of pressure filters be limited to installations
with a treatment capacity of less than 0.50 million gallons per day. Subparagraph
(B) specifies that surface water treatment plants are to be designed with
sufficient filter capacity to meet maximum daily demand with the largest filter
out of service. This conforms with current industry design practices and ensures
an adequate supply of potable water to the system's customers during periods
of routine filter maintenance. Subparagraph (C) requirements have been expanded
to make the design options for filter beds clearer, to incorporate current
engineering practice for alternative filter bed designs, and to enable systems
to meet the provisions of 40 CFR §141.173(a). Filter media purity and
filter media grain size must conform to American Water Works Association standards.
The depth of filter media should be 24 inches or greater and provide an L/d
ratio of at least 1,000. Standards for rapid sand filters are specified and
require the uniformity coefficient for filter media not to exceed 1.6 in order
to operate the plant effectively given the new turbidity requirements of 40
CFR §141.173(a). Specifications for high-rate dual-media gravity filters,
high-rate multi-media gravity filters, and high-rate mono-media anthracite
or granular activated carbon gravity filters are provided and conform to current
standards of engineering design. Subparagraph (D) contains requirements for
filter support gravel design and subparagraph (E) provides acceptable filtration
rates of various types of filters. Proposed new subparagraph (F) contains
the design requirements for monitoring equipment used in conjunction with
filters and incorporates provisions of 40 CFR §141.74(a) relating to
individual filter monitoring. Proposed new subparagraph (G) contains provisions
relating to filter backwashing facilities and contains provisions resulting
from 40 CFR §141.175(b). Proposed new subparagraph (H) allows the continued
operation of a drinking water treatment plant during any special studies performed
as part of the requirements of 40 CFR §141.175(b) relating to special
monitoring on individual filters.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(12) contains requirements for pipe galleries.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(13) contains specifications for plant piping
paint color schemes to aid in identification. Subparagraph (A) lists the acceptable
color code for piping for plants build or repainted after October 1, 2000,
and adds required pipe paint colors for additional process piping colors for
chlorine dioxide solution, ferric chloride, ferric sulfate, polymer, liquid
caustic, caustic solution, fluoride, and ozone process piping. Figure: 30
TAC §290.42(d)(13) which contains the labeling standards appears in the
Tables and Graphics section of this issue of the
Texas Register
. Subparagraph (B) allows deviation from the provisions
of subparagraph (A) for plants repainted before October 1, 2000, if those
plants provide clear visual distinction between process streams. Subparagraph
(C) requires that the process piping color scheme be documented and that the
documentation be accessible to plant personnel.
Proposed new paragraph §290.42(d)(14) requires surface water treatment
plants to be designed with sampling taps for raw, settled, filtered and finished
water.
Proposed new §290.42(d)(15) contains requirements for an adequately
equipped laboratory to be available locally so that daily microbiological
and chemical tests can be conducted. Provisions required under 40 CFR §141.131(c)
are included. Subparagraph (A) requires that any system wishing to perform
microbial analysis in an on-site laboratory must obtain certification to perform
this analysis from the Texas Department of Health. Subparagraph (B) provides
that systems not having on-site microbial analysis facilities may send samples
to a certified lab, as long as this can be accomplished within the requisite
time period. Subparagraph (C) requires labs to include equipment for required
measurements for pH, temperature, disinfectant residual, alkalinity, turbidity,
jar tests for determining the optimum coagulant dose, and any other analyses
deemed necessary to monitor specific water quality or treatment processes.
Subparagraph (D) incorporates the requirement of 40 CFR §141.131(c) that
systems using chlorine dioxide have an amperometric titrator with platinum-platinum
electrodes. Subparagraph (E) requires systems with sludge blanket clarifier
to have a sludge depth measuring device. Subparagraph (F) requires systems
using solids recirculation be equipped to measure slurry solids concentration.
Subparagraph (G) requires after January 1, 2002, that surface water treatment
plants have a computer and software for recording performance data, maintaining
records, and submitting reports. This is proposed to assist surface water
plants in complying with new data collection and reporting requirements of
both the IESWTR and the Stage 1 DBPIR. The agency's public drinking water
program will distribute spreadsheet templates to public water systems when
the rule is promulgated. The spreadsheet templates will assist the water treatment
plant in collecting data, calculating results, and reporting results to the
public drinking water program.
Proposed new §290.42(e), relating to disinfection, has been reorganized
from the existing provisions to better represent the relative priority of
the requirements and to group related requirements together. Paragraph (1)
requires water from surface water sources or groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water to be disinfected consistent with requirements
of §290.110. Paragraph (2) requires that all groundwater must be disinfected
prior to distribution and specifies the application point. Paragraph (3) provides
standards for disinfection equipment. Paragraph (4) clarifies the placement
of safety equipment when chlorine gas is used. Paragraph (5) requires that
by January 1, 2001, housing for all gas chlorination equipment and cylinders
be in a separate building and meet certain safety standards. Paragraph (6)
specifies ventilation requirements. Paragraph (7) contains standards for hypochlorination
solution containers and pumps. Paragraph (8) contains standards for the use
of anhydrous ammonia feed equipment.
Proposed new §290.42(f) addresses other treatment processes. Proposed
new §290.42(g) contains provisions for sanitary facilities for water
works installations. Proposed new subsection (h) requires a permit from the
agency for discharging wastes from water treatment processes. Proposed new
subsection (i) requires that all chemicals and any additional or replacement
process media must conform to American National Standards Institute/National
Sanitation Foundation Standard 60 for direct additives and Standard 61 for
indirect additives. Proposed new subsection (j) contains safety requirements
and references the applicable safety standards of the Occupational Safety
and Health Administration and the Texas Hazards Communication Act, Health
and Safety Code, Title 5, Chapter 502. The system is required to comply with
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) requirements for risk management
plans. Proposed new subsection (k) requires a thorough plant operations manual
be compiled and kept up to date.
Section 290.44(h), Backflow, Siphones, is proposed to be amended to clarify
the existing rules related to backflow prevention and to avoid conflict with
other commission rules regarding the certification and licensing requirements
for backflow prevention device testers. Some proposed text has been reworded
for clarity.
New §290.44(h)(1)(A) is proposed to be added to incorporate the requirements
of existing §290.44(h)(1) relating to residential air gaps or backflow
prevention and reworded to clarify that the requirements shall be dependent
upon the specific type of potential hazard.
New §290.44(h)(1)(B) is proposed to be added to incorporate the requirements
of existing §290.44(h)(1) relating to residential air gaps or backflow
prevention, reworded to clarify that residences or establishments that have
an adequate cross connection control program in place are not required to
have backflow prevention at the meter, and expanded to specify the requirements
relating to adequacy of a cross connection control program. New clause (i)
is proposed to be added to clarify the requirements for inspection and testing
and to establish an adequate cross connection control program. New clause
(ii) is proposed to be added to clarify the requirements for reporting and
record keeping for an adequate cross connection control program. New clause
(iii) is proposed to be added to place responsibility for cross connection
control programs on the water purveyor.
Proposed amendments to §290.44(h)(4) clarify which backflow prevention
assemblies are required to be tested. Proposed amendments to subparagraph
(A) clarify and update references regarding qualifications for backflow prevention
device testers to avoid conflict with other rules regarding certification.
Clause (i) is proposed to be deleted to eliminate the reference to "General
Tester" to avoid conflict with other rules regarding certification. Clause
(ii) is proposed to be deleted to eliminate the reference to "Fireline Tester"
to avoid conflict with other rules regarding certification.
Existing §290.44(h)(4)(B) is proposed to be deleted to eliminate references
that conflict with other rules regarding certification. Existing §290.44(h)(4)(C)
is proposed to be deleted and moved to §290.44(h)(4)(B). Existing §290.44(h)(4)(D)
is proposed to be deleted and moved to §290.44(h)(4)(C). Existing §290.44(h)(4)(E)
is proposed to be deleted and moved to §290.46(f).
Proposed new §290.44(h)(4)(B) is amended to incorporate the provisions
of §290.44(h)(4)(C) relating to gauges used to test backflow prevention
devices. Proposed new §290.44(h)(4)(C) is proposed to be amended to incorporate
the provisions of §290.44(h)(4)(D) relating to the reporting requirements
for backflow prevention assemblies, and to be reworded for clarity.
Section 290.45, Minimum Water System Capacity Requirements, is proposed
to be amended to update the requirements for redundancy in service pumps for
small community and noncommunity water systems in order to help ensure continuous
uninterrupted operation of those systems. Redundancy means the provision of
two pumps so that, if the main water pump fails, a second pump is available
and may be installed quickly so that customers are not without water for extended
periods. Some proposed text has been reworded for clarity.
Proposed §290.45(b)(1)(F)(iii) has been amended to require at least
two service pumps for all groundwater systems with 100 connections and greater
or groundwater systems with fewer than 100 connections that have ground storage.
Proposed §290.45(d)(2)(B)(iii) has been amended to require a pump with
a total capacity of 2.0 gallons per minute at systems with a maximum demand
less than 15 gallons per minute. Existing §290.45(d)(2)(B)(iv) has been
moved to §290.45(d)(2)(B)(v). Proposed new clause (iv) has been amended
to require at least two pumps at systems with a maximum demand greater than
15 gallons per minute.
The existing §290.46, Minimum Acceptable Operating Practices for Public
Drinking Water Systems, is proposed to be repealed and replaced by new §290.46.
Proposed new §290.46 contains the minimum acceptable operating practices
for public drinking water systems. It incorporates the existing regulations
and current engineering standards. Some text existing provisions have been
reorganized and reworded for clarity. New provisions required by the new federal
rules are also incorporated into the section.
Proposed new §290.46(a) contains general requirements for a public
drinking water system and is unchanged from the existing requirements. Proposed
new §290.46(b) addresses microbiological analysis submission and requirements.
Proposed new subsection (c) requires samples for chemical analysis to be submitted
as directed by the agency.
Proposed new §290.46(d) contains requirements for disinfectant residuals
and monitoring. It requires systems be operated in such a manner that the
disinfectant residuals be acceptable and continuously maintained during the
treatment process and throughout the distribution system. New paragraph (1)
requires compliance with §290.110 and new paragraph (2) specifies the
minimum disinfectant residuals in the finished water storage tank and in the
far reaches of the distribution system at all times. Systems using free chlorine
must operate the disinfection equipment to achieve a free chlorine residual
of 0.2 milligrams per liter. Systems using chloramines must operate the disinfection
equipment in such manner to achieve a total chlorine residual of 0.5 milligrams
per liter.
Proposed new §290.46(e) provides the conditions under which a system
must be under the direct supervision of a certified water works operator.
New paragraph (1) provides requirements for systems which utilize groundwater
or purchased water and provides the grade of certification required for the
water works operator. A system using only groundwater or purchased water with
250 or fewer connections must be operated by an operator holding minimum of
a Grade "D" certificate. A system using only groundwater or purchased water
serving more than 250 connections must be operated by an operator holding
minimum of a Grade "C" certificate. A system using only groundwater or purchased
water serving more than 1,000 connections must be operated by two operators
holding minimum of a Grade "C" certificate. A system using surface water must
employ an operator holding minimum of a Grade "B" surface water certificate
after January 1, 2004 to correspond with the changes in operator certification
requirements. Until January 1, 2004, a system using surface water must employ
an operator holding minimum of a Grade "B" surface water certificate or a
Grade "C" surface water certificate and having completed a 20-hour lab class.
Proposed new §290.46(e)(2) requires that a surface water treatment
plant must have at least a Grade "C" surface water operator on the premises
at any time the plant is in operation or the plant must be equipped with continuous
turbidity and disinfectant residual monitors with automatic shutdowns and
alarms.
Proposed new §290.46(e)(3) requires systems which are classified as
groundwater under the direct influence of surface water to be under the supervision
of either an operator who has at least a Grade "C" groundwater certificate
and has had additional training or who has at least a Grade "C" surface water
certificate. Systems that utilize cartridge filters must be under the supervision
of at least a Grade "C" groundwater operator who has completed a 8-hour training
course on monitoring and reporting requirements. Systems that utilize coagulant
addition and direct filtration must be under the supervision of at least a
Grade "C" groundwater operator who has completed a 20-hour Surface Water Protection
course and an 8-hour training course on monitoring and reporting requirements.
Systems which utilize complete surface water treatment must comply with the
requirements of §290.46(e)(2).
Proposed new §290.46(e)(4) requires certified operators to provide
written notice of the public water systems which they operate to the agency
when applying for, renewing, or upgrading their certification or within ten
days of any change in responsibility. Proposed new §290.46(e)(5) provides
that the training programs for all chemicals used in the water treatment must
meet applicable standards established by OSHA or the Texas Hazard Communications
Act, Health and Safety Code, Title 5, Chapter 502.
Proposed new §290.46(f) contains all the requirements for public water
systems relating to reporting and record keeping. The proposed subsection
has been expanded from the current rules to make the requirements regarding
reporting and record keeping clearer and more specific and to establish consistency
between operating records and reports required from investor owned utilities
and other public water systems. Paragraph (1) discusses the organization of
records and maintenance of copies either being kept on file or stored electronically.
Paragraph (2) provides that the operating records be accessible for review
during inspections.
Proposed new §290.46(f)(3) specifies the retention schedule for record
keeping. New subparagraph (A) requires that for at least two years records
must be retained for the amount of chemical used daily; volume of water treated
each day; complaints with respect to water quality, low pressure, or outages
and results of investigations; dates that dead-end mains were flushed; dates
that storage tanks and other facilities were cleaned; and maintenance records
for water system equipment and facilities. Under new subparagraph (B), three
year retention is required for records of violation and corrective action,
records of all public notices issued by the system, records of special filter
monitoring performed as part of the requirements of §290.111 resulting
from the incorporation of 40 CFR §141.175(b), calibration records, and
records of backflow prevention programs. New subparagraph (C) requires water
systems retain certain records for a period of five years after they are no
longer in effect for records regarding a variance or exemption granted to
the system and concentration-time (CT) studies. New subparagraph (D) requires
the results of microbiological analyses to be retained by the system for five
years. New subparagraph (E) requires a 10 year retention for copies of Monthly
Operating Reports and supporting documentation including turbidity monitoring
results of the combined filter effluent; the results of chemical analyses;
written reports, summaries, or communications relating to sanitary surveys;
copies of the Customer Service Inspection Reports; and other pertinent data.
Proposed new §290.46(f)(4) requires water systems to submit any monthly
or quarterly reports that are required by the executive director. Systems
must submit their reports to the public drinking water program's address,
and the report must be submitted by the tenth day of the month following the
period of time that the report covers (as per federal provision under 40 CFR §141.175(a)).
The reports must contain all the information required by the drinking water
standards and the results of any special monitoring test which have been required.
This specifically includes reports resulting from 40 CFR §141.175(b)(1).
The reports must be completed in ink, typed, or computer printed and signed
by the certified water works operator.
Proposed new §290.46(g)-(i) contain the same requirements as the existing
rule. New subsection (g) provides when disinfection of new or repaired facilities
is necessary. New subsection (h) requires that a supply of calcium hypochlorite
be kept on hand and used when making repairs, setting meters, and disinfecting
new mains prior to placing them in service. New subsection (i) address the
adoption of plumbing ordinances, regulations or services agreements by the
public water system to insure that neither cross-connections nor other unacceptable
plumbing practices are permitted and the use of pipes, fittings, solders,
and flux is regulated.
Proposed new §290.46(j) contains customer service inspections requirements.
The subsection specifies when an inspection certificate should be completed
and who is capable of conducting the customer service inspection certification.
New paragraph (2) requires the prompt elimination of potential contaminant
hazards as they are discovered. The existence of a health hazard is sufficient
grounds for immediate termination of water service. Service can not be restored
until the hazard either no longer exist or is isolated. The inspections under
this subsection are not acceptable substitutes for and do not apply to sanitary
control requirements under §290.102(a)(5). A customer service inspection
is limited and the inspector has no authority nor obligation beyond the scope
of these regulations. A customer service inspection is not a plumbing inspection
as defined and regulated by the Texas State Board of Plumbing Examiners and
a customer service inspector is not permitted to perform plumbing inspections.
Proposed new §290.46(k) prohibits interconnection between a public
drinking water supply distribution system and any other water supply unless
the other water is of a safe, sanitary quality and the interconnection is
approved by the executive direction. Proposed new §290.46(l) contains
requirements for the flushing of dead-end mains at monthly intervals or more
frequently if the disinfectant residuals fall below acceptable levels.
Proposed new §290.46(m) requires that the maintenance and housekeeping
practices used by a public water system ensure the reliability and general
appearance of the system's facilities and equipment. New paragraph (1) requires
the inspection of ground, elevated and pressure tanks annually. Specific determinations
must be made for ground and elevated storage tanks and for pressure tanks
during the inspection. The instrumentation and controls on tanks must also
be inspected to insure they are working properly. New paragraph (2) specifies
the inspection requirements for pressure filters. New paragraph (3) requires
that the cartridges in cartridge filters be changed as specified by the manufacturer.
New paragraph (4) requires that the storage facilities, distribution system
lines and related appurtenances be maintained in a watertight condition and
free of excessive solids. New paragraph (5) requires that sedimentation basins
be maintained free of excessive solids.
Proposed new §290.46(n) contains the specifications for engineering
plans, specifications, maps and other pertinent information and requires these
documents to be maintained to facilitate the operation and maintenance of
the facilities and equipment. New paragraph (1) requires public water systems
maintain an accurate and up-to-date set of as-built plans and specifications.
This requirement will aid the system in complying with regulations and operating
its system and will assist the agency's field inspectors when they perform
sanitary surveys of an individual water system. New paragraph (2) requires
and accurate and up-to-date map of the distribution system be available so
that valves and mains can be easily located during emergencies. New paragraph
(3) requires that copies of well construction data, disinfection information,
microbiological sample results and a representative chemical analysis report
be kept on file for as long as the well remains in service.
Proposed new §290.46(o) contains specifications for filter backwashing
at surface water treatment plants. Filters are required to be backwashed when
loss of head differential of six to ten feet is experienced between the influent
and effluent loss of head gauges. Backwashing of filters is also required
when the turbidity level of the filter effluent reaches 1.0 NTU to facilitate
compliance with the 40 CFR §141.173(a).
Proposed new §290.46(p) specifies the information regarding water
system ownership and management that must be provided to the agency. New paragraph
(1) provides for notice when a water system changes ownership. New paragraph
(2) requires annual written notice from each certified operator who supervised
more than one system to contain the certificate number, address and telephone
number, and the name and identification number of each public water system
they supervise.
Proposed new §290.46(q) specifies special precautions to be instituted
by the system in event of low distribution pressures, water outages, microbiological
samples found to contain
E.coli
or fecal coliform
organisms, failure to maintain adequate chlorine residuals, elevated finished
water turbidity levels, or other conditions which indicate that the potability
of the drinking water supply has been compromised. New paragraph (1) contains
specifications for the boil water notifications which must be issued to the
customers within 24-hours. New paragraph (2) specifies how to determine if
a boil water notification must be issued in the event of the loss of distribution
system pressure and how long it shall remain in effect. New paragraph (3)
specifies that a boil water notification shall be issued if the turbidity
of the finished water produced by a surface water treatment plant exceeds
5.0 NTU and specifies how long it shall remain in effect. New paragraph (4)
specifies that other protective measure may be required at the discretion
of the executive director.
Proposed new §290.46(r) contains provisions for minimum acceptable
distribution system operating pressures of 35 pollutant standard index (psi)
throughout the distribution system under normal conditions and 20 psi during
emergencies such as fire fighting.
Proposed new §290.46(s) contains requirements for testing equipment,
and requires this equipment or some other means of monitoring the effectiveness
of any chemical treatment process to be used by the system be provided. New
paragraph (1) requires flow meters to be calibrated once every 12-months.
New paragraph (2) provides for the proper calibration of laboratory equipment.
pH meters are to be calibrated once each day and checked with at least one
buffer when samples are run. Benchtop turbidimeters are to be calibrated with
primary standards once every 90 days and checked with secondary standards
every time a series of samples is run. On-line turbidimeters are to be calibrated
with primary standards once every 90 days and checked weekly by comparison
with a calibrated benchtop turbidimeter. Disinfectant residual analyzers are
to be calibrated to enable systems to achieve compliance with the provisions
of 40 CFR §141.173(a). Manual disinfectant residual analyzers are to
be checked every 30 days using chlorine solutions of know concentrations.
Continuous disinfectant residual analyzers are to be calibrated every 90 days
using chlorine solutions of know concentrations and are to be checked at least
once each month by comparing the results from the on-line analyzer with the
results of approved benchtop amperometric, spectrophotometric, or titration
method.
Proposed new §290.46(t) provides system ownership signage requirements.
Proposed new §290.46(u) requires abandoned public water supply wells
owned by the system to be plugged. Wells that are not in use and are non-deteriorated
must be tested every five years or as required by the executive director to
prove that they are in a non-deteriorated condition. Test results must be
sent to the agency. Deteriorated wells must be plugged or repaired to a non-deteriorated
condition.
Proposed new §290.46(v) requires all electrical wiring to be installed
in a securely mounted conduit in compliance with a local or national electrical
code.
Section 290.47(d) is proposed to be amended to incorporate provisions of §290.46(j)(3)(A)-(E)
in Appendix D, Customer Service Inspection Certificate, and to add a space
to denote the reason for the inspection and a remarks section. Changes appear
on Figure: 30 TAC §290.47(d) in the Tables and Graphics section of this
issue of the
Texas Register
.
Section 290.47(f) is proposed to be amended to require that a system provide
additional information on the test device used and the firm that is conducting
the test when completing Appendix F, Backflow Prevention Assembly Test and
Maintenance Report, and to add a new area for remarks. Changes appear on Figure:
30 TAC §290.47(f) in the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of
the
Texas Register.
Section 290.47(i) is proposed to be added to incorporate Appendix I, Assessment
of Hazards and Selection of Assemblies to provide for clarification of the
backflow prevention and cross-connection control rules contained in §290.44(h).
Changes appear on Figure: 30 TAC §290.47(i) in the Tables and Graphics
section of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Subchapter F, Drinking Water Standards Governing Drinking Water Quality
and Reporting Requirements for Public Water Systems is proposed to be substantially
reorganized in order to incorporate the new federal rule requirements and
the existing Texas rule requirements in a logical sequence. Therefore, it
is proposed that the current sections be repealed in their entirety, and that
those sections be replaced with the new language. The proposed changes to
the organization of this subchapter are necessary to contain information regarding
each constituent of concern in a single section dealing with that constituent,
to standardize the internal organization of sections dealing with these constituents,
to add summaries of maximum contaminants and treatment techniques for reference,
to clarify public notification requirements, and to clarify procedural requirements
in individual sections. In the proposed organizational structure, provisions
that are general to all systems and contaminants will be at the beginning
of the subchapter. These are proposed to be followed by sections that cover
each of the constituents of concern. After the sections giving detailed regulations
for each chemical or contaminant, sections are proposed to be added to contain
general analytical, monitoring, and notification requirements. All proposed
tables and figures can be found in the Tables and Graphics section of this
issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.101, Purpose, explains that the purpose of the rule
is to assure the safety of public water supplies through control test, laboratory
checks, operating records and reports.
Proposed new §290.102, General Applicability, provides that the subchapter
applies to all public water systems unless the system meets the provisions
found in this section. Variances and exceptions may be granted by the executive
director. Requirements for these variances and exceptions for one or more
of the Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) or treatment technique and the application
procedures for these are discussed. Modified monitoring may be granted by
the executive director.
Proposed new §290.103, Definitions, provides definitions for technical
terms contained in this subchapter. New definitions that have been added to
the currently applicable definitions include, "comprehensive performance evaluation",
"enhanced softening", "filter profile", "filter assessment, haloacetic acids
(HAA5)", "maximum residual disinfectant level (MRDL), minimum acceptable disinfectant
level", "specific ultraviolet absorption at 254 nanometers (SUVA)", and "total
organic carbon (TOC)" as required by 40 CFR §141.2.
Proposed new §290.104; Summary of Maximum Contaminant Levels, Maximum
Residual Disinfectant Levels, Treatment Techniques, and Action Levels; summarizes
the primary maximum contaminant levels, maximum residual disinfectant levels,
treatment techniques and action levels. This section provides a listing of
all regulated contaminants in a single location. MCLs for inorganic compounds,
organic compounds, volatile organic contaminants, radiological contaminants,
microbial contaminants, minimum and maximum residual disinfectant levels,
turbidity, disinfection by-product precursors, disinfection by-products, and
lead and copper action levels are specified. All proposed figures can be found
in the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.105, Summary of Secondary Standards, summarizes
the secondary constituents and their maximum levels. Figure: 30 TAC §290.105(b)
can be found in the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of the
Proposed new §290.106, contains the requirement for inorganic contaminants
(IOCs). The applicability, maximum contaminant levels or treatment technique
requirements, monitoring requirements, analytical requirements, reporting
requirements, compliance determination, and public notice requirements for
inorganic contaminants, and best available technology for treatment are discussed
in this section. Requirements for nickel are not proposed because the Environmental
Protection Agency no longer requires the regulation of this metal. Figure:
30 TAC §290.106(b) can be found in the Tables and Graphics section of
this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.107, Organic Contaminants, contains the applicability,
maximum contaminant levels or treatment techniques requirements for synthetic
organic contaminants and volatile organic contaminants, monitoring requirements,
analytical requirements, reporting requirements, compliance determination,
public notice requirements for organic contaminants, and best available technology
for treatment for these compounds. Requirements for aldicarb, aldicarb sulfoxide,
and aldicarb sulfone are not proposed. Figure: 30 TAC §290.107(b)(1)
and (b)(2) can be found in the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of
the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.108, Radiological Sampling and Analytical Requirements,
contains the applicability, maximum contaminant levels, monitoring requirements,
analytical requirements, reporting requirements, compliance determination,
and public notification requirements. Figure: 30 TAC §290.108(b)(2)(B)
can be found in the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of the
Proposed new §290.109, Microbial Contaminants, contains provisions
for the applicability, maximum contaminant levels, monitoring requirements,
analytical requirements, reporting requirements, compliance determination,
and public notification requirements related to these contaminants. Figure:
30 TAC §290.109(c)(2)(A)(iii) can be found in the Tables and Graphics
section of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.110, Disinfection Residuals, contains the applicability,
minimum and maximum acceptable disinfectant concentrations, monitoring requirements,
analytical requirements, reporting requirements, compliance determination,
and public notification requirements. The portions of this section that incorporate
federal provisions are subsections (b)(3), (b)(5), (c)(2), (f)(5), (f)(7),
(f)(8), (g)(1), and (g)(4). Subsection (b)(3) incorporates the maximum residual
disinfectant level for the disinfectant chlorine dioxide of 40 CFR §141.65(a).
Subsection (b)(5) incorporates the federally imposed maximum residual disinfectant
level for chlorine and chloramines of 40 CFR §141.65(a). Subsection (c)(2)
incorporates the federally imposed chlorine dioxide monitoring requirements
of 40 CFR §141.132(c)(2). Subsection (f)(5) incorporates requirements
relating to chlorine dioxide compliance determination in response to 40 CFR §141.133(c)(2).
Subsection (f)(7) incorporates requirements relating to chlorine and chloramine
compliance determination in response to 40 CFR §141.133(c)(1). Subsection
(f)(8) provides that systems shall increase residual disinfectant levels of
chlorine or chloramines (but not chlorine dioxide) in the distribution system
to a level and for a time necessary to protect public health to address specific
microbiological contamination problems caused by circumstances such as distribution
line breaks, storm runoff events, source water contamination, or cross-connections
as required by 40 CFR §141.130(d). Subsection (g)(1) contains the requirement
for public notice in the event of an exceedance of the maximum residual disinfectant
residual for chlorine dioxide as required by 40 CFR §141.133(2). Subsection
(g)(4) is proposed to be added to contain the requirement for public notice
in the event of an exceedance of the maximum residual disinfectant residual
for chlorine and chloramines as required by 40 CFR §141.133(1). Figure:
30 TAC §290.110(c)(3)(A) and (f)(6) can be found in the Tables and Graphics
section of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.111, Turbidity, contains the applicability, treatment
technique requirements, monitoring requirements, analytical requirements,
reporting requirements, compliance determination, and public notification
requirements. The section includes federal requirements of the IESWTR which
apply to public water systems that service at least 10,000 people and utilize
surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water.
The state rule is proposed to apply to all surface water systems and groundwater
systems under the direct influence of surface water regardless of the population
served.
The commission invites comments on its proposal to apply the IESWTR combined
filter effluent turbidity requirements on surface water systems and groundwater
systems under the direct influence of surface water for systems that serve
less than 10,000 people and alternate regulatory strategies. Should the final
rule apply the treatment technique requirements to all systems regardless
of size without the proposed provision for compliance flexibility? Should
the turbidity treatment technique standards not be required of small systems
until required by federal rules?
Proposed §290.111(b)(2)(C) provides that the executive director may
extend the proposed compliance date for the turbidity standards for systems
serving fewer than 10,000 people but not beyond January 1, 2004. Subsection
(b)(3) contains the new treatment technique requirements for individual filter
effluent at plants serving 10,000 people and treating surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water as required under of 40 CFR §141.173(a).
Subsection (b)(3)(A) requires that, beginning January 1, 2002, the turbidity
from each individual filter at plants serving 10,000 people or more and treating
surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water should
not exceed 0.5 NTU at four hours after the individual filter is returned to
service after backwash or shut down as part of the requirements under 40 CFR §141.175(b)(2).
Subsection (b)(3)(B) requires that, beginning January 1, 2002, the turbidity
from each individual filter should never exceed 1.0 NTU at plants serving
fewer than 10,000 people and treating surface water or groundwater under the
direct influence of surface water as part of the requirements of 40 CFR §141.175(b)(1).
Proposed §290.111(c) contains turbidity monitoring requirements as
required by 40 CFR §141.175(a). Subsection (c)(3) contains the individual
filter turbidity monitoring requirements for individual filters at plants
serving 10,000 or more people and treating surface water or groundwater under
the direct influence of surface water as required by 40 CFR §141.174.
Subsection (c)(4) contains individual filter turbidity monitoring requirements
for individual filters at plants serving fewer than 10,000 people and treating
surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water.
Subsection (c)(5) contains special individual filter turbidity monitoring
and analysis requirements for individual filters at plants serving 10,000
or more people and treating surface water or groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water as required by 40 CFR §141.175(b). Subsection
(c)(5)(A) incorporates the requirement that each time a filter exceeds 1.0
NTU anytime during a filter run, or exceeds 0.5 NTU at four hours after backwash,
for two consecutive 15-minute readings, the system must either identify the
cause of the exceedance or complete a filter profile on the filter as provided
in 40 CFR §141.175(b)(2). Subsection (c)(5)(B) incorporates the requirement
that each time a filter exceeds 1.0 NTU anytime during a filter run, or exceeds
0.5 NTU at four hours after backwash, for two consecutive 15-minute readings,
on three separate occasions during any consecutive three month period, the
public water system must conduct a filter assessment on the filter as provided
in 40 CFR §141.175(b)(1). Subsection (c)(5)(C) incorporates the requirement
that each time that any combination of filters exceeds 2.0 NTU on two consecutive
15-minute readings during two consecutive months, the public water system
must participate in a third-party Comprehensive Performance Evaluation as
provided in 40 CFR §141.175(b)(2)(4).
Proposed §290.111(d)(3) requires that plants serving 10,000 or more
people and treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence
of surface water must measure turbidity using continuous on-line turbidimeters
on each filter as provided in 40 CFR §141.174(a). Subsection (d)(4) requires
that individual filter turbidity at plants serving fewer than 10,000 people
and treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface
water must be measured using grab sampling and bench-top turbidimeters.
Proposed §290.111(e) incorporates the reporting requirements for turbidity
as provided in 40 CFR §141.175. Subsection (e)(3) requires that plants
serving 10,000 or more people and treating surface water or groundwater under
the direct influence of surface water which are required to do a filter profile
must submit a Filter Profile Report for Individual Filters with their Monthly
Operating Report (MOR) as provided in 40 CFR §141.175(b)(1) and (2).
Subsection (e)(4) requires that plants serving 10,000 people or more and treating
surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water that
are required to do a filter assessment must submit a Filter Assessment Report
for Individual Filters with their MOR as provided in 40 CFR §141.175(b)(3).
Subsection (e)(5) is proposed to be added to require that plants serving 10,000
people or more and treating surface water or groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water that are required to do a Comprehensive Performance
Evaluation (CPE), they must submit a Request for Compliance CPE with their
MOR as provided in 40 CFR §141.175(b)(4).
Proposed §290.112, Total Organic Carbon (TOC), contains the provisions
needed to implement the provisions of the Stage 1 DBP1R pertaining to the
monitoring and control of disinfection by-product precursors. Regulations
regarding applicability, treatment technique, monitoring requirements, analytical
requirements, reporting requirements, compliance determination, and publication
notification are specified. Figure: 30 TAC §290.112(b)(1) can be found
in the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of the
Texas Register.
Proposed new §290.113, Disinfection By-products (TTHM and HAA5), incorporates
the provisions of the Stage 1 DBP1R relating to disinfection by-products (TTHM
and HAA5). Regulations regarding applicability, maximum contaminant level,
monitoring requirements, analytical requirements, reporting requirements,
compliance determination, and publication notification are specified. Figure:
30 TAC §290.113(c)(3) and (c)(4) can be found in the Tables and Graphics
section of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.114, Disinfection By-products Other than TTHM and
HAA5, incorporates the provisions of the Stage 1 DBP1R relating to disinfection
by-products other than TTHM and HAA5 and contains regulations for chlorite
and bromate. Subsection (a), Chlorite, contains provisions for maximum contaminant
level, monitoring requirements, analytical requirements, reporting requirements,
compliance determination, and publication notification. Subsection (b), Bromate,
contains provisions for maximum contaminant level, monitoring requirements,
analytical requirements, reporting requirements, compliance determination,
and publication notification.
Proposed new §290.115, Transition Rule for Disinfection By-products,
applies to all public water systems serving at least 10,000 people until January
1, 2002 if a system uses surface water or groundwater under the direct influence
of surface water and until January 1, 2004 if the system uses only groundwater
sources that are not under the direct influence of surface water. After those
dates, it is proposed that the systems be required to comply with §290.113,
relating to disinfection by-products (TTHM and HAA5). Regulations regarding
applicability, maximum contaminant level, and sampling and analytical requirements
for total trihalomethanes are specified.
Proposed new §290.117, Regulation of Lead and Copper, contains provisions
for general requirements, site selection and material survey, tap sampling,
computing 90th percentile lead and copper levels, reduced tap monitoring,
monitoring requirements for water quality parameters and source water, public
education procedures, corrosion control, lead service line replacement, analytical
and sample preservation methods, and reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.117(c)(6), (c)(8), and (f)(1)(D) can be found in
the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.118, Secondary Constituent Levels, contains provisions
for applicability, secondary constituent levels, analytical requirements,
reporting requirements, compliance determination, and public notification.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.118(b) can be found in the Tables and Graphics section
of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Proposed new §290.119, Analytical Procedures, contains provisions
for acceptable laboratories, acceptable analytical methods, and process control
tests.
Proposed new §290.121, Monitoring Plans, contains provisions for applicability,
monitoring plan requirements, reporting requirements, compliance determination,
and public notification.
Proposed new §290.122, Public Notification, incorporates the provisions
of the Stage 1 DBP1R relating to monitoring plans. The section contains provisions
for public notification requirements for acute violations; public notification
requirements for other MCL or treatment technique violations; public notification
requirements for other violations, variances, and exemptions; notice to new
billing units, and proof of public notification.
FISCAL NOTE
Jeffrey Horvath, with Strategic Planning and Appropriations, has determined
that for the first five-year period the proposed amendments are in effect
there will be no significant fiscal implications for the TNRCC. However, there
will be costs, in some cases significant costs, for certain units of state
and local government and investor owned utilities as a result of administration
or enforcement of the proposed amendments. The proposed rulemaking implements
the federal Stage 1 DBP1R and the federal IESWTR. The proposed rule will make
changes to the state design criteria for some water treatment plant processes
and clarify existing regulatory requirements.
The federal IESWTR affects the treatment of surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water used for drinking water, and is
aimed at reducing the incidence of
Cryptosporidium
in drinking water. The IESWTR and Stage 1 DBP1R were published in
the Federal Register in 1998. The TNRCC has two years to adopt the rules,
or by December 16, 2000.
The sections of the proposed rule relating to the Stage 1 DBP1R establishes
maximum residual disinfectant levels for certain disinfectants (chlorine,
chlorine dioxide, and chloramines), establishes maximum contaminant levels
for certain of their by-products (trihalomethanes, haloacetic acids, chlorite,
and bromate), requires systems treating surface water or groundwater under
the direct influence of surface water to control disinfection by-product precursors
(total organic carbon), and requires all systems to produce a monitoring plan
describing their sampling protocols. The sections of the proposed rule relating
to backflow prevention and backsiphonage do not represent a substantive change
to current practice and therefore no fiscal impact is anticipated to systems.
The sections of the proposed rule relating to the IESWTR strengthen combined
filter effluent turbidity performance standards and establish individual filter
turbidity provisions, and disinfection profile and benchmark provisions. The
proposed rule will also make changes to state design criteria for some water
treatment plant processes and include additional monitoring and reporting
requirements.
Those sections of the proposed rule related to the federal Stage 1 DBP1R
apply to all community water systems and nontransient, non-community water
systems regardless of the number of people they serve. Certain requirements
of the rule related to chlorine dioxide also apply to transient non-community
water systems. Those sections of the proposed rule related to the federal
IESWTR apply to public water systems serving at least 10,000 people and operating
surface water treatment plants or treatment plants for groundwater under the
direct influence of surface water. It is proposed that one of the provisions
of the federal rule also be applied to systems serving less than 10,000 people
and treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface
water. Those sections of the proposed rule relating to design criteria apply
to public water systems utilizing those unit processes.
The majority of the public water systems covered by the proposed rule are
operated by units of local governments, including cities, water districts
which are also local governments, and state agencies such as Texas Parks and
Wildlife and the Texas Department of Criminal Justice. Some public water systems
are operated by quasi-governmental entities such as water supply corporations,
river authorities and some water districts. Other public water systems are
operated by investor owned utilities, commercial entities, or industrial facilities.
This last class of public water systems may include small businesses. The
Texas Department of Health will have increased costs due to analyzing additional
water samples and performing additional laboratory certifications. It is assumed
these costs will be offset by additional fee revenue collected for analyzing
additional water samples.
The state of Texas owns a total of eleven small plants that will incur
costs to comply with the new standard. All of these systems serve fewer than
10,000 people. The IESWTR will result in annual costs to those systems treating
surface water, or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water,
of $3,040. Three state systems may require minor plant modifications with
an estimated per-plant cost of $25,000 to meet the new standard. One state
system may require more extensive plant modifications with an estimated per-plant
cost of $39,781. Two state systems may require an entirely new treatment plant,
estimated to cost $427,800 per plant.
There will be an increase in the number of water samples required, along
with changes in design criteria and increased capital costs.
Stage 1 Disinfectants and Disinfection By-products
Rule
. Public water systems will incur annual recurring costs due to
increased monitoring for disinfection by-products under the Stage 1 DBP1R.
For a typical surface water system, or groundwater under the direct influence
of surface water system, serving a population of 10,000 or more, these annual
costs are anticipated to range from $4,160 to $6,120. For a typical surface
water system, or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water system,
serving fewer than 10,000 people, these annual costs are anticipated to range
from $1,400 to $5,920. For a typical groundwater system serving 10,000 or
more people, the annual recurring costs are anticipated to range from $1,040
to $1,200. For a typical groundwater system serving fewer than 10,000 people,
the annual recurring costs are anticipated to range from $350 to $390. The
annual increased monitoring costs for typical systems are shown in the following
series of tables. Figure: 30 TAC Chapter 290--Preamble regarding Estimated
Annual Sampling Costs for Systems Not Using Chlorine Dioxide or Ozone can
be found in the Tables and Graphics section of this issue of the
Texas Register
.
Figure: 30 TAC Chapter 290--Preamble
It is assumed that many systems will be able to reduce monitoring as they
will be able to meet established criteria for acceptable levels of trihalomethanes
and haloacetic acids. There would be no reduced monitoring for total organic
carbon. Approximately 55% of the large ground water systems will be able to
reduce monitoring from one sample per quarter to one sample per year. About
22% of the large surface water/groundwater under the influence systems will
be able to reduce monitoring from four samples per quarter to one sample per
quarter. Of the small groundwater systems, about 26% should be able to reduce
monitoring from one per quarter to one per year. About 6.0% of the small surface
water/groundwater under the influence systems will be able to reduce monitoring
from one sample per quarter to one sample per year. In addition, about 34%
of the small groundwater systems will be able to reduce monitoring after the
second year of full monitoring from one sample per year to one sample per
three years.
Systems using chlorine dioxide must also sample for chlorite. Currently,
systems using chlorine dioxide must take one distribution system chlorite
sample monthly. Under the new rule, these systems will be required to take
three distribution system samples monthly. There are currently about 50 systems
that use chlorine dioxide. Each sample costs between $40 and $70 each. The
annual increased cost of chlorite monitoring for each system using chlorine
dioxide will likely be between $960 and $1,680. The aggregate costs to these
systems are estimated between $48,000 and $84,000 each year. There would be
no reduced chlorite monitoring for systems using chlorine dioxide.
Systems using ozone must also sample for bromate. For systems using ozone,
one additional sample would be required each month estimated to cost between
$40 and $70. There are currently about five systems in Texas using ozone.
The annual increased cost for each affected system would range from $480 to
$840. The aggregate costs to these systems are estimated to be between $2,400
and $4,200 each year. There would be no reduced bromate monitoring for systems
using ozone.
The Stage 1 DBP1R requires that all public water systems that treat surface
water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water and use conventional
treatment achieve certain levels of removal of naturally occurring TOC. It
is estimated that 67 systems serving at least 10,000 people will incur additional
chemical costs as a result of this requirement. For those 67 large systems
that are expected to incur some additional annual cost associated with increased
chemicals, assuming a 10% increase in chemicals at three cents per 1,000 gallons
of water treated, and assuming typical water flow rates, the average annual
cost to comply will be approximately $191,625 starting in 2002. Some systems
serving less than 10,000 people will incur chemical costs starting in 2004
in order to comply with this requirement. Approximately 209 plants may incur
an increased chemical cost in order to meet the new total organic carbon costs
requirements starting in 2004. Assuming a 10% increase in chemicals at three
cents per 1,000 gallons water usage for these 209 plants and assuming typical
values for water usage, the average annual cost to comply for these systems
is $3,040 per year.
The Stage 1 DBP1R requires that all public water systems produce and maintain
a monitoring plan describing all sampling protocols for the plant and potable
water distribution system. Approximately 6,000 water systems will be affected.
The one-time administrative cost of this provision will range from $480 to
$600 for each system. The aggregate costs to these systems are estimated to
be between $2,880,000 and $3,600,000.
Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule
. The federal IESWTR applies to public water systems serving at least
10,000 people and treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence
of surface water. The requirements of this rule include strengthened combined
filter effluent turbidity requirements, new individual filter turbidity monitoring
and reporting requirements, and new disinfection profiling and bench marking
requirements.
Of the 95 large systems affected by the federal rule, it is anticipated
that none will have any increase in annual operational costs associated with
the combined filter effluent rule provision.
It is proposed that the combined filter effluent turbidity provision of
the federal rule be applied to systems serving fewer than 10,000 people and
treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface
water. This provision would be applied with the exception that, if a small
system required capital improvement to meet the new combined filter effluent
turbidity limits, the system would be granted a waiver delaying their compliance
date for up to two years, until 2004, thus delaying the impact of estimated
capital costs. It is anticipated that 196 of the 299 small systems would be
able to meet the new combined filter effluent turbidity limits with no additional
cost to the system. Approximately 50 plants may incur increased chemical costs
in order to meet the new turbidity requirements for the years of 2002 and
2003. Starting in 2004, the federal total organic carbon removal requirements
will cause systems to incur additional chemical costs; the additional chemical
usage will result in compliance with both the combined filter effluent turbidity
requirements and the total organic carbon removal requirements. Assuming a
10% increase in chemicals at three cents per 1,000 gallons water usage for
these 50 plants and assuming typical values for water usage, the average annual
cost to comply for these systems is $3,040 per year for 2002 and 2003.
Capital Costs
Capital Costs of the Stage 1 Disinfectants and
Disinfection By-products Rule
. It is also assumed that certain capital
costs will be required to meet requirements of the rules. The Stage 1 DBP1R
will result in additional capital costs to some systems as a result of modifications
to disinfection equipment. It is anticipated that none of the systems treating
groundwater only will incur capital costs as a result of the Stage 1 DBP1R.
Sixty-six systems treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence
of surface water and serving between 3,300 people and 10,000 people are expected
to incur one-time capital costs of approximately $5,915 per system. Two hundred
and thirty three systems serving fewer than 3,300 people are expected to incur
one-time capital costs of approximately $530 per system.
Capital Costs of the Interim Enhanced Surface
Water Treatment Rule
. The combined filter effluent provisions of the
IESWTR will result in additional capital costs to some plants that treat surface
water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water. Of the 12
large systems that are expected to require capital improvement, four will
need minor changes and eight will need major changes. The eight large systems
needing major changes are estimated to require capital expenditures of approximately
$124,171. Capital costs for the large systems that require minor changes are
estimated at $62,086. Approximately 53 small plants may have the need to incur
capital expenses to comply with the new rules. Twenty-one small public water
systems may require minor plant modifications estimated to cost $25,000 to
meet the new standard. Twenty-two small public water systems may require more
extensive plant modifications with an estimated per-plant cost of $39,781.
Ten small systems were judged to require an entirely new treatment plant beginning
in 2004 at an average cost of about $800,000 per system. Plant costs for large
systems were estimated based on EPA estimates provided in the IESWTR. Plant
costs for small systems were based on estimates developed by TNRCC staff.
Capital Costs of the New Design Requirements
. Each plant treating surface water or groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water and serving 10,000 or more people will be required
to have an on-line turbidimeter and recorder on each individual filter. In
developing the cost estimates, it is assumed that a large plant has, on average,
seven filters. Adding the required monitoring equipment is estimated to cost
between $2,000 and $4,000 for each filter. Therefore, the one-time capital
cost for each of these systems would range between $14,000 and $28,000.
Certain design requirements of the rules will be updated to support both
the IESWTR and the Stage 1 DBP1R and to reflect current acceptable engineering
practice. Each surface water system must have a computer and printer for monitoring
and other requirements. It is estimated that about 182 systems would be required
to make this purchase at an estimated one-time cost for each affected system
of $1,000, for an aggregate cost of $182,000. Some surface systems would also
be required to upgrade their containment areas for chemical spills. There
are an estimated 220 systems which would require an upgrade to their containment
area. The containment areas are estimated to cost between $2,000 and $5,000.
Total costs for all systems would therefore range between $440,000 and $1.1
million. In addition, about 275 surface systems would be required to install
additional water flow meters at their treatment plant. Costs to each system
that must install additional water meters are estimated to be between $500
and $1,000; the aggregate one-time cost for all systems would be between $137,500
and $275,000.
PUBLIC BENEFIT
It has also been determined that for the first five years these sections
as proposed are in effect, the public benefit anticipated as a result of enforcement
of, and compliance with these amendments, will be to safeguard public health
by increasing the level of protection from exposure to
Cryptosporidium
and other pathogens, and by reducing the levels of
disinfection by-products and their precursors. The benefits will be to decrease
the likelihood of endemic incidences of cryptosporidiosis, giardiasis, and
other waterborne disease, decrease the risk of cancer, and avoid the related
health costs. The amendments will also allow the state to maintain primary
enforcement authority under the Safe Drinking Water Act.
There are approximately 5,570 groundwater systems and 470 surface water
or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water systems that are
subject to the rule. Of these, about 800 systems are investor owned utilities.
Twenty of these investor owned utilities serve a population of 10,000 or more,
the rest serve less than 10,000 people. Costs for small investor owned utilities
will be the same as costs for small municipalities.
Some small systems may require new plants. These systems may seek less
costly alternatives to constructing a new plant, such as connecting into a
larger regional water system.
The commission has estimated the average cost to the public for extending
the turbidity standard to small systems is 72 cents per household per month.
The public will be subject to a range of possible cost effects of this rule.
The majority of the small systems, will see little increase in costs. Customers
of these systems should not experience any increase in their monthly water
bill as a result of this new turbidity standard. For small systems building
new plants and passing all of these costs on to their customers, the public
can expect increases to their monthly water utility bill. The commission's
estimates for costs to the public were based on the assumptions that all costs
would be passed on to customers, an average of three persons per household,
and that annual costs would be spread evenly over all households. Based on
these assumptions and the costs developed, the cost to the public for the
extension of the turbidity standard to small systems is expected to range
from no increase in the monthly water utility bill to an $8 per household
per month increase. The high end of the range might be estimated too low because
an average value for plant cost for small plants was used. The smallest plants
would incur costs higher than the average cost. The high end of the range
might be estimated too high because the commission has assumed that all costs
for any new plant is due to the rule, when most of any new plant cost must
be incurred even without the rule. The average monthly increase for the customers
of all small public water systems is expected to be 72 cents per household
per month.
SMALL BUSINESS AND MICRO-BUSINESS ANALYSES
Economic effects are anticipated to small business and micro-business as
a result of implementing the proposed amendments. Small businesses affected
by the proposed rule would be investor owned utilities. The fiscal implications
will vary with the size of the business. The fiscal implications for these
small businesses are the same as for local governments.
There are approximately 5,570 groundwater systems and 470 surface water
or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water systems that are
subject to the rule. Of these, about 800 systems are investor owned utilities.
Twenty of these investor owned utilities serve a population of 10,000 or more,
the rest serve less than 10,000 people. Costs for small investor owned utilities
will be the same as costs for small municipalities.
Costs to comply with the sections of the rule relating to regulation of
disinfection by-products are anticipated to be annual recurring costs due
to increased monitoring for disinfection by-products. For a typical surface
water system, or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water system,
serving a population over 10,000 these annual costs are anticipated to range
from $4,160 to $6,120. For a typical surface water system, or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water system, serving less than 10,000,
these annual costs are anticipated to range from $1,400 to $2,880. For a typical
groundwater system serving over 10,000 people, the annual recurring costs
are anticipated to range from $1,040 to $1,200. For a typical groundwater
system serving under 10,000 people, the annual recurring costs are anticipated
to range from $350 to $390.
For the regulations relating to the surface water treatment, and treatment
of groundwater under the direct influence of surface water, the costs for
equipment necessary to comply with the rule for typical systems serving more
than 10,000 people are estimated to range from $14,000 to $28,000.
Cost estimates for a typical system to comply with changes to the design
criteria range from $3,000 to $7,000.
For investor owned utilities to implement the IESWTR, if they are a small
or micro-business, the following assumptions could be made. For the first
year (2002) that small public water systems will have to comply with the proposed
new turbidity standard, of the 299 small systems subject to the proposed rule,
the commission estimates 196 systems will comply with the new standards with
no significant costs. Approximately 50 systems will be able to comply with
some problems. The commission estimates the total costs of compliance with
the new standard for these systems to be $152,000. Assuming a 10% increase
in chemicals at three cents per 1,000 gallons water usage for 50 plants near
compliance and assuming typical values for water usage, the average cost to
comply for these systems is $3,040 (50 x $3,040 = $152,000). These costs include
chemicals only and do not include capital costs. Approximately 53 systems
will have major problems complying. The commission anticipates that the executive
director will grant compliance waivers under provision of the new rule to
systems that will require capital improvements. Therefore no capital costs
are anticipated to be incurred by systems in the year 2002.
All systems serving 10,000 or more people, regardless of the size of the
business, will have to comply with the federal standards by January 1, 2002.
The proposed rules provide that for systems serving fewer than 10,000 people
the executive director may extend the compliance date for the new standards
from January 1, 2002 to January 1, 2004. This extended compliance date will
allow small systems to seek funding through state and federal loan and grant
programs, and construct new facilities that would come on-line by January
1, 2004. Some small systems will have to undertake capital improvements ranging
from installation of new filters to complete construction of new water treatment
plants in order to comply with the new standard. The commission therefore
is estimating that these capital improvements will occur in 2003 so that the
improvements will be in place before the January 1, 2004 compliance deadline.
Therefore cost estimates starting in 2003 include capital costs.
For the year 2003 and each year thereafter, total costs for all small systems
to comply with the new standard is estimated by the commission at $1,900,000.
In addition to the chemical costs estimated as described for the year 2002,
capital costs were included. Based on monitoring data, 22 small systems were
judged to be capable of complying with the new standard by major operation
and maintenance changes or minor plant modifications, such as replacement
of filter media and changes to flow control devices. Calculation of costs
for these plants to comply is difficult because the true costs depends on
plant specific modifications. The commission assumed a typical repair cost
of $25,000 per system and annualized that cost over an assumed six year useful
life for a filter.
Ten systems were judged to require an entirely new treatment plant. A new
plant was estimated to cost $768,268. Plant costs were estimated at $1.20
per gallon per day of plant capacity. Average population served for these
systems, typical values for housing occupancy, water consumption and 6.0%
cost of capital for 20 years were used to arrive at an estimated average annual
cost per plant of $67,000. With the addition of chemical costs, the average
annual cost for these systems with the worst compliance history are estimated
at $70,651. Total costs for the 10 systems would be $7,719,190.
There are 21 small public water systems that fall in between those systems
that will require new plants and those systems that will be able to comply
by minor modifications to their plants. The estimated average cost for one
of these plants to comply was $39,781. An average annual cost mid-range between
the cost of a new plant and $25,000 per system was used to estimate the cost
for these systems to comply with the proposed rule. Total costs for these
21 systems is estimated to be $835,401.
Those systems building new plants are, in large part, systems who plants
have reached the end of their useful lives or that have not performed routine
maintenance to keep their plants in good repair and operation. The need for
new plants, in many cases, would still be required to come into compliance
with the current drinking water standards. The highest costs are estimated
for small systems requiring new plants.
Some of those systems may seek less costly alternatives, such as connecting
into a larger regional water system, which may be the only alternative for
many.
The commission has estimated the average cost to the public for extending
the turbidity standard to small systems is 72 cents per household per month.
The public will be subject to a range of possible cost effects of this rule.
The majority of the small systems, will see little increase in costs. Customers
of these systems should not experience any increase in their monthly water
bill as a result of this new turbidity standard. For small systems building
new plants and passing all of these costs on to their customers, the public
can expect increases to their monthly water utility bill. The commission's
estimates for costs to the public were based on the assumptions that all costs
would be passed on to customers, an average of three persons per household,
and that annual costs would be spread evenly over all households. Based on
these assumptions and the costs developed, the cost to the public for the
extension of the turbidity standard to small systems is expected to range
from no increase in the monthly water utility bill to an $8 per household
per month increase. The high end of the range might be estimated too low because
an average value for plant cost for small plants was used. The smallest plants
would incur costs higher than the average cost. The high end of the range
might be estimated too high because the commission has assumed that all costs
for any new plant is due to the rule, when most of any new plant cost must
be incurred even without the rule. The average monthly increase for the customers
of all small public water systems is expected to be 72 cents per household
per month.
DRAFT REGULATORY IMPACT ANALYSIS
The commission has reviewed the proposed rulemaking in light of the regulatory
analysis requirements of Texas Government Code, §2001.022, and has determined
that, except as described below, the rulemaking is not subject to §2001.0225
because it is does not meet any of the four applicability requirements listed
in §2001.0225(a). The portions of the rule implementing the federal IESWTR
and the Stage 1 DBP1R are required by federal law (the Safe Drinking Water
Act) and the regulations under 40 CFR Parts 9, 141 and 142.
The portion of the rules which would extend a removal requirement for
Those portions of the rule that do not implement the federal rules, do
not exceed any express requirement of state law. Those requirements are adopted
pursuant to the Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.0315 and §341.035.
The proposal does not exceed a requirement of any delegation agreement or
contract between the state, the TNRCC, and an agency or representative of
the federal government. The rule is not adopted solely under the general powers
of the agency; the rule is adopted pursuant to the Texas Health and Safety
Code, §341.031, which allows the commission to adopt rules to implement
the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f et. seq; the Texas
Health and Safety Code, §341.0315, which requires public water supply
systems to meet the requirements of commission rules, and the Texas Health
and Safety Code, §341.035, which requires the executive director of the
commission to approve plans and specifications for public water supplies.
The rule is not proposed or adopted on an emergency basis.
The current state rule for all public water systems treating surface water
or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water requires removal
or inactivation of
Giardia lamblia
cysts and
removal or inactivation of virus before the water is supplied to any consumer.
Those removal standards will be deemed to be met by systems using conventional
media filtration if the system achieves a combined filter effluent turbidity
that never exceeds 5.0 NTU, a measure of the presence of suspended material
in water, and the combined filter effluent is 0.5 NTU or less in at least
95% of the samples tested each month. The new federal IESWTR would require
systems that serve more than 10,000 people, beginning January 1, 2002, to
achieve at least a 2-log removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. Under the federal rule, for systems using conventional media
filtration, that standard will be deemed to be achieved if the combined filter
effluent turbidity never exceeds 1.0 NTU and the combined filter effluent
is 0.3 NTU or less in at least 95% of the samples tested each month. The federal
rule would also require, beginning January 1, 2002, systems that serve 10,000
people or more to continuously monitor the turbidity of the filtered water
of each individual filter with a continuous on-line turbidimeter and a continuous
recorder. Under the federal requirements of the IESWTR, systems serving under
10,000 people would continue under the existing turbidity standards. The rule
proposed by the commission would strengthen the turbidity standards for small
public water systems by requiring, beginning January 1, 2002, small systems
treating surface water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface
water to also achieve removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. For plants using conventional media filtration, removal would
be demonstrated by a combined filter effluent turbidity that never exceeds
1.0 NTU and is 0.3 NTU or less in at least 95% of the samples tested each
month. Small systems would be required to measure individual filter turbidity
at the effluent of each individual filter and record the turbidity value at
least once each day that the plant is in operation. Small systems would be
allowed to monitor individual filter turbidity by measuring the turbidity
level in grab samples with a benchtop turbidimeter. The proposed rule also
provides that for systems serving fewer than 10,000 people, the executive
director could extend the compliance date for the new turbidity treatment
levels up to January 1, 2004.
The new turbidity treatment levels for public water systems treating surface
water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water are intended
to address the risk of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts
in drinking water supplies. Ingestion of active
Cryptosporidium
oocysts is the cause of the disease
Cryptosporidiosis
. Symptoms of
Cryptosporidiosis
include diarrhea, abdominal discomfort, nausea, and vomiting. While
otherwise healthy persons may expect a complete recovery from
Cryptosporidiosis
, it can be very serious in immuno-compromised persons.
Immuno-compromised persons include infants, pregnant women, the elderly, cancer
patients undergoing chemotherapy, HIV/AIDS patients, and people on immunosuppressant
drugs. There is no effective therapeutic drug to cure
Cryptosporidiosis
. Therefore, the prevention and avoidance of infection
is central to minimizing the risks of outbreaks. Humans and other animals
may excrete
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. Transmission
of the disease often occurs through ingestion of the oocysts from contaminated
water or food, but may also result from the direct or indirect contact with
infected persons or animals.
Cryptosporidium
appears to be common in the environment. Runoff from watersheds allows transport
of these microorganisms to water bodies used as intake sites for drinking
water treatment plants.
The commission has determined that the new turbidity treatment levels are
necessary to address the problem. The current turbidity treatment standards
are inadequate to assure adequate removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. Increasing the current disinfection treatment levels with
common disinfectants does not appear to be an effective control strategy because
the
Cryptosporidium
oocysts are especially
resistant to those common disinfectants. Not extending the new turbidity treatment
levels to small systems would continue to expose approximately 660,000 Texas
residents to the risk of
Cryptosporidiosis
.
The commission anticipates the benefits from adoption and implementation
of the rule will be improved public health by increasing the level of protection
from exposure to
Cryptosporidium
and other
pathogens and the avoidance of resulting health costs and avoidance of possible
deaths due to
Cryptosporidiosis
.
The commission anticipates that most small public water systems that the
proposed rule would require to move to the combined filter turbidity treatment
standard will be able to meet the new standard with existing personnel and
equipment by changes to operating procedures. These changes may increase the
operational cost of the plant due to additional chemicals needed. In some
cases, the amount of chemicals used to treat the water may be reduced, with
a corresponding reduction in chemical costs. A few small public water systems
will have to renovate their water treatment plants to comply with the new
combined filter turbidity treatment standard. In those cases, the commission
anticipates that the executive director will extend the compliance date for
the new turbidity treatment levels to January 1, 2004. This extended compliance
date is to allow those small systems to seek funding, and construct new facilities
that would come on-line by January 1, 2004. Therefore, capital costs associated
with small system compliance are not anticipated to be incurred until 2003
when systems are building new facilities to be in compliance by January 1,
2004.
The estimates of the population served by small water systems was obtained
from a database of public drinking water systems maintained by the TNRCC.
Exposure of that population to
Cryptosporidium
oocysts is estimated at 8.0%. That estimate was obtained from the EPA database
on the Information Collection Rule and is based on the December 1997 information
of
Cryptosporidium
detects in Texas. The commission
used information from a single month because exposure anytime during the year
could result in an incidence of
Cryptosporidiosis
. Use of information from other months was not used because a lack
of detection of
Cryptosporidium
in a sample
does not indicate an absence of
Cryptosporidium
in the source water due to limitations of the analytical methods used. The
8.0% figure was used because it represents occurrence data specific to Texas.
It is much lower than the reported national estimate of 60%
Cryptosporidium
occurrence in source water. The exposure estimate
was further reduced by the estimate that only 10% of detected
Cryptosporidium
oocysts would be viable. The probability of occurrence
of disease given an exposure to
Cryptosporidium
was estimated at 39% and at that probability, it is estimated there would
be one death every five years. The probability of mortality was estimated
based on the Milwaukee outbreak data of 50 deaths per 400,000 illnesses. An
average cost of medical treatment per illness of $2,000 was used to estimate
health damages avoided. This estimate was developed by the Centers for Disease
Control. An average value of $5.6 million per life saved was used to estimate
the benefits of death avoided. This national average was developed by the
EPA and is used by the EPA for a number of different rules.
The commission has estimated the costs for state agencies, local governments,
the public and the regulated community for the first five years that small
public water systems, those serving fewer than 10,000 people, are subject
to the new turbidity standard. There are 299 small systems subject to the
proposed rule. Most of these systems are owned and operated by local governments.
Sixty-one of the small systems are investor owned utilities. The cost for
these small investor owned utilities to comply with the proposed new turbidity
standard do not differ from other small public water systems. Eleven of the
small public water systems subject to the proposed new standard are owned
and operated by the state.
For the first year (2002) that small public water systems will have to
comply with the proposed new turbidity standard, of the 299 small systems
subject to the proposed rule, the commission estimates 196 systems will comply
with the new standards with no significant costs. Approximately 50 systems
will be able to comply with some problems. The commission estimates the total
costs of compliance with the new standard for these systems to be $152,000.
Assuming a 10% increase in chemicals at three cents per 1,000 gallons water
usage for 50 plants near compliance and assuming typical values for water
usage, the average cost to comply for these systems is $3,040 (50 by $3,040
= $152,000). These costs include chemicals only and do not include capital
costs. Approximately 53 systems will have major problems complying. The commission
anticipates that the executive director will grant compliance waivers under
provision of the new rule to systems that will require capital improvements.
Therefore, no capital costs are anticipated to be incurred by systems in the
year 2002.
The state of Texas operates three plants in this category. The estimated
cost to the state to comply with the proposed new standard in the year 2002
is $3,600 for chemicals, based upon water usage.
The proposed new standard would require all small public water systems
to achieve removal by January 1, 2004. Some small systems will have to undertake
capital improvements ranging from installation of new filters to complete
construction of new water treatment plants in order to comply with the new
standard. The commission therefore is estimating that these capital improvements
will occur in 2003 so that the improvements will be in place before the January
1, 2004 compliance deadline. Therefore, cost estimates starting in 2003 include
capital costs.
For the year 2003 and each year thereafter, total costs for all systems
to comply with the new standard is estimated by the commission at $1,900,000.
In addition to the chemical costs estimated as described for the year 2002,
capital costs were included. Based on monitoring data, 22 small systems were
judged to be capable of complying with the new standard by major operation
and maintenance changes or minor plant modifications, such as replacement
of filter media and changes to flow control devices. Calculation of costs
for these plants to comply is difficult because the true costs depends on
plant specific modifications. The commission assumed a typical repair cost
of $25,000 per system and annualized that cost over an assumed six year useful
life for a filter.
Ten systems were judged to require an entirely new treatment plant. A new
plant was estimated to cost $768,268. Plant costs were estimated at $1.20
per gallon per day of plant capacity. Average population served for these
systems, typical values for housing occupancy, water consumption and 6.0%
cost of capital for 20 years were used to arrive at an estimated average annual
cost per plant of $67,000. With the addition of chemical costs, the average
annual cost for these systems with the worst compliance history are estimated
at $70,651.
There are 21 small public water systems that fall in between those systems
that will require new plants and those systems that will be able to comply
by minor modifications to their plants. The estimated average cost for one
of these plants to comply was $39,781. An average annual cost mid-range between
the cost of a new plant and a $25,000 per system was used to estimate the
cost for these systems to comply with the proposed rule.
The state of Texas owns a total of eleven small plants that will incur
capital costs to comply with the new standard. The annual cost to the state
to comply is estimated, using the assumptions previously mentioned, at $154,000.
These cost figures have not been adjusted for inflation in future years. These
costs overstate the cost to comply with the new turbidity standard because
the costs for new water treatment plants are not simply to comply with the
new standard. Those systems building new plants are in large part systems
who plants have reached the end of their useful lives or that have not performed
routine maintenance to keep their plants in good repair and operation. The
need for new plants, in many cases, would still be required to come into compliance
with the current drinking water standards. The highest costs are estimated
for small systems requiring new plants.
Some of those systems may seek less costly alternatives, such as connecting
into a larger regional water system, which may be the only alternative for
many.
The commission has estimated the average cost to the public for extending
the turbidity standard to small systems is 72 cents per household per month.
The public will be subject to a range of possible cost effects of this rule.
Well operated and maintained public water systems, the majority of the small
systems, will see little increase in costs. Customers of these systems should
not experience any increase in their monthly water bill as a result of this
new turbidity standard. Other systems that incur small increased costs may
be in a financial condition where they are able to avoid passing increased
costs on to their customers. At the other end of the spectrum, for small systems
building new plants and passing all of these costs on to their customers,
the public can expect increases to their monthly water utility bill. The commission's
estimates for costs to the public were based on the assumptions that all costs
would be passed on to customers, an average of three persons per household,
and that annual costs would be spread evenly over all households. Based on
these assumptions and the costs developed, the cost to the public for the
extension of the turbidity standard to small systems is expected to range
from no increase in the monthly water utility bill to an $8 per household
per month increase. The high end of the range might be estimated too low because
an average value for plant cost for small plants was used. The smallest plants
would incur costs higher than the average cost. The high end of the range
might be estimated too high because the commission has assumed that all costs
for any new plant is due to the rule, when most of any new plant cost must
be incurred even without the rule. The average monthly increase for the customers
of all small public water systems is expected to be 72 cents per household
per month.
The commission believes the proposed rule to physically remove, to the
specified level,
Cryptosporidium
oocysts is
the most reasonable method to reduce the risk of ingestion of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts from drinking water.
Cryptosporidium
oocysts are especially resistant to disinfection practices
commonly used at water treatment plants. Simply increasing existing disinfection
levels above those most commonly practiced in Texas does not appear to be
an effective control strategy for
Cryptosporidium
. The proposed rule would strengthen the effectiveness and reliability
of physical removal for particulate matter and microorganisms in general,
thereby reducing the likelihood of the disinfection barrier being over challenged.
Waterborne disease outbreaks have been associated with a high level of particles
passing through a water treatment plant. Hence there is a need to optimize
treatment reliability and to enhance physical removal efficiencies to minimize
the
Cryptosporidium
levels in finished water.
This rule is formulated to address these public health concerns.
The commission based its facts and cost estimates set out in this draft
regulatory impact analysis on sources that it believes to be reliable. Much
of the information on
Cryptosporidium
is from
the preamble to the final federal IESWTR. Additional information was obtained
from
Benefits and Costs of the IESWTR
, 91
AWWA Journal 148 (April 1999);
Assessing the Risk
Posed by Oocysts in Drinking Water
, 88 AWWA Journal 131 (September
1996).
Giardia and Cryptosporidium in Raw and Finished
Water
, 87 AWWA Journal 54 (September 1995). The information on the
occurrence of
Cryptosporidiosis
was obtained
from the Information Collection Rule database maintained by the EPA. The estimate
of the monetary benefits of forgone occurrences of that disease are from the
Center for Disease Control and were reported in the preamble to the federal
rule. The information on the number of systems and population potentially
effected by the proposed rule was obtained from databases that the TNRCC maintains
on public drinking water systems in Texas. The judgments of the level of effort
necessary for small systems to comply with this rule and associated costs
are necessarily estimates. Those estimates are based on staff's experience,
particularly with the Texas Optimization Program that has provided technical
assistance to over fifty-five surface water and groundwater systems under
the direct influence of surface water in Texas with the aim to lower their
system turbidity to levels that will meet or exceed the proposed rule.
The commission considers the proposed turbidity standards for public water
systems serving under 10,000 people and utilizing surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water to be a performance-oriented method
of compliance. Systems subject to the regulation are granted the regulatory
flexibility to select their own method of achieving removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. The tests necessary to demonstrate removal
of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts are inaccurate,
unreliable and expensive. Therefore, the commission is also proposing a surrogate
standard that the commission will accept as demonstrating the appropriate
level of removal. For systems using conventional media filtration, the commission
will recognize the 0.3 NTU or less in at least 95% of the samples tested each
month test and no measurements above 1.0 NTU as a demonstration that the system
is meeting the removal standard. For those systems wishing to utilize membrane
treatment methods, the executive director will approve site specific treatment
technique standards. A more specific surrogate test was not proposed for membrane
systems because the technology is changing so rapidly that the commission
does not want to exclude from use scientifically acceptable surrogate standards
that may be developed shortly. Those systems wishing to utilize other innovative
or alternative treatment methods to achieve the removal standards will be
allowed to do so using executive director approved alternatives, which is
the current practice for innovative or alternative treatment technologies.
There is an opportunity for public comment on this draft regulatory impact
analysis. Instructions for how to make public comments are contained in this
preamble under the heading "SUBMITTAL OF COMMENTS." Comments on this draft
regulatory impact analysis may be included with other comments on the proposed
rule. All comments on this draft regulatory impact analysis will be addressed
in the publication of the final regulatory analysis as a part of any final
rule adoption.
TAKINGS IMPACT ASSESSMENT
The commission has prepared a Takings Impact Assessment for these rules
pursuant to Texas Government Code Annotated, §207.043. The following
is a summary of that Assessment. The specific purpose of the rule is to implement
the federal IESWTR, and the Stage 1 DBP1R, 40 CFR Parts 9, 141, and 142. The
rule also will make changes to the state design criteria for some water treatment
plant processes and clarify existing regulatory requirements. The rules will
substantially advance these specific purposes by adopting provisions that
implement the federal rules cited and by adopting amendments to the state
design criteria for water treatment plants. Promulgation and enforcement of
these rules will not significantly burden private real property because private
real property is not subject to these rules. Moreover, the rule proposal is
in response to a real and substantial threat to public health and safety,
the proposal is designed to significantly advance the health and safety purpose
and does not pose a greater burden than is necessary to achieve the health
and safety purpose.
COASTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM CONSISTENCY REVIEW
The executive director has reviewed the proposed rulemaking and found that
the rule is neither identified in Coastal Coordination Act Implementation
Rules, 31 TAC §505.11, relating to Actions and Rules Subject to the Texas
Coastal Management Program (CMP), nor will it affect any action or authorization
identified in Coastal Coordination Act Implementation Rules, 31 TAC §505.11.
Therefore, the proposed rule is not subject to the CMP.
PUBLIC HEARING
A public hearing on this proposal will be held in Austin on May 12, 2000
in Building E, Room 201S at 9:00 a.m. of the commission's central office,
located at 12100 North IH-35, Park 35 Technical Center, Austin, Texas, 78753.
The hearing is structured for the receipt of oral or written comments by interested
persons. Individuals may present oral statements when called upon in order
of registration. Open discussions will not occur during the hearing; however,
an agency staff member will be available to discuss the proposal 30 minutes
prior to the hearing and will answer questions before and after the hearing.
Persons with disabilities who have special communication or other accommodation
needs who are planning to attend the hearings should contact the agency at
(512) 239-4900. Requests should be made as far in advance as possible.
SUBMITTAL OF COMMENTS
Comments may be submitted to Angela Slupe, Office of Environmental Policy,
Analysis, and Assessment, MC205, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas, 78711-3087,
or faxed to (512) 239-4712. All comments should reference Rule Log Number
1999-015-290-WT. Comments must be received by 5:00pm., May 22, 2000. For further
information contact Jack Schulze, P.E., Office of Permitting, Water Permits
and Water Resource Management, (512) 239-6046.
Subchapter D. RULES AND REGULATIONS FOR PUBLIC WATER SYSTEMS
30 TAC §§290.38, 290.39, 290.41, 290.42, 290.44-290.47
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amended and new sections are proposed under the Texas Water Code, §5.103,
which provide the commission the authority to adopt and enforce rules necessary
to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state; under Texas
Health and Safety Code, §341.031, which allows the commission to adopt
rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f
et. seq.; under Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.0315, which requires
public water supply systems to meet the requirements of commission rules;
and under Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.035, which requires the
executive director of the commission to approve plans and specifications for
public water supplies.
The proposed sections implement Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.031,
which allows the commission to adopt rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking
Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f et.seq.; and Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.035,
which requires the executive director to approve plans and specifications
for public water supplies. No other codes or statutes are will be affected
by this proposal.
§290.38.Definitions.
The following words and terms, when used in this chapter shall have
the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. If
a word or term used in this
chapter
[
(1)
Air gap--The unobstructed vertical distance
through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from any pipe or faucet
conveying water to a tank, fixture, receptor, sink, or other assembly and
the flood level rim of the receptacle. The vertical, physical separation must
be at least twice the diameter of the water supply outlet, but never less
than 1.0 inch.
[(1)
ABPA--The American Backflow Prevention
Association, P.O. Box 1563, Akron, Ohio 44309-1563.]
(2)-(4)
(No change.)
[(5)
ASSE--The American Society of Sanitary
Engineering, P.O. Box 40362, Bay Village, Ohio 44140.]
(5)
[
(6)
[
(7)
[
(8)
[
(9)
[
(A)
the water is used exclusively for purposes other than those
defined as human consumption (see human consumption definition);
(B)
the
executive director
[
(C)
the
executive director
[
(10)
[
(11)
[
(12)
[
(13)
[
(14)
[
(15)
[
(16)
[
(17)
[
(18)
[
(A)
significant occurrence of insects or other macroorganisms,
algae, or large-diameter pathogens such as Giardia lamblia or Cryptosporidium,
or
(B)
significant and relatively rapid shifts in water characteristics
such as turbidity, temperature, conductivity, or pH which closely correlate
to climatological or surface water conditions.
(19)
[
(20)
[
[(21)
High health hazard--A cross-connection,
potential cross-connection or other situation involving any substance that
could cause death, illness, spread of disease, or has a high probability of
causing such effects if introduced into the potable drinking water supply.]
(21)
[
(22)
[
(23)
L/d Ratio--The dimensionless value
that is obtained by dividing the length (depth) of a granular media filter
bed by the weighted effective diameter of the filter media. The weighted effective
diameter of the media is calculated based on the percentage of the total bed
depth contributed by each media layer.
(24)
[
(25)
[
(26)
[
(27)
[
(28)
[
(29)
[
(30)
[
(31)
[
(32)
Nonhealth hazard--A cross-connection,
potential contamination hazard, or other situation involving any substance
that generally will not be a health hazard, but will constitute a nuisance,
or be aesthetically objectionable, if introduced into the public water supply.
(33)-(37)
(No change.)
(38)
Potential contamination hazard--A
condition which, by its location, piping or configuration, has a reasonable
probability of being used incorrectly, through carelessness, ignorance, or
negligence, to create or cause to be created a backflow condition by which
contamination can be introduced into the water supply. Examples of potential
contamination hazards are: bypass arrangements, jumper connections, removable
sections or spools, and swivel or changeover assemblies.
(39)
Public drinking water program--Agency
staff designated by the executive director to administer the Safe Drinking
Water Act and state statutes related to the regulation of public drinking
water. The public drinking water program may be contacted at: Texas Natural
Resource Conservation Commission, Water Permitting and Resource Management
Division, MC 155, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087
(40)
[
(41)
[
(42)
[
(43)
[
(44)
[
(45)
[
(46)
[
(47)
[
[(46)
Water Supply Protection Specialist--Any
person who holds a license endorsement issued by the Texas State Board of
Plumbing Examiners to engage in the inspection, in connection with health
and safety laws and ordinances, of the plumbing work or installation of a
public water system distribution facility or of customer owned plumbing connected
to that system's water distribution lines.]
§290.39.General Provisions.
(a)-(b)
(No change.)
(c)
Required actions and approvals prior to construction. A
person may not begin construction of a public drinking water supply system
unless the executive director determines the following requirements have been
satisfied and approves construction of the proposed system.
(1)
(No change.)
(2)
A person may submit a request for
an exception to the requirements of paragraph (1) of this subsection if the
application fees will create a hardship on the person. The request must be
accompanied by evidence documenting the financial hardship.
(3)
[
(A)
plans and specifications for the system; and
(B)
a business plan for the system.
(d)
(No change.)
(e)
Submission of planning material. In general, the planning
material submitted shall conform to the following requirements.
(1)-(2)
(No change.)
(3)
Specifications for construction of facilities shall
accompany all plans. If a process or equipment which may be subject to probationary
acceptance because of limited application or use in Texas is proposed, the
executive director
[
(4)
Copies of each fully executed sanitary control easement
shall be provided to the
executive director
[
(5)
Construction features and siting
of all facilities for new water systems and for major improvements to existing
water systems must be in conformity with applicable commission rules.
(f)-(i)
(No change.)
(j)
Changes in existing systems or supplies.
Public water
systems shall notify the executive director prior to making any significant
change or addition to the system's production, treatment, storage, or distribution
facilities. Public water systems shall submit plans and specifications for
the proposed changes upon request.
(1)
Changes or additions to existing systems which
result in an increase in production, treatment, or storage capacity shall
require written
notice
[
(2)
Systems that use surface water sources
or groundwater sources that are under the direct influence of surface water
shall notify the executive director of any proposed change to the disinfection
process used at the treatment plant including changes involving the disinfectants
used, the disinfectant application points, or the disinfectant monitoring
points.
(3)
Changes to the type of disinfectant
used to maintain a disinfectant residual in the distribution system shall
require written notice to the executive director.
(4)
Changes or additions in existing distribution
systems shall require written notification to the executive director when
the change or addition is greater than 10% of the existing distribution capacity
or 250 connections, whichever is smaller
, or results in the water system's
inability to comply with any of the applicable capacity requirements of §290.45
of this title (relating to Minimum Water System Capacity Requirements)
.
(5)
The executive director shall determine
whether engineering plans and specifications will be required after
reviewing the initial notification regarding the nature and extent
[
(A)
Upon the request of the executive director,
the water system shall submit plants and specifications in accordance with
the requirements of subsection (d) of this section.
[
(B)
The
executive director
[
(k)-(n)
(No change.)
§290.41.Water Sources.
(a)-(b)
(No change.)
(c)
Groundwater
[
(1)-(2)
(No change.)
(3)
Special attention must be given to the construction,
disinfection, protection, and testing of a well to be used as a public water
supply source.
(A)-(B)
(No change.)
(C)
The space between the casing and drill hole shall be sealed
by using enough cement under pressure to completely fill and seal the annular
space between the casing and the drill hole. The well casing shall be cemented
in this manner from the top of the shallowest formation to be developed to
the earth's surface. The driller will utilize
a
[
(D)-(G)
(No change.)
(H)
Below ground-level pump rooms and pump pits will not be
allowed in connection with water supply installations. [
(I)-(J)
(No change.)
(K)
Wellheads and pump bases shall be sealed by a gasket or
sealing compound and properly vented to prevent the possibility of contaminating
the well water. A well casing vent shall be provided with an opening that
is covered with 16-mesh or finer corrosion-resistant screen,
facing
[
(L)-(Q)
(No change.)
(4)
(No change.)
(d)
(No change.)
(e)
Surface water sources and development.
(1)
To determine the degree of pollution from all sources within
the watershed, an evaluation shall be made of the proposed surface water impoundment
or flowing supply in the area of diversion and its tributary streams.
(A)-(E)
(No change.)
(F)
Before approval of a new surface water
source, the system shall provide the executive director with information regarding
specific water quality parameters of the potential source water. These parameters
are total coliform, fecal coliform, turbidity, alkalinity, hardness, bromide,
total organic carbon, temperature, color, taste and odor, regulated volatile
organic compounds, regulated synthetic organic compounds, regulated inorganic
compounds, and possible sources of contamination. If data on the incidence
of
Giardia
cysts and
Cryptosporidium
oocysts has been collected, the information shall be
provided to the executive director. This data shall be provided to the executive
director as part of the approval process for a new surface water source.
(2)-(3)
(No change.)
§290.42.Water Treatment.
(a)
Capacity. Based on current acceptable design standards,
the total capacity of the public water system's production and treatment facilities
must always be greater than its anticipated maximum daily demand.
(b)
Groundwaters.
(1)
Disinfection facilities shall be provided for all groundwater
supplies for the purpose of microbiological control and distribution protection
and shall be in conformity with applicable disinfection requirements in subsection
(e) of this section.
(2)
Treatment facilities shall be provided for ground
water if the water does not meet the drinking water standards. The facilities
provided shall be in conformance with established and proven methods.
(A)
Filters provided for turbidity and microbiological quality
control shall be preceded by coagulant addition and shall conform to the requirements
of subsection (d)(10) of this section. Filtration rates for iron and manganese
removal, regardless of the media or type of filter, shall be based on a maximum
rate of five gallons per square foot per minute.
(B)
The removal of iron and manganese may not be required if
it can be demonstrated that these metals can be sequestered so that the discoloration
problems they cause do not exist in the distribution system.
(C)
All processes involving exposure of the water to atmospheric
contamination shall provide for subsequent disinfection of the water ahead
of ground storage tanks. Likewise, all exposure of water to atmospheric contamination
shall be accomplished in a manner such that insects, birds, and other foreign
materials will be excluded from the water. Aerators and all other such openings
shall be screened with 16-mesh or finer corrosion resistant screen.
(3)
Any proposed change in the extent of water treatment
required will be determined on the basis of geological data, well construction
features, nearby sources of contamination, and on qualitative and quantitative
microbiological and chemical analyses.
(4)
Appropriate laboratory facilities shall be provided
for controls as well as to check the effectiveness of disinfection or any
other treatment processes employed.
(c)
Springs and other water sources.
(1)
Water obtained from springs, infiltration galleries, wells
in fissured areas, wells in carbonate rock formations, or wells that do not
penetrate an impermeable strata or any other source subject to surface or
near surface contamination of recent origin shall be evaluated for the provision
of treatment facilities. Minimum treatment shall consist of coagulation with
direct filtration and adequate disinfection. In all cases, the treatment process
shall be designed to achieve at least a 3-log removal or inactivation of Giardia
cysts and a 4-log removal or inactivation of viruses before the water is supplied
to any consumer. Effective January 1, 2002, the treatment process shall also
be designed to provide a 2-log removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. Treatment facilities constructed after October 1,2000 shall
be designed to achieve at least a 2-log removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. The executive director may require additional
levels of treatment in cases of poor source water quality.
(A)
Filters provided for turbidity and microbiological quality
control shall conform to the requirements of subsection (d)(11) of this section.
(B)
All processes involving exposure of the water to atmospheric
contamination shall provide for subsequent disinfection of the water ahead
of ground storage tanks. Likewise, all exposure of water to atmospheric contamination
shall be accomplished in a manner such that insects, birds, and other foreign
materials will be excluded from the water. Aerators and all other such openings
shall be screened with 16-mesh or finer corrosion resistant screen.
(2)
Any proposed change in the extent of water treatment
required will be determined on the basis of geological data, well construction
features, nearby sources of contamination, and qualitative and quantitative
microbiological and chemical analyses.
(3)
Appropriate laboratory facilities shall be provided
for controls as well as for checking the effectiveness of disinfection or
any other treatment processes employed.
(d)
Surface water.
(1)
All water secured from surface sources shall be given complete
treatment at a plant which provides facilities for pretreatment disinfection,
taste and odor control, continuous coagulation, sedimentation, filtration,
covered clearwell storage and terminal disinfection of the water with chlorine
or suitable chlorine compounds. In all cases, the treatment process shall
be designed to achieve at least a 3-log removal or inactivation of Giardia
cysts and a 4-log removal or inactivation of viruses before the water is supplied
to any consumer. Effective January 1, 2002, the treatment process shall also
be designed to achieve at least a 2-log removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. Treatment facilities constructed after October
1, 2000 shall be designed to achieve at least a 2-log removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts. The executive director may require additional
levels of treatment in cases of poor source water quality.
(2)
No cross-connection or interconnection shall be permitted
to exist in a filtration plant between a conduit carrying filtered or post-chlorinated
water and another conduit carrying raw water or water in any prior stage of
treatment.
(3)
All plant piping shall be constructed so as to be
thoroughly tight against leakage. Return of the decanted water or sludge to
the raw water shall be adequately controlled so that there will be a minimum
of interference with the treatment process. Any discharge of wastewater shall
be in accordance with the appropriate statutes and regulations.
(4)
Reservoirs for pretreatment or selective quality control
shall be provided where complete treatment facilities fail to operate satisfactorily
at times of maximum turbidities or other abnormal raw water quality conditions
exist. Recreational activities at such reservoirs shall be prohibited.
(5)
Flow measuring devices shall be provided to measure
the raw water supplied to the plant, the recycled decant water, the treated
water used to backwash the filters, and the treated water discharged from
the plant. Additional metering devices shall be provided as appropriate to
monitor the flow rate through specific treatment processes. Metering devices
shall be located to facilitate use and to assist in the determination of chemical
dosages, the accumulation of water production data, and the operation of plant
facilities.
(6)
Chemical storage facilities shall be designed to ensure
a reliable supply of chemicals to the feeders, minimize the possibility and
impact of accidental spills, and facilitate good housekeeping.
(A)
Bulk storage facilities at the plant shall be adequate
to store at least 15 days supply of chemicals at design capacity. However,
the executive director may require a larger stock of chemicals based on local
resupply ability.
(B)
Day tanks shall be provided to minimize the possibility
of severely overfeeding liquid chemicals. Day tanks will not be required if
adequate process control instrumentation and procedures are employed to prevent
chemical overfeed incidents.
(C)
All chemical bulk storage facilities and day tanks shall
be clearly labeled to indicate each tank's contents.
(D)
Dry chemicals shall be stored off the floor in a dry room
that is located above ground and protected against flooding or wetting from
floors, walls, and ceilings.
(E)
Bulk storage facilities and day tanks must be designed
to minimize the possibility of leaks and spills.
(i)
The materials used to construct bulk storage and day tanks
must be compatible with the chemicals being stored and resistant to corrosion.
(ii)
Adequate containment facilities shall be provided for
all liquid chemical storage tanks.
(I)
Containment facilities must be large enough to hold the
maximum amount of chemicals that can be stored in the tanks with a minimum
freeboard of six inches.
(II)
The materials used to construct containment structures
must be compatible with the chemicals stored in the tanks.
(III)
Incompatible chemicals shall not be stored within the
same containment structure.
(F)
Chemical transfer pumps and control systems must be designed
to minimize the possibility of leaks and spills.
(G)
Piping, pumps, and valves used for chemical storage and
transfer must be compatible with the chemical being fed.
(7)
Chemical feed and metering facilities shall be
designed so that chemicals shall be applied in a manner which will maximize
reliability, facilitate maintenance, and ensure optimal finished water quality.
(A)
Each chemical feeder shall have a standby or reserve unit.
Common standby feeders are permissible, but, generally, more than one standby
feeder must be provided due to the incompatibility of chemicals or the state
in which they are being fed (solid, liquid or gas).
(B)
Chemical feed equipment shall be sized to provide proper
dosage under all operating conditions.
(i)
Devices designed for determining the chemical feed rate
shall be provided for all chemical feeders.
(ii)
The capacity of the chemical feeders shall be such that
accurate control of the dosage can be achieved at the full range of feed rates
expected to occur at the facility.
(iii)
Chemical feeders shall be provided with tanks for chemical
dissolution when applicable.
(C)
Chemical feeders, valves, and piping must be compatible
with the chemical being fed.
(D)
Chemical feed systems shall be designed to minimize the
possibility of leaks and spills and provide protection against backpressure
and siphoning.
(E)
If enclosed feed lines are used, they shall be designed
and installed so as to prevent clogging and be easily maintained.
(F)
Dry chemical feeders shall be located in a separate room
that is provided with facilities for dust control.
(G)
Coagulant feed systems shall be designed so that coagulants
are applied to the water prior to or within the mixing basins or chambers
so as to permit their complete mixing with the water.
(i)
Coagulant feed points shall be located downstream of the
raw water sampling tap.
(ii)
Coagulants shall be applied continuously during treatment
plant operation.
(H)
Chlorine feed units, ammonia feed units, and storage facilities
shall be separated by solid, sealed walls.
(I)
Chemical application points shall be provided to achieve
acceptable finished water quality, adequate taste and odor control, corrosion
control and disinfection.
(8)
Flash mixing equipment shall be provided.
(A)
Plants with a design capacity greater than 3.0 million
gallons per day must provide at least one hydraulic mixing unit or at least
two sets of mechanical flash mixing equipment designed to operate in parallel.
Public water systems with other surface water treatment plants, interconnections
with other systems, or wells that can meet the system's average daily demand
are exempt from the requirement for redundant mechanical flash mixing equipment.
(B)
Flash mixing equipment shall have sufficient flexibility
to ensure adequate dispersion and mixing of coagulants and other chemicals
under varying raw water characteristics and raw water flow rates.
(9)
Flocculation equipment shall be provided.
(A)
Plants with a design capacity greater than 3.0 million
gallons per day must provide at least two sets of flocculation equipment which
are designed to operate in parallel. Public water systems with other surface
water treatment plants, interconnections with other systems, or wells that
can meet the system's average daily demand are exempt from the requirement
for redundant flocculation equipment.
(B)
Flocculation facilities shall be designed to provide adequate
time and mixing intensity to produce a settleable floc under varying raw water
characteristics and raw water flow rates.
(i)
Flocculation facilities for straight-flow and up-flow sedimentation
basins shall provide a minimum theoretical detention time of at least 20 minutes
when operated at their design capacity. Flocculation facilities constructed
prior to October 1, 2000 are exempt from this requirement if the settled water
turbidity of each sedimentation basin remains below 10.0 NTU and the treatment
plant meets with turbidity requirements of §290.111 of this title (relating
to Turbidity).
(ii)
The mixing intensity in multiple-stage flocculators shall
decrease as the coagulated water passes from one stage to the next.
(C)
Coagulated water or water from flocculators shall flow
to sedimentation basins in such a manner as to prevent destruction of floc.
Piping, flumes and troughs shall be designed to provide a flow velocity of
0.5 to 1.5 feet per second. Gates, ports and valves shall be designed at a
maximum flow velocity of 4.0 feet per second in the transfer of water between
units.
(10)
Clarification facilities shall be provided.
(A)
Plants with a design capacity greater than 3.0 million
gallons per day must provide at least two sedimentation basins or clarification
units which are designed to operate in parallel. Public water systems with
other surface water treatment plants, interconnections with other systems,
or wells that can meet the system's average daily demand are exempt from the
requirement for redundant sedimentation basins or clarification units.
(B)
The inlet and outlet of clarification facilities shall
be designed to prevent short-circuiting of flow or the destruction of floc.
(C)
Clarification facilities shall be designed to remove flocculated
particles effectively.
(i)
When operated at their design capacity, basins for straight-flow
or up-flow sedimentation of coagulated waters shall provide either a theoretical
detention time of at least six hours in the flocculation and sedimentation
chambers or a maximum surface overflow rate of 0.6 gallons per minute per
square foot of surface area in the sedimentation chamber.
(ii)
When operated at their design capacity, basins for straight-flow
or up-flow sedimentation of softened waters shall provide either a theoretical
detention time of at least 4.5 hours in the flocculation and sedimentation
chambers or a maximum surface overflow rate of 1.0 gallon per minute per square
foot of surface area in the sedimentation chamber.
(iii)
When operated at their design capacity, sludge-blanket
and solids-recirculation clarifiers shall provide either a theoretical detention
time of at least two hours in the flocculation and sedimentation chambers
or a maximum surface overflow rate of 1.0 gallons per minute per square foot
in the settling chamber.
(iv)
A side wall water depth of at least 12 feet shall be provided
in clarification basins that are not equipped with mechanical sludge removal
facilities.
(v)
The effective length of a straight-flow sedimentation basin
shall be at least twice its effective width.
(D)
Clarification facilities shall be designed to prevent the
accumulation of settled solids.
(i)
At treatment plants with a single clarification basin,
facilities shall be provided to drain the basin within six hours. In the event
that the plant site topography is such that gravity draining cannot be realized,
a permanently installed electric powered pump station shall be provided to
dewater the basin. Public water systems with other potable water sources that
can meet the system's average daily demand are exempt from this requirement.
(ii)
Facilities for sludge removal shall be provided by mechanical
means or by hopper-bottomed basins with valves capable of complete draining
of the units.
(11)
Gravity or pressure type filters shall
be provided.
(A)
The use of pressure filters shall be limited to installations
with a treatment capacity of less than 0.50 million gallons per day.
(B)
The design capacity of filtration facilities shall be based
on the filter capacity with the largest filter out of service. Public water
systems with other surface water treatment plants, interconnections with other
systems, or wells that can meet the system's average daily demand are exempt
from this requirement.
(C)
The depth and condition of the media and support material
shall be sufficient to provide effective filtration.
(i)
The filtering material shall conform to AWWA standards
and be free from clay, dirt, organic matter and other impurities.
(ii)
The grain size distribution of the filtering material
shall be as prescribed by AWWA standards.
(iii)
The depth of filter sand, anthracite, granular activated
carbon, or other filtering materials shall be 24 inches or greater and provide
an L/d ratio of at least 1,000.
(I)
Rapid sand filters typically contain a minimum of eight
inches of fine sand with an effective size of 0.35 to 0.45 mm, eight inches
of medium sand with an effective size of 0.45 to 0.55 mm, and eight inches
of coarse sand with an effective size of 0.55 to 0.65 mm. The uniformity coefficient
of each size range should not exceed 1.6.
(II)
High-rate dual media filters typically contain a minimum
of twelve inches of sand with an effective size of 0.45 to 0.55 mm and twenty-four
inches of anthracite with an effective size of 0.9 to 1.1 mm. The uniformity
coefficient of each material should not exceed 1.6.
(III)
High-rate multi-media filters typically contain a minimum
of three inches of garnet media with an effective size of 0.2 to 0.3 mm, nine
inches of sand with an effective size of 0.5 to 0.6 mm, and twenty-four inches
of anthracite with an effective size of 0.9 to 1.1 mm. The uniformity coefficient
of each size range should not exceed 1.6.
(IV)
High-rate mono-media anthracite or granular activated
carbon filters typically contain a minimum of 48 inches of anthracite or granular
activated carbon with an effective size of 1.0 to 1.2 mm. The uniformity coefficient
of each size range should not exceed 1.6.
(D)
Under the filtering material, at least 12 inches of support
gravel shall be placed varying in size from 1/16 inch to 2.5 inches. The gravel
may be arranged in three to five layers such that each layer contains material
about twice the size of the material above it. Other support material may
be approved on an individual basis.
(E)
The filter shall be provided with facilities to regulate
the filtration rate.
(i)
The design of gravity rapid sand filters shall be based
on a maximum design filtration rate of 2.0 gallons per square foot per minute.
At the beginning of filter runs for declining rate filters, a maximum filtration
rate of 3.0 gallons per square foot per minute is allowed.
(ii)
Where high-rate gravity filters are used, a maximum design
filtration rate of 5.0 gallons per square foot per minute must be used. At
the beginning of filter runs for declining rate filters, a maximum filtration
rate of 6.5 gallons per square foot per minute is allowed.
(iii)
The design of pressure filters shall be based on a maximum
filtration rate of 2.0 gallons per square foot per minute.
(iv)
With the exception of declining rate filters, each filter
unit shall be equipped with a manually adjustable rate-of-flow controller
with rate-of-flow indication or flow control valves with indicators.
(v)
Each declining rate filter shall be equipped with a rate-of-flow
limiting device or an adjustable flow control valve with a rate-of-flow indicator.
(vi)
The effluent line of each filter installed after January
1, 1996, must be equipped with a slow opening valve or another means of automatically
preventing flow surges when the filter begins operation.
(F)
The filters shall be provided with facilities to monitor
the performance of the filter. Monitoring devices shall be designed to provide
the ability to measure and record turbidity as required by §290.111 of
this title (relating to Turbidity).
(i)
Each filter shall be equipped with a sampling tap so that
the effluent turbidity of the filter can be individually monitored.
(ii)
Each filter with a capacity of 1.0 million gallons per
day or more shall be equipped with an on-line turbidimeter.
(iii)
Each filter operated by a public water system that serves
at least 10,000 people shall be equipped with an on-line turbidimeter and
recorder which will allow the operator to determine the turbidity at 15-minute
intervals.
(iv)
Each filter installed after October 1, 2000 shall be equipped
with an on-line turbidimeter and recorder which will allow the operator to
determine the turbidity at 15-minute intervals.
(v)
Each filter unit shall be equipped with a device to indicate
loss of head through the filter. In lieu of loss-of-head indicators, declining
rate filter units may be equipped with rate-of-flow indicators.
(G)
Filters shall be designed to ensure adequate cleaning during
the backwash cycle.
(i)
Only filtered water shall be used to backwash the filters.
This water may be supplied by elevated wash water tanks, by the effluent of
other filters, or by pumps which take suction from the clearwell and are provided
for backwashing filters only. For installations having a treatment capacity
no greater than 150,000 gallons per day, water for backwashing may be secured
directly from the distribution system if proper controls and rate-of-flow
limiters are provided.
(ii)
The rate of filter backwashing shall be regulated by a
rate-of-flow controller or flow control valve.
(iii)
The rate of flow of backwash water shall not be less
than 20 inches vertical rise per minute (12.5 gpm/sq. ft.) and usually not
more than 35 inches vertical rise per minute (21.8 gpm/sq. ft.).
(iv)
The backwash facilities shall be capable of expanding
the filtering bed during the backwash cycle.
(I)
For facilities equipped with air scour, the backwash facilities
shall be capable of expanding the filtering bed at least 15% during the backwash
cycle.
(II)
For mixed-media filters without air scour, the backwash
facilities shall be capable of expanding the filtering bed at least 25% during
the backwash cycle.
(III)
For mono-media sand filters without air scour, the backwash
facilities shall be capable of expanding the filtering bed at least 40% during
the backwash cycle.
(v)
The filter freeboard in inches shall exceed the wash rate
in inches of vertical rise per minute.
(vi)
When used, surface filter wash systems shall be installed
with an atmospheric vacuum breaker or a reduced pressure principle backflow
assembly in the supply line. If an atmospheric vacuum breaker is used it shall
be installed in a section of the supply line through which all the water passes
and which is located above the overflow level of the filter.
(vii)
Gravity filters installed after January 1, 1996 shall
be equipped with air scour backwash or surface wash facilities.
(H)
Each filter installed after October 1, 2000 shall be equipped
with facilities that allow the filter to be completely drained without removing
other filters from service.
(12)
Pipe galleries shall provide ample working room,
good lighting and good drainage provided by sloping floors, gutters and sumps.
Adequate ventilation to prevent condensation and to provide humidity control
is also required.
(13)
The identification of influent, effluent, waste backwash,
and chemical feed lines shall be accomplished by the use of labels or various
colors of paint. Where labels are used, they shall be placed along the pipe
at no greater than five foot intervals. Color coding must be by solid color
or banding. If bands are used, they shall be placed along the pipe at no greater
than five foot intervals.
(A)
A plant that is built or repainted after October 1, 2000
must use the following color code. The color code to be used in labeling pipes
is as follows:
Figure: 30 TAC §290.42(d)(13)(A)
(B)
A plant that was repainted before October 1, 2000 may use
an alternate color code. The alternate color code must provide clear visual
distinction between process streams.
(C)
The system must maintain clear, current documentation of
its color code in a location easily accessed by all personnel.
(14)
All surface water treatment plants shall provide
sampling taps for raw, settled, individual filter effluent, and clearwell
discharge. Additional sampling taps shall be provided as appropriate to monitor
specific treatment processes.
(15)
An adequately equipped laboratory shall be available
locally so that daily microbiological and chemical tests can be conducted.
(A)
For plants serving 25,000 persons or more, the local laboratory
used to conduct the required daily microbiological analyses must be certified
by the Texas Department of Health to conduct coliform analyses.
(B)
For plants serving populations of less than 25,000, the
facilities for making microbiological tests may be omitted if the required
microbiological samples can be submitted to one of the Texas Department of
Health's certified laboratories on a timely basis.
(C)
All surface water treatment plants shall be provided with
equipment for making at least the following determinations:
(i)
pH;
(ii)
temperature;
(iii)
disinfectant residual;
(iv)
alkalinity;
(v)
turbidity;
(vi)
jar tests for determining the optimum coagulant dose;
and
(vii)
other tests deemed necessary to monitor specific water
quality problems or to evaluate specific water treatment processes.
(D)
An amperometric titrator with platinum-platinum electrodes
shall be provided at all surface water treatment plants that use chlorine
dioxide.
(E)
Each surface water treatment plant that uses sludge-blanket
clarifiers shall be equipped with facilities to monitor the depth of the sludge
blanket.
(F)
Each surface water treatment plant that uses solids-recirculation
clarifiers shall be equipped with facilities to monitor the solids concentration
in the slurry.
(G)
Effective January 1, 2002, each surface water treatment
plant shall be provided with a computer and software for recording performance
data, maintaining records and submitting reports to the executive director.
(e)
Disinfection.
(1)
All water obtained from surface sources or groundwater
sources that are under the direct influence of surface water must be disinfected
in a manner consistent with the requirements of §290.110 of this title
(relating to Disinfectant Residuals).
(2)
All groundwater must be disinfected prior to distribution.
The point of application must be ahead of the water storage tank(s) if storage
is provided prior to distribution. Permission to use alternate disinfectant
application points must be obtained in writing from the executive director.
(3)
Disinfection equipment shall be selected and installed
so that continuous and effective disinfection can be secured under all conditions.
(A)
Disinfection equipment shall have a capacity at least 50%
greater than the highest expected dosage to be applied at any time. It shall
be capable of satisfactory operation under every prevailing hydraulic condition.
(B)
Automatic proportioning of the disinfectant dosage to the
flow rate of the water being treated shall be provided at plants where the
treatment rate varies automatically, and at all plants where the treatment
rate varies more than 50% above or below the average flow. Manual control
shall be permissible at surface water treatment plants or plants treating
groundwater under the direct influence of surface water only if an operator
is always on hand to make adjustments promptly.
(C)
All disinfecting equipment in surface water treatment plants
shall include at least one functional standby unit of each capacity for ensuring
uninterrupted operation. Common standby units are permissible, but, generally,
more than one standby unit must be provided because of the differences in
feed rates or the physical state in which the disinfectants are being fed
(solid, liquid, or gas).
(D)
Facilities shall be provided for determining the amount
of disinfectant used daily as well as the amount of disinfectant remaining
for use.
(E)
When used, solutions of calcium hypochlorite shall be prepared
in a separate mixing tank and allowed to settle so that only a clear supernatant
liquid is transferred to the hypochlorinator container.
(F)
Provisions shall be made for both pretreatment disinfection
and post-disinfection in all surface water treatment plants. Additional application
points shall be installed if they are required to adequately control the quality
of the treated water.
(G)
The use of disinfectants other than chlorine will be considered
on a case-by-case basis under the exception guidelines of §290.39(l)
of this title (relating to General Provisions).
(4)
When chlorine gas is used, a full-face self-contained
breathing apparatus or supplied air respirator that meets Occupational Safety
and Health Administration (OSHA) standards for construction and operation,
and a small bottle of fresh ammonia solution (or approved equal) for testing
for chlorine leakage shall be readily accessible outside the chlorinator room
and immediately available to the operator in the event of an emergency.
(5)
Beginning January 1, 2001, housing for gas chlorination
equipment and cylinders of chlorine shall be in separate buildings or separate
rooms with impervious walls or partitions separating all mechanical and electrical
equipment from the chlorine facilities. Housing shall be located above ground
level as a measure of safety.
(6)
Adequate ventilation, which includes both high level
and floor level screened vents, shall be provided for all enclosures in which
gas chlorine is being stored or fed. Enclosures containing more than one open
150 pound cylinder of chlorine shall also provide forced air ventilation which
includes: screened and louvered floor level and high level vents; a fan which
is located at and draws air in through the top vent and discharges to the
outside atmosphere through the floor level vent; and a fan switch located
outside the enclosure. Alternately, systems may install negative pressure
ventilation as long as the facilities also have gas containment and treatment
as prescribed by the current Uniform Fire Code (UFC).
(7)
Hypochlorination solution containers and pumps must
be housed in a secure enclosure to protect them from adverse weather conditions
and vandalism. The solution container top must be completely covered to prevent
the entrance of dust, insects, and other contaminants.
(8)
Where anhydrous ammonia feed equipment is utilized,
it must be housed in a separate enclosure equipped with both high and low
level ventilation to the outside atmosphere. The enclosure must be provided
with forced air ventilation which includes: screened and louvered floor level
and high level vents; a fan which is located at and draws air in through the
floor vent and discharges through the top vent; and a fan switch located outside
the enclosure. Alternately, systems may install negative pressure ventilation
as long as the facilities also have gas containment and treatment as prescribed
by the current Uniform Fire Code (UFC).
(f)
Other treatment processes. The adjustment of fluoride ion
content, special treatment for iron and manganese reduction, special methods
for taste and odor control, demineralization, corrosion control processes,
and other proposals covering other treatment processes will be considered
on an individual basis, pursuant to §290.39(g) of this title (relating
to General Provisions). Package-type treatment systems and their components
shall be subject to all applicable design criteria in this section. Where
innovative/alternate treatment systems are proposed, the licensed professional
engineer must provide pilot test data or data collected at similar full-scale
operations demonstrating that the system will produce water that meets the
requirements of Subchapter F of this title (relating to Drinking Water Standards
Governing Drinking Water Quality and Reporting Requirements for Public Drinking
Water Supply Systems). Pilot test data must be representative of the actual
operating conditions which can be expected over the course of the year. The
executive director may require proof of a one-year manufacturers performance
warrantee or guarantee assuring that the plant will produce treated water
which meets minimum state and federal standards for drinking water quality.
(g)
Sanitary facilities for water works installations. Toilet
and hand washing facilities provided in accordance with established standards
of good public health engineering practices shall be available at all installations
requiring frequent visits by operating personnel.
(h)
Permits for waste discharges. Permits for discharging wastes
from water treatment processes shall be obtained from the agency, if necessary.
(i)
Treatment chemicals and media. All chemicals and any additional
or replacement process media used in treatment of water supplied by public
water systems must conform to American National Standards Institute/National
Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 60 for direct additives and ANSI/NSF
Standard 61 for indirect additives. Conformance with these standards must
be obtained by certification of the product by an organization accredited
by ANSI.
(j)
Safety.
(1)
Safety equipment for all chemicals used in water treatment
shall meet applicable standards established by the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) or the Texas Hazard Communications Act, Health
and Safety Code, Title 5, Chapter 502.
(2)
Systems must comply with United States Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) requirements for Risk Management Plans.
(k)
Plant operations manual. A thorough plant operations manual
must be compiled and kept up to date for operator review and reference. This
manual should be of sufficient detail to provide the operator with routine
maintenance and repair procedures as well as provide telephone numbers of
water system personnel, system officials, and local/state/federal agencies
to be contacted in the event of an emergency.
§290.44.Water Distribution.
(a)-(g)
(No change.)
(h)
Backflow, siphonage.
(1)
No water connection from any public drinking water supply
system shall be
allowed
[
(A)
At any residence or establishment where
an actual or potential contamination hazard exists, additional protection
shall be required at the meter in the form of an air gap or backflow prevention
assembly. The type of backflow prevention assembly required shall be determined
by the specific potential hazard identified in §290.47(i) of this title
(relating to Appendices).
(B)
At any residence or establishment where
an actual or potential contamination hazard exists and an adequate internal
cross-connection control program is in effect, backflow protection at the
water service entrance or meter is not required.
(i)
An adequate internal cross-connection control program shall
include an annual inspection and testing by a certified backflow prevention
assembly tester on all backflow prevention assemblies used for health hazard
protection.
(ii)
Copies of all such inspection and test reports must be
obtained and kept on file by the water purveyor.
(iii)
It will be the responsibility of the water purveyor to
ensure that these requirements are met.
(2)
No water connection from any public drinking
water supply system shall be
allowed
[
(3)
(No change.)
(4)
All
[
(A)
Recognized
backflow prevention assembly
testers
shall have completed a
executive director
[
[(i)
The "General Tester" is qualified to
test and repair backflow prevention assemblies on any domestic, commercial,
industrial or irrigation service. (Exception-Firelines--See "Fireline Tester"
in §290.44(h)(A)(ii)).]
[(ii)
The "Fireline Tester" is qualified to
test and repair backflow prevention assemblies on firelines only. The State
Fire Marshall's office requires that a person performing maintenance on firelines
must be employed by an Approved Fireline Contractor.]
(B)
Gauges used in the testing of backflow prevention
assemblies shall be tested for accuracy annually in accordance with the University
of Southern California's Manual of Cross-Connection Control or the American
Water Works Association Recommended Practice for Backflow Prevention and Cross-Connection
Control (Manual M14). Public water systems shall require testers to include
test gauge serial numbers on "Test and Maintenance" report forms and ensure
testers have gauges tested for accuracy.
[
(C)
A Test Report must be completed by the recognized
backflow prevention assembly tester for each assembly tested. The signed and
dated original must be submitted to the public water supplier for record keeping
purposes. Any form which varies from the format specified in Appendix F of
this title (relating to Backflow Prevention Assembly Test and Maintenance
Report) must be approved by the executive director prior to being placed in
use.
[
[(D)
A Test Report must be completed by the
recognized backflow prevention Assembly Tester for each assembly tested. The
signed and dated original must be submitted to the public water supplier for
record keeping purposes. Should the tester choose to use a report format which
differs from that found in Appendix F of this title, it must minimally contain
all information required by the report form.]
[(E)
Test and maintenance reports shall be
retained for a minimum of three years. The public water supplier must provide
these records to commission staff for inspection upon request.]
(5)
The use of a backflow prevention
assembly
[
(6)
At any residence or establishment
where there is no actual or potential contamination hazard, a backflow prevention
assembly is not required.
(i)
(No change.)
§290.45.Minimum Water System Capacity Requirements.
(a)
(No change.)
(b)
Community Water Systems.
(1)
Groundwater
[
(A)-(E)
(No change.)
(F)
Mobile home parks and apartment complexes which supply
100
connections
or
greater
[
(i)-(ii)
(No change.)
(iii)
At least two service pumps with a total capacity
of 2.0 gallons per minute per connection must be provided.
[
(iv)
(No change.)
(2)
(No change.)
(c)
(No change.)
(d)
Noncommunity water systems serving other than transient
accommodation units.
(1)
(No change.)
(2)
Groundwater supply requirements are as follows.
(A)
(No change.)
(B)
If 300 or more persons per day are served, the system must
have the following:
(i)-(ii)
(No change.)
(iii)
if the maximum daily demand is less than 15 gpm,
at least one service pump with a capacity of 2.0 gallons per minute per connection
must be provided;
[
(iv)
if the maximum daily demand is 15 gpm or more, at
least two service pumps with a total capacity of 2.0 gallons per minute per
connection; and
[
(v)
a minimum pressure tank capacity of 220
gallons with additional capacity, if necessary, based on a sanitary survey
conducted by the executive director.
(3)
(No change.)
(e)-(g)
(No change.)
§290.46.Minimum Acceptable Operating Practices for Public Drinking Water Systems.
(a)
General. When a public drinking water supply system is
to be established, plans shall be submitted to the executive director for
review and approval prior to the construction of the system. All public water
systems are to be constructed in conformance with these sections and maintained
and operated in accordance with the following minimum acceptable operating
practices. Owners and operators shall allow entry to members of the commission
and employees and agents of the commission onto any public or private property
at any reasonable time for the purpose of inspecting and investigating conditions
relating to public water systems in the state. Members, employees, or agents
acting under this authority shall observe the establishment's rules and regulations
concerning safety, internal security, and fire protection, and if the property
has management in residence, shall notify management or the person then in
charge of his presence and shall exhibit proper credentials.
(b)
Microbiological. Submission of samples for microbiological
analysis shall be as required by Subchapter F of this title (relating to Drinking
Water Standards Governing Drinking Water Quality and Reporting Requirements
for Public Water Supply Systems). Microbiological samples may be required
by the executive director for monitoring purposes in addition to the routine
samples required by the drinking water standards. These samples shall be submitted
to the Texas Department of Health Bureau of Laboratories or one of its approved
laboratories. (A list of the approved laboratories can be obtained by contacting
the Texas Department of Health Bureau of Laboratories).
(c)
Chemical. Samples for chemical analysis shall be submitted
as directed by the public drinking water program.
(d)
Disinfectant residuals and monitoring. An acceptable disinfectant
residual must be continuously maintained during the treatment process and
throughout the distribution system.
(1)
Disinfection facilities shall be operated and monitored
in a manner that will assure compliance with the requirements of §290.110
of this title (relating to Disinfectant Residuals).
(2)
The disinfection equipment shall be operated to maintain
the following minimum disinfectant residuals in each finished water storage
tank and in the far reaches of the distribution system at all times:
(A)
a free chlorine residual of 0.2 mg/l; or
(B)
a chloramine residual of 0.5 mg/l (measured as total chlorine)
for those systems that feed ammonia.
(e)
Operation by certified personnel. All systems, except transient
noncommunity systems which utilize ground or purchased water, must be under
the direct supervision of a certified water works operator. The operator shall
ensure that the water system complies with the requirements of this section.
(1)
No district, municipality, firm, corporation, or individual,
except transient noncommunity systems which utilize groundwater or purchased
water, shall furnish to the public any drinking water unless the production,
processing, treatment, and distribution are at all times under the direct
daily supervision of a competent water works operator holding a valid certificate
of competency issued under the direction of the executive director.
(A)
A Grade "D" certificate is valid for systems with 250 or
fewer connections.
(B)
Systems serving in excess of 250 connections must employ
an operator with a Grade "C" or higher certificate.
(C)
Systems serving in excess of 1,000 connections must employ
at least two Grade "C" certified operators.
(D)
Beginning January 1, 2004, systems that treat surface water
must employ at least one operator who holds a Grade "B" or higher surface
water certificate.
(E)
Until January 1, 2004, systems that treat surface water
must employ at least one operator who holds a Grade "B" or higher surface
water certificate or who holds a Grade "C" surface water certificate and has
completed an executive director recognized 20-hour water laboratory course.
(2)
Each surface water treatment plant must have
at least a Grade "C" surface water operator on duty at the plant when it is
in operation or the plant must be provided with continuous turbidity and disinfectant
residual monitors with automatic plant shutdown and alarms to summon operators
so as to ensure that the water produced continues to meet the commission's
drinking water standards during periods in which the plant is unattended.
(3)
Systems that have sources which are classified as
groundwater under the direct influence of surface water must be under the
supervision of either an operator who has at least a Grade C Groundwater certificate
and has completed additional training as designated in the following subparagraphs
or an operator who has at least a Grade C surface water certificate.
(A)
Those systems which utilize cartridge filters must be under
the supervision of at least a Grade C Groundwater operator who has completed
an agency recognized 8-hour training course on monitoring and reporting requirements.
(B)
Those systems which utilize coagulant addition and direct
filtration must be under the supervision of at least a Grade C Groundwater
operator who has completed an agency recognized 20-hour Surface Water Production
course and an agency recognized 8-hour training course on monitoring and reporting
requirements.
(C)
Those systems which utilize complete surface water treatment
must comply with the requirements of paragraph (2) of this subsection.
(4)
Certified operators must provide the public drinking
water program with written, dated and signed notice of the public water systems
which they operate or where they are employed when applying for, renewing,
or upgrading their certification. This notice must be amended in writing within
ten days of any change in responsibility.
(5)
Training programs for all chemicals used in water
treatment shall meet applicable standards established by the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) or the Texas Hazard Communications
Act, Health and Safety Code, Title 5, Chapter 502.
(f)
Operating records and reports. Water systems must maintain
a daily record of water works operation and maintenance activities and submit
periodic operating reports.
(1)
The public water system's operating records must be organized,
and copies must be kept on file or stored electronically.
(2)
The public water system's operating records must be
accessible for review during inspections.
(3)
The public water system shall maintain a record of
operations.
(A)
The following records shall be retained for at least two
years:
(i)
the amount of chemicals used each day;
(ii)
the volume of water treated each day;
(iii)
the date, location, and nature of water quality, pressure,
or outage complaints received by the system and the results of any subsequent
complaint investigation;
(iv)
the dates that dead-end mains were flushed;
(v)
the dates that storage tanks and other facilities were
cleaned; and
(vi)
the maintenance records for water system equipment and
facilities.
(B)
The following records shall be retained for at least three
years:
(i)
copies of notices of violation and any resulting corrective
actions. The records of the actions taken to correct violations of primary
drinking water regulations must be retained for at least three years after
the last action taken with respect to the particular violation involved;
(ii)
copies of any public notice issued by the water system;
(iii)
the turbidity monitoring results and exception reports
for individual filters as required by §290.111 of this title (relating
to Turbidity);
(iv)
the calibration records for laboratory equipment, flow
meters, rate-of-flow controllers, on-line turbidimeters, and on-line disinfectant
residual analyzers; and
(v)
the records of backflow prevention device programs.
(C)
The following records shall be retained for a period of
five years after they are no longer in effect:
(i)
the records concerning a variance or exemption granted
to the system; and
(ii)
Concentration Time (CT) studies for surface water treatment
plants.
(D)
The results of microbiological analyses shall be retained
for at least five years.
(E)
The following records shall be retained for at least 10
years:
(i)
copies of Monthly Operating Reports and any supporting
documentation including turbidity monitoring results of the combined filter
effluent;
(ii)
the results of chemical analyses;
(iii)
any written reports, summaries, or communications relating
to sanitary surveys of the system conducted by the system itself, by a private
consultant, or by the executive director shall be kept for a period not less
than 10 years after completion of the survey involved;
(iv)
copies of the Customer Service Inspection reports required
by subsection (j) of this section; and
(v)
other pertinent data.
(4)
Water systems shall submit any monthly or
quarterly reports required by the executive director.
(A)
The reports must be submitted to the Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission, Water Permitting and Resource Management Division,
MC 155, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087 by the 10th day of the month
following the end of the reporting period.
(B)
The reports must contain all the information required by
the drinking water standards and the results of any special monitoring tests
which have been required.
(C)
The reports must be completed in ink, typed, or computer-printed
and must be signed by the certified water works operator.
(g)
Disinfection of new or repaired facilities. Disinfection
by or under the direction of water system personnel must be performed when
repairs are made to existing facilities and before new facilities are placed
into service. Disinfection must be performed in accordance with AWWA requirements
and water samples must be submitted to a laboratory approved by the Texas
Department of Health. The sample results must indicate that the facility is
free of microbiological contamination before it is placed into service. When
it is necessary to return repaired mains to service as rapidly as possible,
doses may be increased to 500 mg/l and the contact time reduced to one-half
hour.
(h)
Calcium hypochlorite. A supply of calcium hypochlorite
disinfectant shall be kept on hand for use when making repairs, setting meters,
and disinfecting new mains prior to placing them in service.
(i)
Plumbing ordinance. Public water systems must adopt an
adequate plumbing ordinance, regulations, or service agreement with provisions
for proper enforcement to insure that neither cross-connections nor other
unacceptable plumbing practices are permitted. See §290.47(b) of this
title (relating to Appendices). Should sanitary control of the distribution
system not reside with the purveyor, the entity retaining sanitary control
shall be responsible for establishing and enforcing adequate regulations in
this regard. The use of pipes and pipe fittings that contain more than 8.0%
lead or solders and flux that contain more than 0.2% lead is prohibited for
installation or repair of any public water supply and for installation or
repair of any plumbing in a residential or nonresidential facility providing
water for human consumption and connected to a public drinking water supply
system. This requirement may be waived for lead joints that are necessary
for repairs to cast iron pipe.
(j)
Customer service inspections. A customer service inspection
certificate shall be completed prior to providing continuous water service
to new construction, on any existing service when the water purveyor has reason
to believe that cross-connections or other potential contaminant hazards exist,
or after any material improvement, correction, or addition to the private
water distribution facilities. Any customer service inspection certificate
form which varies from the format found in §290.47(d) of this title
must be approved by the executive director prior to being placed in use.
(1)
Individuals with the following credentials shall be recognized
as capable of conducting a customer service inspection certification.
(A)
Plumbing Inspectors and Water Supply Protection Specialists
licensed by the Texas State Board of Plumbing Examiners.
(B)
Customer service inspectors who have completed a commission
approved course, passed an examination administered by the TNRCC or its designated
agent and hold current professional certification or endorsement as a customer
service inspector.
(2)
As potential contaminant hazards are discovered,
they shall be promptly eliminated to prevent possible contamination of the
water supplied by the public water system. The existence of a health hazard,
as identified in §290.47(i) of this title, shall be considered sufficient
grounds for immediate termination of water service. Service can be restored
only when the health hazard no longer exists, or until the health hazard has
been isolated from the public water system in accordance with §290.44(h)
of this title (relating to Water Distribution).
(3)
These customer service inspection requirements are
not considered acceptable substitutes for and shall not apply to the sanitary
control requirements stated in §290.102(a)(5) of this title (relating
to Definitions).
(4)
A customer service inspection is an examination of
the private water distribution facilities for the purpose of providing or
denying water service. This inspection is limited to the identification and
prevention of cross connections, potential contaminant hazards and illegal
lead materials. The customer service inspector has no authority, and no obligation,
beyond the scope of the commission's regulations. A customer service inspection
is not a plumbing inspection as defined and regulated by the Texas State Board
of Plumbing Examiners (TSBPE). A customer service inspector is not permitted
to perform plumbing inspections. State statutes and TSBPE adopted rules require
that TSBPE licensed plumbing inspectors perform plumbing inspections of all
new plumbing and alterations or additions to existing plumbing within the
municipal limits of all cities, towns and villages with 5000 or more inhabitants
or within smaller, like entities which have adopted the Plumbing License Law
by ordinance. Such entities may stipulate that the customer service inspection
be performed by the plumbing inspector as a part of the more comprehensive
plumbing inspection. Where such entities permit customer service inspectors
to perform customer service inspections, the customer service inspector shall
report any violations immediately to the local entity's plumbing inspection
department.
(k)
Interconnection. No physical connection between the distribution
system of a public drinking water supply and that of any other water supply
shall be permitted unless the other water supply is of a safe, sanitary quality
and the interconnection is approved by the executive director.
(l)
Flushing of mains. All dead-end mains must be flushed at
monthly intervals or more frequently if water quality complaints are received
from water customers or if disinfectant residuals fall below acceptable levels
as specified in §290.110 of this title (relating to Disinfectant Residuals).
(m)
Maintenance and housekeeping. The maintenance and housekeeping
practices used by a public water system shall ensure the reliability and general
appearance of the system's facilities and equipment.
(1)
Each of the system's ground, elevated and pressure tanks
shall be inspected annually by water system personnel or a contracted inspection
service.
(A)
Ground and elevated storage tank inspections must determine
that the vents are in place and properly screened, the roof hatches closed
and locked, flap valves and gasketing provide adequate protection against
insects, rodents and other vermin, the interior and exterior coating systems
are continuing to provide adequate protection to all metal surfaces, and the
tank remains in a watertight condition.
(B)
Pressure tank inspections must determine that the pressure
release device and pressure gauge are working properly, the air-water ratio
is being maintained at the proper level, the exterior coating systems are
continuing to provide adequate protection to all metal surfaces, and the tank
remains in watertight condition. Pressure tanks provided with an inspection
port must have the interior surface inspected every five years.
(C)
All tanks shall be inspected annually to determine that
instrumentation and controls are working properly.
(2)
When pressure filters are used, a visual inspection
of the filter media and internal filter surfaces shall be conducted annually
to ensure that the filter media is in good condition and the coating materials
continue to provide adequate protection to internal surfaces.
(3)
When cartridge filters are used, filter cartridges
shall be changed at the frequency required by the manufacturer, or more frequently
if needed.
(4)
All water storage facilities, distribution system
lines and related appurtenances shall be maintained in a watertight condition
and be free of excessive solids.
(5)
Basins used for water clarification shall be maintained
free of excessive solids to prevent possible carryover of sludge and the formation
of tastes and odors.
(n)
Engineering plans and maps. Plans, specifications, maps
and other pertinent information shall be maintained to facilitate the operation
and maintenance of the system's facilities and equipment.
(1)
Accurate and up-to-date detailed as-built plans or record
drawings and specifications for each treatment plant, pump station, and storage
tank shall be maintained at the public water system until the facility is
decommissioned. As-built plans of individual projects may be used to fulfill
this requirement if the plans are maintained in an organized manner.
(2)
An accurate and up-to-date map of the distribution
system shall be available so that valves and mains can be easily located during
emergencies.
(3)
Copies of well material setting data, geological log,
sealing information (pressure cementing and surface protection), disinfection
information, microbiological sample results and a chemical analysis report
of a representative sample of water from the well shall be kept on file for
as long as the well remains in service.
(o)
Filter backwashing at surface water treatment plants. Filters
must be backwashed when a loss of head differential of six to ten feet is
experienced between the influent and effluent loss of head gauges or when
the turbidity level at the effluent of the filter reaches 1.0 NTU.
(p)
Data on water system ownership and management. The agency
shall be provided with information regarding water system ownership and management.
(1)
When a water system changes ownership, a written notice
of the transaction must be provided to the executive director. When applicable,
notification shall be in accordance with Chapter 291 of this title (relating
to Water Rates). Those systems not subject to Chapter 291 of this title shall
notify the executive director of changes in ownership by providing the name
of the current and prospective owner or responsible official, the proposed
date of the transaction, and the address and phone number of the new owner
or responsible official. The information listed in this paragraph and the
system's public drinking water supply identification number, and any other
information necessary to identify the transaction shall be provided to the
executive director 120 days before the date of the transaction.
(2)
On an annual basis, each certified operator who supervises
more than one water system shall provide the public drinking water program
written notices containing their certificate number, address and telephone
number, and the name and identification number of each public water system
which they supervise. Each operating company shall provide this information
for itself and for each of its operators. See §290.47(g) of this title
(relating to Appendices).
(q)
Special precautions. Special precautions must be instituted
by the water system owner or responsible official in the event of low distribution
pressures (below 20 psi), water outages, microbiological samples found to
contain
E.coli
or fecal coliform organisms,
failure to maintain adequate chlorine residuals, elevated finished water turbidity
levels, or other conditions which indicate that the potability of the drinking
water supply has been compromised.
(1)
Boil water notifications must be issued to the customers
within 24-hours using the prescribed notification format as specified in §290.47(e)
of this title. A copy of this notice shall be provided to the public drinking
water program. Bilingual notification may be appropriate based upon local
demographics. Once the boil water notification is no longer in effect, the
customers must be notified in a manner similar to the original notice.
(2)
The flowchart found in §290.47(h) of this title
shall be used to determine if a boil water notification must be issued in
the event of a loss of distribution system pressure. If a boil water notice
is issued pursuant to this section, it shall remain in effect until water
distribution pressures in excess of 20 psi can consistently be maintained,
a minimum of 0.2 mg/l free chlorine residual or 0.5 mg/l chloramine residual
(measured as total chlorine) is present throughout the system, and water samples
collected for microbiological analysis are found negative for coliform organisms.
(3)
A boil water notification shall be issued if the turbidity
of the finished water produced by a surface water treatment plant exceeds
5.0 NTU. The boil water notice shall remain in effect until the water entering
the distribution system has a turbidity level below 1.0 NTU, the distribution
system has been thoroughly flushed, a minimum of 0.2 mg/l free chlorine residual
or 0.5 mg/l chloramine residual (measured as total chlorine) is present throughout
the system, and water samples collected for microbiological analysis are found
negative for coliform organisms.
(4)
Other protective measures may be required at the discretion
of the executive director.
(r)
Minimum pressures. All public water systems shall be operated
to provide a minimum pressure of 35 psi throughout the distribution system
under normal operating conditions. The system shall also be operated to maintain
a minimum pressure of 20 psi during emergencies such as fire fighting.
(s)
Testing equipment. Accurate testing equipment or some other
means of monitoring the effectiveness of any chemical treatment processes
used by the system must be provided.
(1)
Flow measuring devices and rate-of-flow controllers shall
be calibrated at least once every 12-months.
(2)
Laboratory equipment shall be properly calibrated.
(A)
pH meters shall be calibrated according to manufacturers
specifications at least once each day. The calibration of the pH meter shall
be checked with at least one buffer each time a series of samples are run.
(B)
Turbidimeters shall be properly calibrated.
(i)
Benchtop turbidimeters shall be calibrated with primary
standards at least once every 90 days. Each time the turbidimeter is calibrated
with primary standards, the secondary standards shall be restandardized.
(ii)
The calibration of benchtop turbidimeters shall be checked
with secondary standards each time a series of samples is tested and, if necessary,
recalibrated with primary standards.
(iii)
On-line turbidimeters shall be calibrated with primary
standards at least once every 90 days.
(iv)
The calibration of online turbidimeters shall be checked
at least once each week by comparing the results of the on-line unit with
the results of a properly calibrated benchtop unit and, if necessary, recalibrated
with primary standards.
(C)
Disinfectant residual analyzers shall be properly calibrated.
(i)
The accuracy of manual disinfectant residual analyzers
shall be verified at least once every 30 days using chlorine solutions of
known concentrations.
(ii)
Continuous disinfectant residual analyzers shall be calibrated
at least once every 90 days using chlorine solutions of known concentrations.
(iii)
The calibration of continuous disinfectant residual analyzers
shall be checked at least once each month by comparing the results from the
on-line analyzer with the result of approved benchtop amperometric, spectrophotometric,
or titration method.
(t)
System ownership. All community water systems shall post
a legible sign at each of its production, treatment, and storage facilities.
The sign shall be located in plain view of the public and shall provide the
name of the water supply and an emergency telephone number where a responsible
official can be contacted.
(u)
Abandoned wells. Abandoned public water supply wells owned
by the system must be plugged with cement according to 16 TAC Chapter 76 (relating
to Water Well Drillers and Water Well Pump Installers). Wells that are not
in use and are non-deteriorated as defined in those rules must be tested every
five years or as required by the executive director to prove that they are
in a non-deteriorated condition. The test results shall be sent to the commission's
public drinking water program for review and approval. Deteriorated wells
must be either plugged with cement or repaired to a non-deteriorated condition.
(v)
Electrical wiring. All water system electrical wiring must
be installed in a securely mounted conduit in compliance with a local or national
electrical code.
§290.47.Appendices.
(a)-(c)
(No change.)
(d)
Appendix D.
Customer
[
Figure: 30 TAC §290.47(d)
(e)
(No change.)
(f)
Appendix F. Sample Backflow Prevention Assembly Test and
Maintenance Report.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.47(f)
(g)-(h)
(No change.)
(i)
Appendix I. Assessment of Hazard and Selection
of Assemblies.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.47(i)
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed with the Office of
the Secretary of State, on April 10, 2000.
TRD-200002536
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Earliest possible date of adoption: May 21, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-6087
30 TAC §290.42, §290.46
(Editor's note: The text of the following sections proposed for
repeal will not be published. The sections may be examined in the offices
of the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission or in the Texas Register
office, Room 245, James Earl Rudder Building, 1019 Brazos Street, Austin.)
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The repealed sections are proposed under the Texas Water Code, §5.103,
which provide the commission the authority to adopt and enforce rules necessary
to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state; and under
Texas Health and Safety Code §341.031, which allows the commission to
adopt rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f
et. seq.
The proposed repeals implement Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.031,
which allows the commission to adopt rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking
Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f et.seq.; and Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.035,
which requires the executive director to approve plans and specifications
for public water supplies. No other codes or statutes are will be affected
by this proposal.
§290.42.Water Treatment.
§290.46.Minimum Acceptable Operating Practices for Public Drinking Water Systems.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been
reviewed by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority
to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 10, 2000.
TRD-200002537
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Earliest possible date of adoption: May 21, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-6087
30 TAC §§290.101-290.106, 290.108-290.121
(Editor's note: The text of the following sections proposed for
repeal will not be published. The sections may be examined in the offices
of the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission or in the Texas Register
office, Room 245, James Earl Rudder Building, 1019 Brazos Street, Austin.)
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The repealed sections are proposed under the Texas Water Code, §5.103,
which provide the commission the authority to adopt and enforce rules necessary
to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state; and under
Texas Health and Safety Code §341.031, which allows the commission to
adopt rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f
et. seq.
The proposed sections implement Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.031,
which allows the commission to adopt rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking
Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f et.seq.; and Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.035,
which requires the executive director to approve plans and specifications
for public water supplies. No other codes or statutes are will be affected
by this proposal.
§290.101.Purpose.
§290.102.Definitions.
§290.103.Standards of Chemical Quality.
§290.104.Control Tests.
§290.105.Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs) for Microbiological Contaminants.
§290.106.Bacteriological Monitoring.
§290.108.Inorganic Chemical Monitoring and Analytical Requirements.
§290.109.Organic Chemical (Other Than Trihalomethanes) Monitoring, Analytical Requirements and Treatment Techniques.
§290.110.Radiological Sampling and Analytical Requirements.
§290.111.Construction and Siting Requirements.
§290.112.Recordkeeping and Reporting Required of Water Systems.
§290.113.Secondary Constituent Levels.
§290.114.Modified Monitoring.
§290.115.Exceptions to these Standards.
§290.116.Control of Trihalomethanes in Drinking Water.
§290.117.Disinfection.
§290.118.Filtration.
§290.119.Monitoring Requirements Relating to Turbidity and Disinfection for Systems Using Surface Water Treatment.
§290.120.Regulation of Lead and Copper.
§290.121.Laboratory Analyses.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been
reviewed by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority
to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 10, 2000.
TRD-200002538
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Earliest possible date of adoption: May 21, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-6087
30 TAC §§290.101-290.115, 290.117, 290.118, 290.119, 290.121, 290.122
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The new sections are proposed under the Texas Water Code, §5.103,
which provide the commission the authority to adopt and enforce rules necessary
to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state; and under
Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.031, which allows the commission to
adopt rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C., §300f
et. seq.
The proposed sections implement Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.031,
which allows the commission to adopt rules to implement the federal Safe Drinking
Water Act, 42 U.S.C. §300f et.seq.; and Texas Health and Safety Code, §341.035,
which requires the executive director to approve plans and specifications
for public water supplies. No other codes or statutes are will be affected
by this proposal.
§290.101.Purpose.
The purpose of these standards is to assure the safety of public water
supplies with respect to microbiological, chemical and radiological quality
and to further efficient processing through control tests, laboratory checks,
operating records and reports of public water supply systems. These standards
are written to comply with the requirements of the Federal "Safe Drinking
Water Act," 42 U.S.C. §300f et. seq., and the "Primary Drinking Water
Regulations" which have been promulgated by the EPA.
§290.102.General Applicability.
(a)
General Applicability. This subchapter shall apply to all
public water systems as described in each section, unless the system:
(1)
consists only of distribution and storage facilities (and
does not have any production and treatment facilities);
(2)
obtains all of its water from, but is not owned or
operated by, a public water system to which such standards apply;
(3)
does not sell water to any person;
(4)
is not a carrier which conveys passengers in interstate
commerce; and
(5)
is subject to plumbing restrictions and inspections
by the public water system which provides the water.
(b)
Variances and exemptions. Variances and exemptions may
be granted at the discretion of the executive director.
(1)
A variance may be granted to one or more of the MCLs or
treatment technique requirements if all of the following conditions apply:
(A)
the system's raw water is such that the maximum allowable
level cannot be met despite the application of the best available treatment
techniques (taking costs into consideration) subject to the following conditions;
(B)
the public water system requesting the variance was in
operation on the date the MCL or treatment technique requirement became effective;
(C)
the granting of the variance will not result in an unreasonable
risk to public health; and
(D)
a schedule, including increments of progress, is established
to bring the system into compliance with the standard in question.
(2)
An exemption may be granted to one or more of
the MCLs or treatment technique requirements when a system is unable to comply
with a specified allowable level because of compelling factors (which may
include economic). An exemption may be granted only under the following circumstances:
(A)
the public water system requesting the exemption was in
operation on the date the MCL or treatment technique requirement became effective
or for a system that was not in operation by that date, if no reasonable alternative
source of drinking water is available to such new system;
(B)
the granting of the exemption will not result in an unreasonable
risk to public health; and
(C)
a schedule is established to bring the system into compliance
with the standard in question.
(3)
Applications for such variances or exemptions
must be submitted to the executive director in writing by the owner of the
water system. The request must include the following:
(A)
a statement of the standard which is not met;
(B)
an estimate of the risk involved to public health with
supporting evidence from physicians or dentists in the area;
(C)
a long range plan for the correction of the problem. This
plan or compliance schedule must be submitted within one year following written
notification that a variance or exemption has been granted; and
(D)
a detailed economic evaluation of the current and future
situation.
(4)
A variance or exemption covering a group or class
of systems with a common standard which is not met may be issued by the executive
director without individual application. However, individual compliance schedules
will be required for each such system within one year following written notification
by the executive director that such a variance or exemption has been granted.
After receiving notification from the executive director that a group or class
variance or exemption has been issued to their system, each system must submit
the above items in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection.
(5)
The executive director is required to act upon all
requests for variances or exemptions within 90 days.
(6)
Procedures for public comment and public hearings
on variances, exemptions, and compliance schedules as a condition of a variance
or exemption will be as stated in the EPA National Primary Drinking Water
Regulations, 40 CFR §§141.4 and 142.20.
(c)
Modified Monitoring. When a public water system supplies
water to one or more other public water systems, the executive director may
modify the monitoring requirements imposed by this chapter to the extent that
the interconnection of the systems justifies treating them as a single system
for monitoring purposes. Any modified monitoring shall be conducted pursuant
to a schedule specified by the executive director in concurrence with the
requirements of the administrator of the EPA.
§290.103.Definitions.
The following definitions shall apply in the interpretation and enforcement
of this subchapter. If a word or term used in this subchapter is not contained
in the following list, its definition shall be as shown in §290.38 of
this title (relating to Definitions) or in Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations
(CFR) §141.2. Other technical terms used shall have the meanings or definitions
listed in the latest edition of "Glossary, Water and Wastewater Control Engineering,"
prepared by a joint editorial board representing the American Public Health
Association, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Water Works Association,
and the Water Pollution Control Federation.
(1)
Compliance cycle--The nine-year (calendar year) cycle during
which public water systems must monitor. Each compliance cycle consists of
three, three-year compliance periods. The first compliance cycle begins January
1, 1993, and ends December 31, 2001. The second begins January 1, 2002, and
ends December 31, 2010. The third begins January 1, 2011, and ends December
31, 2019. The cycle continues thereafter in a similar pattern.
(2)
Compliance period--A three-year (calendar year) period
within a compliance cycle. Each compliance cycle has three, three-year compliance
periods. Within the first compliance cycle, the first compliance period is
called the initial compliance period and runs from January 1, 1993 to December
31, 1995. The second period from January 1, 1996, to December 31, 1998. The
third period from January 1, 1999, to December 31, 2001. Compliance periods
in subsequent compliance cycles follow the same pattern.
(3)
Comprehensive performance evaluation (CPE)--A thorough
review and analysis of a treatment plant's performance-based capabilities
and the associated administrative, operation and maintenance practices. It
is conducted to identify factors that may be adversely impacting a plant's
capability to achieve compliance and to emphasize approaches that can be implemented
without significant capital improvements. The comprehensive performance evaluation
consists of the following components: assessment of plant performance; evaluation
of major unit processes; identification and prioritization of performance
limiting factors; assessment of the applicability of comprehensive technical
assistance; and preparation of a CPE report.
(4)
Disinfection profile--A summary of daily
Giardia lamblia
and viral inactivation obtained through disinfection
at the treatment plant.
(5)
Disinfection by-products (DBP)--Chemical compounds
formed by the reaction of a disinfectant with the natural organic matter present
in water.
(6)
Enhanced coagulation--The addition of sufficient coagulant
for improved removal of disinfection by- product precursors by conventional
filtration treatment.
(7)
Enhanced softening--The improved removal of disinfection
by-product precursors by precipitative softening.
(8)
Entry point to the distribution system--Any point
where freshly treated water enters the distribution system. Entry points to
the distribution system may include points where chlorinated well water, treated
surface water, rechlorinated water from storage, or water purchased from another
supplier enters the distribution system.
(9)
Filter assessment--An in-depth evaluation of an individual
filter, including the analysis of historical filtered water turbidity from
the filter, development of a filter profile, identification and prioritization
of factors limiting filter performance, appraisal of the applicability of
corrections, and preparation of a filter self-assessment report.
(10)
Filter profile--A graphical representation of individual
filter performance, based on continuous turbidity measurements or total particle
counts versus time for an entire filter run. The filter profile must include
all the data collected from the time that the filter placed into service until
the time that the backwash cycle is complete and the filter is restarted.
The filter profile must also include data collected as another filter is being
backwashed.
(11)
Haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5)--The sum of the monochloroacetic
acid, dichloroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, monobromoacetic acid, and
dibromoacetic acid concentrations in milligrams per liter, rounded to two
significant figures after summing.
(12)
Halogen--One of the chemical elements chlorine, bromine,
or iodine.
(13)
Maximum contaminant level (MCL)--A level of a contaminant
that may not be exceeded at a customer's tap. An acute MCL may be based on
an instantaneous concentration. A chronic or nonacute MCL may be based on
the level of a contaminant over a prolonged period of time.
(14)
Maximum residual disinfectant level (MRDL)--The disinfectant
concentration that may not be exceeded in the distribution system. There is
convincing evidence that addition of a disinfectant is necessary for control
of waterborne microbial contaminants.
(15)
Minimum acceptable disinfectant residual--The lowest
disinfectant concentration allowed in the distribution system for microbial
control.
(16)
Specific ultraviolet absorption at 254 nanometers
(nm) (SUVA)--An indirect indicator of whether the organic carbon in water
is humic or non-humic. It is calculated by dividing a sample's ultraviolet
absorption at a wavelength of 254 nm (UV254) (in m
-1
) by its concentration of dissolved organic carbon (DOC) (in mg/L).
(17)
Total organic carbon (TOC)--The concentration of
total organic carbon, in milligrams per liter, measured using heat, oxygen,
ultraviolet irradiation, chemical oxidants, or combinations of these oxidants
that convert organic carbon to carbon dioxide, rounded to two significant
figures. TOC is a surrogate measure for precursors to formation of disinfection
by-products.
(18)
Total trihalomethanes (TTHM)--The sum of the chloroform,
dibromochloromethane, bromodichloromethane, and bromoform concentrations in
milligrams per liter, rounded to two significant figures after summing.
(19)
Trihalomethane (THM)--One of the family of organic
compounds named as derivatives of methane, wherein three of the four hydrogen
atoms in methane are each substituted by a halogen atom in the molecular structure.
§290.104.Summary of Maximum Contaminant Levels, Maximum Residual Disinfectant Levels, Treatment Techniques, and Action Levels.
(a)
Summary table purpose. These tables are provided in order
to list all MCLs in a single location. The constituents and MCLs are repeated
in each section of this rule.
(b)
Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for inorganic compounds.
The maximum contaminant levels for inorganic contaminants listed below apply
to public water systems as provided in §290.106 of this title (relating
to Inorganic Contaminants).
Figure: 30 TAC §290.104(b)
(c)
Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for organic compounds.
The following maximum contaminant levels for synthetic organic contaminants
and volatile organic contaminants apply to public water systems as provided
in §290.107 of this title (relating to Organic Contaminants).
(1)
The following are the maximum contaminant levels for synthetic
organic contaminants.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.104(c)(1)
(2)
The following are the maximum contaminant levels for
volatile organic contaminants.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.104(c)(2)
(d)
Maximum contaminant levels for radiological contaminants.
Maximum contaminant levels for radiological contaminants apply to public water
systems as provided in §290.108 of this title (relating to Radiological
Sampling and Analytical Requirements). The maximum contaminant levels for
beta particle and photon radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in drinking
water are as follows.
(1)
The maximum contaminant level for combined radium-226 and
radium-228 is 5 pCi/l.
(2)
The maximum contaminant level for gross alpha particle
activity (including radium-226 but excluding radon and uranium) is 15 pCi/l.
(3)
The average annual concentration of beta particle
and photon radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in drinking water shall
not produce an annual dose equivalent to the total body or any internal organ
greater than four millirem (mrem)/year.
(4)
If two or more radionuclides other than tritium or
strontium-90 are present, the sum of their annual dose equivalent to the total
body or to any organ shall not exceed four mrem/year. Average annual concentrations
of tritium or strontium-90 assumed to produce a total body or organ dose of
four mrem/year are as follows:
Figure: 30 TAC §290.104(d)(4)
(e)
Microbial contaminants. The MCL for microbial or bacteriological
contaminants applies to public water systems as provided in §290.109
of this title (relating to Microbial Contaminants). The MCL for microbiological
contaminants is based on the presence or absence of total coliform bacteria
in a sample.
(f)
Minimum and maximum residual disinfectant levels. Minimum
and maximum residual disinfectant levels apply to public water systems as
provided in §290.110 of this title (relating to Disinfectant Residuals).
(1)
The minimum residual disinfectant concentration in the
water entering the distribution system is 0.2 mg/L free chlorine or 0.5 mg/L
chloramine.
(2)
The minimum residual disinfectant concentration in
the water within the distribution system is 0.2 mg/L free chlorine or 0.5
mg/L chloramine.
(3)
The maximum residual disinfectant level of chlorine
dioxide in the water entering the distribution system is 0.8 mg/L.
(4)
The maximum residual disinfectant level of free chlorine
or chloramine in the water within the distribution system is 4.0 mg/L based
on a running annual average.
(g)
Turbidity. Systems must meet the turbidity treatment technique
requirements as provided in §290.111 of this title (relating to Turbidity).
(1)
Until January 1, 2002, the turbidity level of the combined
filter effluent must never exceed 5.0 NTU and the turbidity level of the combined
filter effluent must be 0.5 NTU or less in at least 95% of the samples tested
each month.
(2)
Effective January 1, 2002 the turbidity level of the
combined filter effluent must never exceed 1.0 NTU and the turbidity level
of the combined filter effluent must be 0.3 NTU or less in at least 95% of
the samples tested each month.
(3)
Systems are subject to individual filter turbidity
provisions of §290.111 of this title.
(h)
Disinfection by-product precursors. The treatment technique
requirements for disinfection by-product precursors apply to water systems
as provided in §290.112 of this title (relating to Total Organic Carbon
(TOC)).
(i)
Disinfection by-products (TTHM and HAA5). The MCLs for
TTHM and HAA5 apply to water systems as provided in §290.113 of this
title (relating to Disinfection By-products (TTHM and HAA5)). The MCLs for
TTHM and HAA5 are:
(1)
the MCL for TTHM is 0.080 milligrams/liter; and
(2)
the MCL for HAA5 is 0.060 milligrams/liter.
(j)
Disinfection by-products other than TTHM and HAA5. The
maximum contaminant levels for chlorite and bromate apply to water systems
as provided in §290.114 of this title (relating to Disinfection By- products
Other than TTHM and HAA5). The MCLs for chlorite and bromate are as follows:
(1)
the MCL for chlorite is 1.0 mg/L; and
(2)
the MCL for bromate is 0.010 mg/L.
(k)
Lead and copper action levels. The action levels for lead
and copper apply to water systems as provided in §290.117 of this title
(relating to Regulation of Lead and Copper). Action levels for lead and copper
are as follows:
(1)
the action level for lead is 0.015 mg/l; and
(2)
the action level for copper is 1.3 mg/l.
§290.105.Summary of Secondary Standards.
(a)
Summary table purpose. This table is provided in order
to list the secondary standards in a single location.
(b)
Secondary standards. The secondary standards apply to all
public water systems as provided in §290.118 of this title (relating
to Secondary Constituent Levels). The maximum levels for secondary constituents
are listed in the following table:
Figure: 30 TAC §290.105(b)
§290.106.Inorganic Contaminants.
(a)
Applicability. All public water systems are subject to
the requirements of this section.
(1)
Community and nontransient non-community systems shall
comply with the requirements of this section regarding monitoring, reporting,
and MCLs for all inorganic contaminants listed in this section.
(2)
Transient non-community systems shall comply with
the requirements of this section regarding monitoring, reporting, and MCL
for nitrate and nitrite.
(3)
For purposes of this section, systems using groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water shall meet the inorganic sampling
requirements given for surface water systems.
(b)
Maximum contaminant levels for inorganic contaminants (IOCs).
The maximum contaminant levels for inorganic contaminants listed in the following
table apply to community and nontransient, non- community water systems. The
maximum contaminant levels for nitrate, nitrite, and total nitrate and nitrite
also apply to transient non-community water systems.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.106(b)
(c)
Monitoring requirements for inorganic contaminants. Public
water systems shall monitor for inorganic contaminants at the locations and
specified by the executive director. All monitoring conducted pursuant to
the requirements of this section must be conducted at sites designated in
the public water system's monitoring plan. Each public water system shall
monitor at the time designated during each compliance period.
(1)
Monitoring locations for IOCs except asbestos. Antimony,
arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury,
nitrate, nitrite, selenium, and thallium shall be monitored at each point
of entry to the distribution system.
(A)
If a system draws water from more than one source and the
sources are combined before distribution, the system must sample at a point
of entry that is representative of all sources and during periods of normal
operating conditions when water is representative of all sources being used.
(B)
Systems shall take all subsequent samples at the same point
of entry to the distribution system unless the executive director determines
that conditions make another point of entry more representative of the source
or treatment plant being monitored.
(C)
The executive director may approve the use of composite
samples.
(i)
Compositing must be done in the laboratory or in the field
by persons designated by the executive director.
(ii)
Compositing shall be allowed only at groundwater points
of entry to the distribution system
(iii)
Compositing shall be allowed only within a single system.
Samples from different systems shall not be included in a composite sample.
(iv)
No more than five individual samples shall be included
in a composite sample.
(v)
The maximum number of individual samples allowed in a composite
sample shall not exceed the number obtained by dividing the MCL for the contaminant
by the detection limit of the analytical method and rounding the quotient
to the next lowest integer. Detection limits for each analytical method are
as listed in 40 CFR §141.23(a)(4)(i).
(vi)
If the concentration in the composite sample is greater
than or equal to the proportional contribution of the MCL (e.g., 20% of MCL
when five points are composited) for any inorganic chemical, then a follow-up
sample must be collected from each sampling point included in the composite
sample.
(I)
Follow-up samples must be collected within 14 days of receipt
of the composite sample results.
(II)
If duplicates of the original sample taken from each point
of entry to the distribution system used in the composite are available, the
system may use these instead of resampling. The duplicates must be analyzed
within 14 days of the composite.
(III)
The follow-up or duplicate samples must be analyzed for
the contaminant(s) which were excessive in the composite sample.
(2)
Monitoring locations for asbestos.
Asbestos shall be monitored at locations where asbestos contamination is most
likely to occur.
(A)
A system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely
to source water shall sample at the point of entry to the distribution system.
(B)
A system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due solely
to corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe shall sample at a tap served by asbestos-cement
pipe, under conditions where asbestos contamination is most likely to occur.
(C)
A system vulnerable to asbestos contamination due both
to its source water supply and corrosion of asbestos-cement pipe shall sample
at a tap served by asbestos-cement pipe, under conditions where asbestos contamination
is most likely to occur.
(D)
The executive director may require additional sampling
locations based on the size, length, age, and location of asbestos-cement
pipe in the distribution system. The system must provide information regarding
the size, length, age, and location of asbestos-cement pipe in the distribution
system to the executive director upon request.
(3)
Monitoring frequency for IOCs except asbestos,
nitrate, and nitrite. Community and nontransient non- community public water
systems shall monitor for antimony, arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium,
cyanide, fluoride, mercury, selenium, and thallium at the following frequency.
(A)
A public water system shall routinely monitor for antimony,
arsenic, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury,
selenium, and thallium.
(i)
Each groundwater source shall be sampled once every three
years at the point of entry to the distribution system.
(ii)
Each surface water source shall be sampled annually at
the point of entry to the distribution system.
(iii)
Each of the sampling frequencies listed in paragraph
(3) of this subsection constitute one round of sampling for groundwater and
surface water systems, respectively.
(B)
The executive director may reduce the monitoring frequency
for a system that has completed a minimum of three rounds of sampling by granting
a waiver to the routine monitoring frequency for antimony, arsenic, barium,
beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, selenium, and thallium.
(i)
Systems that use a new water source are not eligible for
a waiver until three rounds of sampling from the new source have been completed.
(ii)
To be considered for a waiver, systems shall demonstrate
that all previous analytical results were less than the MCL. At least one
sample shall have been taken since January 1, 1990.
(iii)
In determining the appropriate reduced monitoring frequency,
the executive director shall consider:
(I)
the reported contaminant concentrations from all previous
samples;
(II)
the degree of variation in reported concentrations; and
(III)
other factors which may affect contaminant concentrations
such as changes in groundwater pumping rates, changes in the system's configuration,
changes in the system's operating procedures, or changes in the flow or characteristics
of a reservoir or stream used as the water source.
(iv)
If the executive director grants a waiver, it shall be
made in writing and shall set forth the basis for the determination. The determination
may be initiated by the executive director. The executive director shall review
and, where appropriate, revise the waiver of monitoring frequency when other
data relevant to the system becomes available.
(v)
The term during which the waiver is effective shall not
exceed one compliance cycle (i.e., nine years).
(vi)
A system must take a minimum of one sample during each
compliance cycle while the waiver is effective.
(C)
The executive director may increase the monitoring frequency
for public water systems with sources that exceed the MCL for antimony, arsenic,
barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide, fluoride, mercury, selenium,
or thallium.
(i)
Systems shall sample quarterly beginning in the next quarter
after the violation occurs.
(ii)
After the initiation of quarterly monitoring, the executive
director may return a system to the routine monitoring frequency if monitoring
shows that the system is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
(I)
The executive director shall not decrease the quarterly
sampling requirement until a groundwater system has taken a minimum of two
quarterly samples.
(II)
The executive director shall not decrease the quarterly
sampling requirement until a surface water system has taken a minimum of four
quarterly samples.
(4)
Asbestos monitoring frequency. Community
and nontransient non-community water systems shall monitor for asbestos at
the following frequency.
(A)
A public water system shall routinely monitor for asbestos
once during the first three years of each compliance cycle.
(B)
The executive director may waive the routine monitoring
frequency requirements for asbestos.
(i)
When determining if a waiver should be granted, the executive
director shall consider:
(I)
the potential for asbestos contamination of the water source;
(II)
the use of asbestos-cement pipe for finished water distribution;
and
(III)
the corrosivity of the water.
(ii)
If the executive director grants a waiver, it shall be
made in writing and shall set forth the basis for the determination. The determination
may be initiated by the executive director. The executive director shall review
and, where appropriate, revise the waiver of monitoring frequency when other
data relevant to the system becomes available.
(iii)
The term during which the waiver is effective shall not
exceed one compliance cycle (i.e., nine years).
(C)
The executive director may increase the monitoring frequency
for asbestos.
(i)
A system which exceeds the MCL for asbestos shall sample
quarterly beginning in the next quarter after the violation occurs.
(ii)
After the initiation of quarterly sampling, the executive
director may return a system to the routine monitoring frequency if monitoring
shows that the system is reliably and consistently below the MCL.
(I)
The executive director shall not decrease the quarterly
sampling requirement until a groundwater system has taken a minimum of two
quarterly samples.
(II)
The executive director shall not decrease the quarterly
sampling requirement until a surface (or combined surface water and groundwater)
water system has taken a minimum of four quarterly samples.
(5)
Nitrate monitoring frequency. All public
water systems shall monitor for nitrate at the following frequency.
(A)
A public water system shall routinely monitor for nitrate.
(i)
All public water systems shall annually sample each ground
water source at the point of entry to the distribution system.
(ii)
A community or non-transient non-community water system
shall sample each surface water source quarterly at the point of entry to
the distribution system.
(iii)
A transient non-community water system shall annually
sample each surface water source at the point of entry to the distribution
system.
(B)
The executive director may reduce the monitoring frequency
for community or non-transient, non-community water systems using surface
water sources by granting a waiver to the routine monitoring frequency.
(i)
To be considered for a waiver, a system shall demonstrate
that the nitrate concentration in each sample collected during the previous
four consecutive quarters was less than 50% of the nitrate MCL.
(ii)
If the executive director grants a waiver, it shall be
made in writing and shall set forth the basis for the determination. The determination
may be initiated by the executive director. The executive director shall review
and, where appropriate, revise the waiver of monitoring frequency when other
data relevant to the system becomes available.
(iii)
A system that receives a waiver to the routine nitrate
monitoring frequency must sample annually for nitrate. The annual sample must
be collected in the quarter that previously resulted in the highest nitrate
concentration.
(iv)
A system that is sampling annually shall return to routine
quarterly monitoring if the nitrate concentration in any sample is equal to
or greater than 50% of the nitrate MCL.
(C)
The executive director may increase the nitrate monitoring
frequency for community or non-transient, non-community water systems using
groundwater sources.
(i)
A system that is sampling annually shall begin quarterly
nitrate sampling if the nitrate concentration in any sample is equal to or
greater than 50% of the nitrate MCL. Quarterly sampling must begin the first
quarter after the elevated nitrate level was detected.
(ii)
After the initiation of quarterly sampling, the executive
director may return a system to the routine annual nitrate monitoring frequency
if quarterly sampling shows that the system is reliably and consistently below
the nitrate MCL for a minimum of four consecutive quarters.
(6)
Nitrite monitoring frequency. All public
water systems shall monitor for nitrite at the following frequency.
(A)
All public water systems shall routinely take one nitrite
sample during the first three years of each compliance cycle.
(B)
The executive director may reduce the monitoring frequency
for nitrite by granting a waiver to the routine monitoring frequency.
(i)
To be considered for a waiver, a system shall demonstrate
that the nitrite concentration in the initial sample was less than 50% of
the nitrite MCL.
(ii)
If the executive director grants a waiver, it shall be
made in writing and shall set forth the basis for the determination. The determination
may be initiated by the executive director. The executive director shall review
and, where appropriate, revise the waiver of monitoring frequency when other
data relevant to the system becomes available.
(iii)
A system that receives a waiver to the routine nitrite
monitoring frequency must sample at a frequency specified by the executive
director.
(C)
The executive director may increase the monitoring frequency
for nitrite.
(i)
A system shall sample quarterly for at least one year following
any sample in which the nitrite concentration is greater than or equal to
50% of the MCL.
(ii)
The executive director may allow a system to return to
the routine monitoring frequency after determining the system is reliably
and consistently less than the MCL.
(7)
Confirmation sampling. The executive director
may require a public water system to confirm the results of any individual
sample.
(A)
If a sample result exceeds the MCL, a public water system
shall collect one additional sample to confirm the results of the initial
test.
(i)
Confirmation samples must be collected at the same point
of entry to the distribution system as the sample that exceeded the MCL.
(ii)
Confirmation samples for IOCs except nitrate and nitrite
shall be collected as soon as possible after the system receives the analytical
results of the first sample.
(iii)
Confirmation samples for nitrate and nitrate shall be
collected within 24 hours of the system's receipt of notification of the analytical
results of the first sample. Systems unable to comply with the 24-hour sampling
requirement must immediately notify the consumers served by the public water
system in accordance with subsection (f) of this section. Systems exercising
this option must take and analyze a confirmation sample within two weeks of
notification of the analytical results of the first sample.
(B)
The executive director may require a confirmation sample
for any sample with questionable results.
(8)
The executive director may require more frequent
monitoring than specified in paragraphs (3)-(6) of this subsection.
(d)
Analytical requirements for inorganic contaminants. Analytical
procedures shall be performed in accordance with §290.119 of this title
(relating to Analytical Procedures). Testing for inorganic contaminants shall
be performed at a laboratory certified by the Texas Department of Health (TDH)
Bureau of Laboratories.
(e)
Reporting requirements for inorganic contaminants. Any
owner or operator of a public water system subject to the provisions of this
section is required to report to the executive director the results of any
inorganic constituent analyses, measurement, or analysis required to be made
by these standards within ten days following such test, measurement, or analysis.
(f)
Compliance determination for inorganic contaminants. Compliance
with this section shall be determined using the following criteria.
(1)
Compliance with the MCL for each inorganic contaminant
shall be based on the analytical results obtained at each individual sampling
point.
(2)
A public water system that exceeds the levels for
nitrate, nitrite, or the sum of nitrate and nitrite specified in subsection
(b) of this section commits an acute MCL violation.
(A)
For systems that are sampling annually or less frequently,
compliance shall be based on the results of the single sample. If a confirmation
sample is collected, the compliance will be based on the average result of
the original and confirmation samples.
(B)
For systems that are sampling more frequently than annually,
compliance is based on the running annual average for each sampling point.
(C)
If any one sample would cause the running annual average
to be exceeded, then the system is out of compliance immediately.
(3)
A public water system that exceeds the levels
of antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide,
fluoride, mercury, selenium, or thallium (i.e., any inorganic contaminant
except nitrate and nitrite) specified in subsection (b) of this section commits
an MCL violation.
(A)
If a confirmation sample is not collected, compliance shall
be based on the results of each original sample.
(B)
If a confirmation sample is collected, the compliance will
be based on the average result of the original and confirmation samples.
(4)
Any result below the method detection limit shall
be considered to be zero for the purpose of calculating compliance.
(5)
The executive director may exclude the results of
obvious sampling errors from the compliance calculations.
(g)
Public notice for inorganic contaminants. A public water
system that violates the requirements of this section must notify the executive
director and the system's customers.
(1)
A public water system that violates the MCL for nitrate,
nitrite, or the sum of nitrate and nitrite shall notify the executive director
by the next business day and the water system customers of this acute violation
in accordance with the requirements of §290.122(a) of this title (relating
to Public Notification).
(2)
A public water system that violates the MCL for nitrate,
nitrite, or the sum of nitrate and nitrite that is unable to comply with the
24-hour confirmation sampling requirement must immediately notify the consumers
served by the public water system in accordance with §290.122(a) of this
title.
(3)
A public water system that fails to meet the MCL for
any of the regulated inorganic contaminants except nitrate and nitrite (i.e.,
antimony, arsenic, asbestos, barium, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, cyanide,
fluoride, mercury, selenium and thallium) shall notify the executive director
by the end of the next business day and the water system customers in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122(b) of this title.
(4)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this section must notify its customers of the violation in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title.
(5)
If a public water system has a distribution system
separable from other parts of the distribution system with no interconnections,
the executive director may allow the system to give public notice to only
the area served by that portion of the system which is out of compliance.
(h)
Best Available Technology (BAT) for inorganic contaminants.
Best available technology for treatment of violations of MCLs in subsection
(b) of this section are listed in 40 CFR §141.62.
§290.107.Organic Contaminants.
(a)
Applicability. All community and nontransient, non-community
water systems shall comply with the requirements of this section regarding
organic contaminants. For purposes of this section, systems using groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water shall meet the organic sampling
requirements given for surface water systems.
(b)
Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for organic contaminants.
The concentration of synthetic and volatile organic chemicals shall not exceed
the maximum contaminant levels specified in this section.
(1)
The following are MCLs for synthetic organic contaminants
(SOCs).
Figure: 30 TAC §290.107(b)(1)
(2)
The following are MCLs for volatile organic contaminants
(VOCs).
Figure: 30 TAC §290.107(b)(2)
(3)
Each public water system must certify annually to
the executive director (using third party or manufacturer's certification)
that when acrylamide or epichlorohydrin are used in drinking water systems,
the combination (or product) of dose and monomer level does not exceed 0.05%
dosed at 1 ppm (or equivalent) for acrylamide and 0.01% dosed at 20 ppm (or
equivalent) for epichlorohydrin.
(c)
Monitoring requirements for organic contaminants. Public
water systems shall monitor for organic contaminants at the locations and
frequency in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection. All monitoring conducted
pursuant to the requirements of this section must be conducted at sites designated
in the public water system's monitoring plan. All samples must be taken during
periods of normal operation when water representative of all sources used
by the system is being used.
(1)
SOC monitoring requirements. Monitoring of the SOC contaminants
shall be conducted at the frequency and locations given in this paragraph.
(A)
SOC monitoring locations. Monitoring of the SOC contaminants
shall be conducted at the following locations.
(i)
Systems treating only groundwater shall sample for SOCs
at every point of entry to the distribution system which is representative
of each well after treatment. Subsequent samples must be taken at the same
point of entry to the distribution system unless a change in conditions makes
another point of entry to the distribution system more representative of each
source or treatment plant. The executive director must approve any change
in sampling location.
(ii)
Systems using surface water and systems treating groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water shall sample for SOCs at points
in the distribution system that are representative of each source or at each
entry point to the distribution system. Subsequent samples must be taken at
the same points of entry to the distribution system unless a change in conditions
makes another point of entry to the distribution system more representative
of each source or treatment plant. The executive director must approve any
change in sampling location.
(B)
SOC monitoring frequency. Monitoring of the SOC contaminants
shall be conducted at the following frequency.
(i)
Community and nontransient noncommunity water systems shall
take four consecutive quarterly samples for each SOC contaminant listed in
subsection (b)(1) of this section during each compliance period beginning
with the initial compliance period.
(ii)
Community and nontransient noncommunity water systems
serving more than 3,300 persons that do not detect a contaminant in the initial
compliance period may reduce the sampling frequency to a minimum of two consecutive
quarterly samples in one year during each repeat compliance period.
(iii)
Community and nontransient noncommunity water systems
serving 3,300 persons or fewer that do not detect a contaminant in the initial
compliance period may reduce the sampling frequency to a minimum of one sample
during each repeat compliance period.
(iv)
Each public water system shall monitor at the time designated
by the executive director within each compliance period.
(C)
Increased SOC monitoring. The executive director may change
the monitoring frequency for SOCs.
(i)
Systems which violate the SOC MCL's of subsection (b)(1)
of this section as determined by subsection (f) of this section must monitor
quarterly. After a minimum of four quarterly samples shows the system is in
compliance and the executive director determines the system is reliably and
consistently below the MCL, as determined by the methods specified in subsection
(f) of this section, the executive director may allow the system to monitor
annually. Systems which monitor annually must monitor during the quarter that
previously yielded the highest analytical result.
(ii)
The executive director may change the monitoring frequency
if an organic SOC contaminant is detected in any sample.
(I)
If an organic SOC contaminant is detected in any sample,
the system must monitor quarterly at each point of entry to the distribution
system at which a detection occurs.
(II)
After a groundwater system collects a minimum of two consecutive
quarterly samples, the executive director may decrease the quarterly monitoring
requirement specified in subclause (I) of this clause, if the system is reliably
and consistently below the MCL.
(III)
After a surface water system or system treating groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water collects a minimum of four consecutive
quarterly samples, the executive director may decrease the quarterly monitoring
requirement specified in subclause (I) of this clause, if the system is reliably
and consistently below the MCL.
(IV)
After the executive director determines that a system
is reliably and consistently below the MCL, the executive director may allow
the system to monitor annually. Systems which monitor annually must monitor
during the quarter that previously yielded the highest analytical result.
(V)
Systems which have three consecutive annual samples with
no detection of a contaminant may be granted a waiver at the discretion of
the executive director. The executive director will consider the waiver for
each compliance period.
(VI)
If monitoring results in detection of one or more of certain
related contaminants (i.e., heptachlor, and heptachlor epoxide), then subsequent
monitoring shall analyze for all related contaminants.
(iii)
The executive director may increase the required SOC
monitoring frequency, where necessary, to detect variations within the system
(e.g., fluctuations in concentration due to seasonal use, changes in water
source, etc.).
(iv)
The executive director may require a confirmation sample
for positive or negative results. If a confirmation sample is required by
the executive director, the result must be averaged with the first sampling
result and the average used for the compliance determination as specified
by subsection (f) of this section. The executive director has discretion to
delete results of obvious sampling errors from this calculation.
(D)
Waivers for SOC monitoring. The executive director may
grant a waiver to reduce the SOC monitoring frequency from the monitoring
frequency requirements of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, based on previous
use of the contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence of the water
source. Examples of use of a contaminant include transport, storage, or disposal.
If a determination by the executive director reveals no previous use of the
contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence, a waiver may be granted.
If the executive director cannot determine whether the contaminant has been
used in the watershed or if the contaminant has been used previously, then
the following factors shall be used to determine whether a waiver is granted:
(i)
previous analytical results;
(ii)
the proximity of the system to a potential point or non-point
source of contamination. Point sources include spills and leaks of chemicals
at or near a water treatment facility or at drinking water sources, manufacturing,
distribution, or storage facilities, or from hazardous and municipal waste
landfills and other waste handling or treatment facilities. Non-point sources
include the use of pesticides to control insects, weeds, or pests on agricultural
areas, forest lands, home and garden property, or other land application uses;
(iii)
the environmental persistence and transport of the pesticide
herbicide or contaminant;
(iv)
how well the water source is protected against contamination
due to such factors as depth of the well, type of soil and the integrity of
well construction. Surface water systems must consider watershed vulnerability
and protection;
(v)
elevated nitrate levels at the water supply source; and
(vi)
use of PCBs in equipment used in the production, storage,
or distribution of water (i.e., PCBs used in pumps, transformers, etc.).
(E)
Compositing for SOC monitoring. The executive director
may reduce the total number of samples required from a system for analysis
by allowing the use of compositing. Composite samples from a maximum of five
points of entry to the distribution system are allowed. Compositing of samples
must be done in the laboratory and analyzed within 14 days of sample collection.
(i)
If, in the composite sample, a detection of one or more
SOC contaminants listed in subsection (b)(1) of this section occurs, then
a follow-up sample must be taken from each point of entry to the distribution
system included in the composite and analyzed within 14 days of collection.
(ii)
If duplicates of the original SOC sample taken from each
point of entry to the distribution system used in the composite are available,
the executive director may use these duplicates instead of resampling. The
duplicate must be analyzed within 14 days of collection and the results reported
to the executive director.
(iii)
Compositing may only be permitted at points of entry
to the distribution system within a single system.
(F)
Initial SOC monitoring. If monitoring data are generally
consistent with the requirements of this paragraph, then the executive director
may allow systems to use that data to satisfy the monitoring requirement for
the initial compliance period.
(2)
VOC monitoring requirements. Monitoring of the
VOC contaminants shall be conducted at the frequency and locations given in
this paragraph.
(A)
VOC monitoring locations. Monitoring of the VOC contaminants
shall be conducted at the following locations.
(i)
Systems that use only groundwater shall sample for VOCs
at every entry point to the distribution system which is representative of
each well after treatment. Subsequent samples must be taken at the same point
of entry to the distribution system unless a change in conditions makes another
point of entry to the distribution system more representative of each source
or treatment plant. The executive director must approve any change in sampling
location.
(ii)
Surface water systems, systems using groundwater under
the direct influence of surface water, and systems blending groundwater and
surface water shall sample for VOCs at points in the distribution system that
are representative of each source or at each point of entry to the distribution
system. Subsequent samples must be taken at the same points of entry to the
distribution system unless a change in conditions makes another point of entry
to the distribution system more representative of each source or treatment
plant. The executive director must approve any change in sampling location.
(B)
VOC monitoring frequency. Monitoring of the VOC contaminants
shall be conducted at the following frequency.
(i)
Community and nontransient noncommunity water systems shall
take four consecutive quarterly samples for each VOC contaminant listed in
subsection (b)(2) of this section during each compliance period, beginning
with the initial compliance period.
(ii)
If the initial monitoring for VOC contaminants has been
completed by December 31, 1992, and the system did not detect any VOC contaminant
listed in subsection (b)(2) of this section, the system shall take one sample
annually beginning with the initial compliance period.
(iii)
After a minimum of three years of annual sampling, the
executive director may allow groundwater systems with no previous detection
of any VOC contaminant listed in subsection (b)(2) of this section to take
one sample during each compliance period.
(iv)
Each community and nontransient groundwater system which
does not detect a VOC contaminant listed in subsection (b)(2) of this section
may be granted a waiver from the annual or triannual requirements of clauses(ii)
and (iii) of this section after completing the initial monitoring. For the
purposes of this section, detection is defined as ò0.0005 mg/l. A waiver
shall be effective for no more than six years (two compliance periods).
(v)
Each public water system shall monitor at the time designated
by the executive director within each compliance period.
(C)
Increased VOC monitoring. The executive director may change
the monitoring frequency for VOCs.
(i)
Systems which violate the VOC MCLs of subsection (b)(2)
of this section, as determined by subsection (f) of this section, must monitor
quarterly. After a minimum of four consecutive quarterly samples that show
the system is in compliance as specified in subsection (f) of this section
and after the executive director determines that the system is reliably and
consistently below the MCL, the executive director may allow the system to
monitor annually during the quarter that previously yielded the highest analytical
result.
(ii)
The executive director may require a confirmation sample
for positive or negative results. If a confirmation sample is required by
the executive director, the result must be averaged with the first sampling
result and the average is used for the compliance determination as specified
by subsection (f) of this section. The executive director has discretion to
delete results of obvious sampling errors from this calculation.
(iii)
If a VOC contaminant listed in subsection (b)(2) of this
section is detected at a level exceeding 0.0005 mg/l in any sample, then:
(I)
the system must monitor quarterly at each point of entry
to the distribution system which resulted in a detection;
(II)
the executive director may decrease the quarterly monitoring
requirement specified in subclause (I) of this clause provided it has determined
that the system is reliably and consistently below the maximum contaminant
level. In no case shall the executive director make this determination unless
a groundwater system takes a minimum of two quarterly samples and a surface
water system takes a minimum of four quarterly samples;
(III)
If the executive director determines that the system
is reliably and consistently below the MCL, the executive director may allow
the system to monitor annually. Systems which monitor annually must monitor
during the quarter which previously yielded the highest analytical result;
(IV)
Systems which have three consecutive annual samples with
no detection of a contaminant may be granted a waiver as specified in subparagraph
(D) of this paragraph; and
(V)
Groundwater systems which have detected one or more of
the following two-carbon organic compounds: trichloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene,
1,2-dichloroethane, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, cis-1,2- dichloroethylene, trans-1,2-dichloroethylene,
or 1,1-dichloroethylene shall monitor quarterly for vinyl chloride. A vinyl
chloride sample shall be taken at each point of entry to the distribution
system at which one or more of the two-carbon organic compounds was detected.
If the result of the first analysis does not detect vinyl chloride, the executive
director may reduce the quarterly monitoring frequency for vinyl chloride
to one sample during each compliance period. Surface water systems are required
to monitor for vinyl chloride as specified by the executive director.
(iv)
The executive director may increase the required SOC monitoring
frequency, where necessary, to detect variations within the system (e.g.,
fluctuations in concentration due to seasonal use, changes in water source,
etc.).
(D)
Waivers for VOC monitoring. The executive director may
grant a waiver after evaluating the previous use (including transport, storage,
or disposal) of the contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence
of the water sources. If a determination by the executive director reveals
no previous use of the contaminant within the watershed or zone of influence,
a waiver may be granted. If previous use of the contaminant is unknown or
it has been used previously, then the following factors shall be used to determine
whether a waiver is granted:
(i)
previous analytical results;
(ii)
the proximity of the system to a potential point or non-point
source of contamination. Point sources include spills and leaks of chemicals
at or near a water treatment facility or at drinking water sources manufacturing,
distribution, or storage facilities, or from hazardous and municipal waste
landfills and other waste handling or treatment facilities;
(iii)
the environmental persistence and transport of the contaminants;
(iv)
the number of persons served by the public water system
and the proximity of a smaller system to a larger system;
(v)
how well the water source is protected against contamination
(e.g., is it a surface or groundwater system). Groundwater systems must consider
factors such as depth of the well, the type of soil, and well construction.
Surface water systems must consider watershed protection;
(vi)
As a condition of the waiver a groundwater system must
take one sample at each point of entry to the distribution system during the
time the waiver is effective (i.e., one sample during two compliance periods
or six years) and update its vulnerability assessment considering the factors
listed in this paragraph. Based on this updated vulnerability assessment the
executive director must reconfirm that the system is not vulnerable. If the
executive director does not make this reconfirmation within three years of
the initial determination, then the waiver is invalid and the system is required
to sample annually; and
(vii)
Community and nontransient surface water systems which
do not detect a VOC contaminant listed in subsection (b)(2) of this section
may be considered by the executive director for a waiver from the annual sampling
requirements of subparagraph (B)(ii) of this paragraph after completing the
initial monitoring. Systems meeting this criteria must be determined by the
executive director to be non-vulnerable based on a vulnerability assessment
during each compliance period. Each system receiving a waiver shall sample
at the frequency specified by the executive director (if any).
(E)
Compositing for VOC monitoring. The executive director
may reduce the total number of samples a system must analyze by allowing the
use of compositing. Composite samples from a maximum of five points of entry
to the distribution system are allowed. Compositing of samples must be done
in the laboratory and analyzed within 14 days of sample collection.
(i)
If the VOC concentration in the composite sample is greater than 0.0005
mg/l for any contaminant listed in subsection (b)(2) of this section, then
a follow-up sample must be taken and analyzed within 14 days from each point
of entry to the distribution system included in the composite.
(ii)
If duplicates of the original sample taken from each point
of entry to the distribution system used in the composite are available, the
system may use these instead of resampling. The duplicate must be analyzed
and the results reported to the public drinking water program within 14 days
of collection.
(iii)
Compositing may only be permitted by the executive director
at points of entry to the distribution system within a single system.
(iv)
Procedures for compositing VOC samples are as stated in
40 CFR §141.24(f)(14)(iv).
(d)
Analytical requirements for organic contaminants. Analytical
procedures shall be performed in accordance with §290.119 of this title
(relating to Analytical Procedures). Testing for organic contaminants shall
be performed at a laboratory certified by the TDH Bureau of Laboratories.
(e)
Reporting requirements for organic contaminants. Any owner
or operator of a public water system subject to the provisions of this section
is required to report to the public drinking water program the results of
any test, measurement, or analysis required to be made by this section within
ten days following such test, measurement, or analysis.
(f)
Compliance determination for organic contaminants. Compliance
with the MCLs of subsection (b)(1) and (2) of this section shall be determined
based on the analytical results obtained at each point of entry to the distribution
system.
(1)
For systems which are sampling more than once a year, compliance
is determined by a running annual average of all samples taken at each point
of entry to the distribution system. If the annual average at any point of
entry to the distribution system is greater than the MCL, the system commits
an MCL violation. If the initial sample or a subsequent sample would cause
the annual average to be exceeded, then the system is out of compliance immediately.
Any samples below the detection limit shall be considered to be zero for purposes
of calculating the annual average.
(2)
For systems which are sampling once a year or less,
compliance is based on a single sample. If the level of a contaminant at any
point of entry to the distribution system is greater than the MCL, the system
commits an MCL violation. If a confirmation sample is required by the executive
director, the determination of compliance will be based on the average of
the two samples.
(3)
The executive director has the authority to determine
compliance or initiate enforcement action based upon analytical results and
other information compiled by their sanctioned representatives and agencies.
(g)
Public notification requirements for organic contaminants.
A public water system that violates the requirements of this section must
notify the public drinking water program and the system's customers. If a
public water system has a distribution system separate from other parts of
the distribution system with no interconnections, the executive director may
allow the system to give public notice to only that portion of the system
which is out of compliance.
(1)
A system that violates an MCL given in subsection (b) of
this section, shall report to the public drinking water program and notify
the public as provided under §290.122(b) of this title (relating to Public
Notification).
(2)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this section must notify its customers of the violation in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title (relating to Public
Notification).
(h)
Best available technology (BAT) for organic contaminants.
Best available technology for treatment of violations of MCLs in subsection
(b) of this section are listed in 40 CFR §141.61. Copies are available
for review in the Water Permitting and Resource Management Division, Texas
Natural Resource Conservation Commission, P. O. Box 13087 Austin, Texas 78711-3087.
§290.108.Radiological Sampling and Analytical Requirements.
(a)
Applicability. All community and nontransient, noncommunity
water systems shall comply with the requirements of this section regarding
radiological contaminants. Public water systems treating groundwater under
the direct influence of surface water must comply with the radiological requirements
for surface water systems.
(b)
Maximum contaminant levels (MCLs). The concentration of
radiological contaminants in the water entering the distribution system shall
not exceed the following maximum contaminant levels.
(1)
MCLs for radium-226, radium-228 and gross alpha particle
radioactivity for community systems are as follows:
(A)
the MCL for combined radium-226 and radium-228 is 5 pCi/l;
and
(B)
the MCL for gross alpha particle activity (including radium-226
but excluding radon and uranium) is 15 pCi/l.
(2)
Maximum contaminant levels for beta particle
and photon radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in drinking water in
community water systems are as follows:
(A)
The average annual concentration of beta particle and photon
radioactivity from man-made radionuclides in drinking water shall not produce
an annual dose equivalent to the total body or any internal organ greater
than four millirem (mrem)/year.
(B)
Except for the radionuclides listed in Table A, the concentration
of man-made radionuclides causing four mrem total body or organ dose equivalents
shall be calculated on the basis of a two-liter-per-day drinking water intake
using the 168 hour data listed in "Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum
Permissible Concentration of Radionuclides in Air or Water for Occupational
Exposure," NBS Handbook 69 as amended August 1963, U.S. Department of Commerce.
If two or more radionuclides are present, the sum of their annual dose equivalent
to the total body or to any organ shall not exceed four mrem/year.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.108(b)(2)(B)
(c)
Monitoring requirements. Public water systems shall measure
the concentration of radiochemicals at locations and frequencies specified
in the system's monitoring plan. All samples must be collected during normal
operating conditions.
(1)
The monitoring frequency requirements for gross alpha particle
activity, radium-226 and radium-228 are as follows. Suppliers of water shall
monitor at least once every four years following the procedure required by
subsection (f)(1) of this section. At the discretion of the executive director,
when an annual record taken in conformance with subsection (f)(1) of this
section has established that the average annual concentration is less than
one-half the maximum contaminant levels established by subsection (b) of this
section, analysis of a single sample may be substituted for the quarterly
sampling procedure required by subsection (f)(1) of this section.
(A)
More frequent monitoring shall be conducted when required
by the executive director in the vicinity of mining or other operations which
may contribute alpha particle radioactivity to either surface or groundwater
sources of drinking water, or when changes in the distribution system or treatment
processing occur which may increase the concentration of radioactivity in
the finished water.
(B)
A supplier of water shall monitor in conformance with subparagraph
(A) of this paragraph within one year of the introduction of a new water source
for a community water system.
(C)
A community water system using two or more sources having
different concentrations of radioactivity shall monitor the source of water,
in addition to water from a free-flowing tap, when required by the executive
director.
(D)
Monitoring for compliance with subsection (b) of this section
after the initial period need not include radium-228 provided that the average
concentration of radium-228 has been assayed at least once using the quarterly
sampling procedure required by this subsection.
(E)
Suppliers of water shall conduct annual monitoring of any
community water system in which the radium 226 concentration exceeds three
pCi/l when required by the executive director.
(2)
The monitoring frequency requirements for man-made
radioactivity in community water systems are as follows:
(A)
Systems using surface water sources and serving more than
100,000 persons and such other community water systems as are designated by
the executive director shall be monitored for compliance with the subsection
(b) of this section by analysis of four quarterly samples. Compliance with
subsection (b) of this section may be assumed without further analysis if
the average annual concentration of gross beta particle activity is less than
50 pCi/l and if the average annual concentrations of tritium and strontium-90
are less than those listed in Table A of subsection (b)(2)(B) of this section,
provided that if both radionuclides are present, the sum of their annual dose
equivalents to bone marrow shall not exceed four mrem/year.
(i)
If the gross beta particle activity exceeds 50 pCi/l, an
analysis of the sample must be performed to identify the major radioactive
constituents present and the appropriate organ and total body doses shall
be calculated to determine compliance with subsection (b) of this section.
(ii)
Suppliers of water shall conduct additional monitoring
as required by the executive director to determine the concentration of man-made
radioactivity in principal watersheds designated by the executive director.
(iii)
At the discretion of the executive director, suppliers
of water utilizing only groundwater may be required to monitor for man-made
radioactivity.
(B)
After the initial analysis required by subparagraph (A)
of this paragraph, suppliers of water shall monitor at least every four years
following the procedure given in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.
(C)
The supplier of any community water system designated by
the executive director as utilizing waters contaminated by effluents from
nuclear facilities shall initiate quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle
and iodine-131 radioactivity and annual monitoring for strontium-90 and tritium.
(i)
Quarterly monitoring for gross beta particle activity shall
be based on the analysis of monthly samples. If the gross beta particle activity
in a sample exceeds 15 pCi/l, the same or an equivalent sample shall be analyzed
for strontium-89 and cesium-134. If the gross beta particle activity exceeds
50 pCi/l, an analysis of the sample must be performed to identify the major
radioactive constituents present and the appropriate organ and total body
doses shall be calculated to determine compliance with subsection (b) of this
section.
(ii)
For iodine-131, a composite of five consecutive daily
samples shall be analyzed once each quarter. When iodine-131 is identified
in the finished water more frequent monitoring shall be conducted as required
by the executive director.
(iii)
Annual monitoring for strontium-90 and tritium shall
be conducted by the analysis of four quarterly samples.
(iv)
The executive director may allow the substitution of environmental
surveillance data taken in conjunction with a nuclear facility for direct
monitoring of man-made radioactivity by the supplier of water where the executive
director determines such data is applicable to a particular community water
system.
(d)
Analytical requirements for radiological contaminants.
Analytical procedures shall be performed in accordance with §290.119
of this title (relating to Analytical Procedures). Testing for radiological
contaminants shall be performed at a laboratory certified by the TDH Bureau
of Laboratories.
(e)
Reporting requirements. Any owner or operator of a public
water system subject to the provisions of this section is required to report
to the executive director the results of any test, measurement, or analysis
required to be made by this section within ten days following such test, measurement,
or analysis.
(f)
Compliance determination. Compliance with the requirements
of this section shall be determined as follows.
(1)
If the average annual MCL for gross alpha particle activity
or total radium as set forth in subsection (b) of this section is exceeded,
the system has committed a MCL violation. Monitoring at quarterly intervals
shall be continued until the annual average concentration no longer exceeds
the maximum contaminant level or until a monitoring schedule as a condition
to a variance, exemption or enforcement action shall become effective. Compliance
with subsection (b) of this section shall be based on the analysis or analyses
of four quarterly samples.
(A)
A gross alpha particle activity measurement may be substituted
for the required radium-226 and radium-228 analysis provided that the measured
gross alpha particle activity does not exceed five pCi/l at a confidence level
of 95% (1.65 theta where theta is the standard deviation of the net counting
rate of the sample).
(B)
When the gross alpha particle activity exceeds five pCi/l,
the same or an equivalent sample shall be analyzed for radium-226. If the
concentration of radium-226 exceeds three pCi/l the same or an equivalent
sample shall be analyzed for radium- 228.
(2)
If the average annual maximum contaminant level
for man-made radioactivity set forth in subsection (b) of this section is
exceeded, the system has committed a MCL violation. Monitoring at monthly
intervals shall be continued until the concentration no longer exceeds the
maximum contaminant level or until a monitoring schedule as a condition to
a variance, exemption or enforcement action shall become effective.
(3)
A public water system that fails to conduct the monitoring
tests required by this subsection commits a monitoring violation.
(4)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the monitoring tests required by this subsection commits a reporting violation.
(g)
Public notification. A public water system that violates
the requirements of this subsection must notify the public drinking water
program and the system's customers.
(1)
A public water system that violates the MCL for gross alpha
particle activity or total radium shall give notice to the public drinking
water program and notify the public as required by §290.122(b) of this
title (relating to Public Notification).
(2)
The operator of a community water system that violates
the MCL for man-made radioactivity shall give notice to the public drinking
water program and to the public as required by §290.122(b) of this title.
(3)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this subsection must notify its customers of the violation in
accordance with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title.
§290.109.Microbial Contaminants.
(a)
Applicability. All public water systems must produce and
distribute water that meets the provisions of this section regarding microbial
contaminants.
(b)
Maximum contaminant levels for microbial contaminants.
The MCL for microbial contaminants is based on the presence or absence of
total coliform bacteria in a sample.
(1)
For a system which collects at least 40 bacteriological
samples per month, the MCL is 5.0 % total coliform-positive samples, of the
samples collected during the month.
(2)
For a system which collects fewer than 40 samples/month,
the MCL is one total coliform-positive sample, of the samples collected during
the month.
(c)
Monitoring requirements for microbial contaminants. Public
water systems shall collect samples for total coliform and for fecal coliform
or
Escherichia coli. All compliance samples must
be collected during normal operating conditions.
(1)
Routine microbial sampling locations. Public water systems
shall routinely monitor for microbial contaminants at the following locations.
(A)
Public water systems must collect routine bacteriological
samples at active service connections which are representative of water throughout
the distribution system. Other sampling sites may be used if located adjacent
to service connections.
(B)
Public water systems shall monitor for microbial contaminants
at locations specified in the system's monitoring plan.
(2)
Routine microbial sampling frequency. Public
water systems must sample for microbiological contaminants at the following
frequency.
(A)
Community and noncommunity public water systems must collect
routine bacteriological samples at a frequency based on the population served
by the system:
(i)
the population for noncommunity systems will be based on
the maximum number of persons served on any given day during the month;
(ii)
the population of community systems will be based on the
data reported during the most recent sanitary survey of the public water system;
and
(iii)
the minimum sampling frequency for public water systems
is shown in the following table.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.109(c)(2)(A)(iii)
(B)
A public water system which uses surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water must collect samples at regular
time intervals throughout the month.
(C)
A public water system which uses only uses only purchased
water or groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water and serves
more than 4,900 persons must collect samples at regular time intervals throughout
the month.
(D)
A public water system which uses only purchased water or
groundwater not under the direct influence of surface water and serves 4,900
persons or fewer may collect all required samples on a single day if they
are taken from different sites.
(E)
A total coliform-positive sample invalidated under this
subsection does not count towards meeting the minimum routine monitoring requirements
of this subsection.
(F)
If a system collecting fewer than five routine samples
per month has one or more total coliform-positive samples and the executive
director does not invalidate the sample(s) in accordance with paragraph (4)
of this subsection, it must collect at least five routine samples during the
next month the system provides water to the public.
(3)
Repeat microbial monitoring requirements. Systems
shall conduct repeat monitoring if one or more of the routine samples is found
to contain coliform organisms.
(A)
If a routine sample is total coliform-positive, the public
water system must collect a set of repeat samples within 24 hours of being
notified of the positive result, or as soon as possible if the local laboratory
is closed.
(i)
A system which collects more than one routine sample per
month must collect no fewer than three repeat samples for each total coliform-positive
sample found.
(ii)
A system which collects one routine sample per month must
collect no fewer than four repeat samples for each total coliform-positive
sample found.
(B)
The system must collect all repeat samples on the same
day, except that a system with a single service connection may collect daily
repeat samples until the required number of repeat samples has been collected.
(C)
The system must collect at least one repeat sample from
the sampling tap where the original total coliform-positive sample was taken,
and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five service connections upstream
and at least one repeat sample at a tap within five service connections downstream
of the original sampling site. If a fourth repeat sample is required, it must
be collected within five service connections upstream or downstream. If the
positive routine sample was collected at the end of the distribution line,
one repeat sample must be collected at that point and all other samples must
be collected within five connections upstream of that point.
(D)
If one or more repeat samples in the set is total coliform-positive,
the public water system must collect an additional set of repeat samples in
the manner specified in subparagraphs (A)-(C) of this paragraph. The additional
samples must be collected within 24-hours of being notified of the positive
result or as soon as possible if the local laboratory is closed. The system
must repeat this process until either total coliforms are not detected in
one complete set of repeat samples or the system determines that the MCL for
total coliforms has been exceeded.
(E)
After a system collects a routine sample and before it
learns the results of the analysis of that sample, if it collects another
routine sample(s) from within five adjacent service connections of the initial
sample, and the initial sample is found to contain total coliform bacteria,
then the system may count the subsequent sample(s) as a repeat sample instead
of as a routine sample.
(4)
Sample invalidation. The executive director may
invalidate a total coliform-positive sample if one of the following conditions
is met.
(A)
The executive director may invalidate a sample if the laboratory
establishes that improper sample analysis caused the total coliform-positive
result.
(B)
The executive director may invalidate a sample if the results
of repeat samples collected as required by this section determines that the
total coliform-positive sample resulted from a domestic or other non- distribution
system plumbing problem. The executive director cannot invalidate a sample
on the basis of repeat sample results unless all repeat sample(s) collected
at the same tap as the original total coliform-positive sample are also total
coliform-positive, and all repeat samples collected within five service connections
of the original tap are total coliform-negative. Under those circumstances,
the system may cease resampling and request that the executive director invalidate
the sample. The system must provide copies of the routine positive and all
repeat samples.
(C)
The executive director may invalidate a sample if there
are substantial grounds to believe that the total coliform-positive result
is due to a circumstance or condition which does not reflect water quality
in the distribution system. In this case, the system must still collect all
repeat samples required by this section, and use them to determine compliance
with the MCL for total coliforms in subsection (f) of this section. The system
must provide written documentation which must state the specific cause of
the total coliform-positive sample, and the action the system has taken, or
will take, to correct this problem. The executive director may not invalidate
a total coliform-positive sample solely on the grounds that all repeat samples
are total coliform-negative.
(D)
The executive director may invalidate a sample if the laboratory
establishes that the sample was unsuitable for analysis.
(E)
If a sample is invalidated, the system must collect another
sample from the same location as the original sample within 24-hours of being
notified, or as soon as possible if the laboratory is closed, and have it
analyzed for the presence of total coliforms. The system must continue to
resample within 24 hours and have the samples analyzed until it obtains a
valid result.
(5)
Culture analysis. If any routine or repeat sample
is total coliform-positive, that total coliform-positive culture medium will
be analyzed to determine if fecal coliforms or
E.
coli
bacteria are present. If fecal coliforms or
E. coli
are present, the system must notify the public drinking water
program by the end of the day in accordance with subsection (g) of this section.
(d)
Analytical requirements for microbial contaminants. Analytical
procedures shall be performed in accordance with §290.119 of this title
(relating to Analytical Procedures). Testing for microbial contaminants shall
be performed at a laboratory certified by the TDH Bureau of Laboratories.
(e)
Reporting requirements for microbial contaminants. Any
owner or operator of a public water system subject to the provisions of this
section is required to report to the public drinking water program the results
of any test, measurement, or analysis required to be made by this section
within ten days following such test, measurement, or analysis.
(f)
Compliance determination for microbial contaminants. Compliance
with the requirements of this section shall be determined using the following
criteria each month that the system is in operation.
(1)
A system commits an acute MCL violation if:
(A)
A repeat sample is fecal coliform-positive or
Escherichia coli-
positive; or
(B)
A total coliform-positive repeat sample follows a fecal
coliform-positive or
Escherichia coli-
positive
routine sample.
(2)
A system that collects at least 40 bacteriological
samples per month commits a nonacute MCL violation if more than 5.0 % of the
samples collected during a month are total coliform-positive, but none of
the initial or repeat samples are fecal coliform-positive or
Escherichia coli-
positive.
(3)
A system that collects fewer than 40 samples per month
commits a nonacute MCL violation if more than one sample collected during
a month is total coliform-positive, but none of the initial or repeat samples
are fecal coliform-positive or
Escherichia coli-
positive.
(4)
A public water system that fails to provide the required
number of suitable samples commits a monitoring violation.
(5)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the monitoring tests required by this section commits a reporting violation.
(6)
Results of all routine and repeat samples not invalidated
by the executive director must be included in determining compliance with
the MCL for total coliforms.
(7)
Samples invalidated by the executive director shall
not be included in determining compliance with the MCL for total coliforms.
(8)
Special purpose samples, such as those taken to determine
whether disinfection practices are sufficient following pipe placement, replacement,
or repair, shall not be used to determine compliance with the MCL for microbiological
contaminants.
(g)
Public notification for microbial contaminants. A system
that is out of compliance with the requirements described in this section
must notify the public using the procedures described in §290.122 of
this title (relating to Public Notification) for microbial contamination.
(1)
A public water system that commits an acute MCL violation
for microbial contaminants must notify the water system customers in accordance
with the requirements of §290.46(s)(3) of this title (relating to Minimum
Acceptable Operating Practices for Public Drinking Water Systems) and §290.122(a)
of this title.
(2)
A public water system that has fecal coliforms or
(3)
A public water system which commits an MCL violation
must report the violation to the public drinking water program immediately
after it learns of the violation, but no later than the end of the next business
day, and notify the public in accordance with §290.122(b) of this title.
(4)
A public water system which has failed to comply with
a coliform monitoring requirement must report the monitoring violation to
the public drinking water program within ten days after the system discovers
the violation and notify the public in accordance with §290.122(c) of
this title.
§290.110.Disinfectant Residuals.
(a)
Applicability. All public water systems shall properly
disinfect water before it is distributed to any customer and shall maintain
acceptable disinfectant residuals within the distribution system.
(b)
Minimum and maximum acceptable disinfectant concentrations.
Public water systems shall provide the minimum levels of disinfectants in
accordance with the provisions of this section. Public water systems shall
not exceed the maximum residual disinfectant concentrations (MRDLs) provided
in this section. The disinfection process at a system treating surface water
or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water shall meet the
treatment technique requirements provided in this section.
(1)
The disinfection protocols used by public water systems
with surface water sources or groundwater sources that are under the direct
influence of surface water must ensure that the total treatment process achieves
at least 99.9% (3-log) inactivation or removal of
Giardia lamblia
cysts and at least 99.99% (4-log) inactivation or removal
of viruses before the water is supplied to any consumer. The executive director
may require additional levels of treatment in cases of poor source water quality.
(A)
The disinfection process at a surface water treatment plant
that uses coagulation, flocculation, sedimentation, and filtration facilities
shall provide at least a 0.5-log inactivation of
Giardia lamblia
cysts and a 2-log inactivation of viruses.
(B)
The disinfection process at a surface water treatment plant
or a plant treating groundwater under the direct influence of surface water
that uses microfiltration or ultrafiltration processes shall provide at least
a 4-log inactivation of viruses.
(C)
The disinfection process at other types of treatment plants
shall provide the level of disinfection required by the executive director.
(2)
The residual disinfectant concentration in the
water entering the distribution system shall be at least 0.2 mg/L free chlorine
or 0.5 mg/L chloramine.
(3)
The chlorine dioxide residual of the water entering
the distribution system shall not exceed an MRDL of 0.8 mg/L.
(4)
The residual disinfectant concentration in the water
within the distribution system shall be at least 0.2 mg/L free chlorine or
0.5 mg/L chloramine.
(5)
The running annual average of the free chlorine or
chloramine residual of the water within the distribution system shall not
exceed an MRDL of 4.0 mg/L.
(A)
Effective January 1, 2002, public water systems that serve
at least 10,000 people and use surface water sources or groundwater sources
that are under the influence of surface water must comply with the MRDL for
chlorine and chloramine.
(B)
Effective January 1, 2004, systems that serve fewer than
10,000 people and those that serve at least 10,000 people and use groundwater
sources must comply with the MRDL for chlorine and chloramine.
(c)
Monitoring requirements. Public water systems shall monitor
the performance of the disinfection facilities to ensure that appropriate
disinfectant levels are maintained. All monitoring conducted pursuant to the
requirements of this section must be conducted at sites designated in the
public water system's monitoring plan.
(1)
Public water systems that treat surface water sources or
groundwater sources under the direct influence of surface water must verify
that they meet the disinfection requirements of subsection (b)(1) of this
section.
(A)
The disinfectant residual, pH, temperature, and flow rate
of the water in each disinfection zone must be measured at least once each
day during a time when peak hourly raw water flow rates are occurring.
(B)
Disinfection contact time will be based on tracer study
data or a theoretical analysis submitted by the system owner or their designated
agent and approved by the executive director and the actual flow rate that
is occurring at the time that monitoring occurs.
(C)
Treatment plants that fail to demonstrate an appropriate
level of treatment must repeat these tests at four-hour or shorter intervals
until compliance has been reestablished.
(2)
Public water systems that sell treated water
on a wholesale basis or serve more than 3,300 people must continuously monitor
and record the disinfectant residual of the water entering the distribution
system. If there is a failure in the continuous monitoring equipment, grab
sampling every four hours may be conducted in lieu of continuous monitoring,
but for no more than five working days following the failure of the equipment.
(3)
Public water systems that serve 3,300 or fewer people
and do not sell treated water on a wholesale basis must monitor and record
the disinfectant residual of the water entering the distribution system with
either continuous monitors or grab samples.
(A)
If a system uses grab samples, the samples must be collected
on an ongoing basis at the frequency prescribed in the following table.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.110(c)(3)(A)
(B)
The grab samples cannot be taken at the same time and the
sampling interval is subject to the executive director's review and approval.
(C)
Treatment plants that use grab samples and fail to detect
an appropriate disinfectant residual must repeat the test at four-hour or
shorter intervals until compliance has been reestablished.
(4)
Each treatment plant using chlorine dioxide must
monitor and record the chlorine dioxide residual of the water entering the
distribution system at least once each day. If the chlorine dioxide residual
in the water entering the distribution system exceeds the MRDL contained in
subsection (b)(3) of this section, the treatment plant must conduct additional
tests.
(A)
If the public water system does not have additional chlorination
facilities in the distribution system, it must conduct three additional tests
at the service connection nearest the treatment plant where an elevated chlorine
dioxide residual was detected. The first additional test must be conducted
within two hours after detecting an elevated chlorine dioxide residual at
the entry point to the distribution system. The two subsequent tests must
be conducted at six-hour to eight-hour intervals thereafter.
(B)
If the public water system has additional chlorination
facilities in the distribution system, it must conduct an additional test
at the service connection nearest the treatment plant where an elevated chlorine
dioxide residual was detected, an additional test at the first service connection
after the point where the water is rechlorinated, and an additional test at
a location in the far reaches of the distribution system. The additional test
at the location nearest the treatment plant must be conducted within two hours
after detecting an elevated chlorine dioxide residual at the entry point to
the distribution system. The two other tests must be conducted at six-hour
to eight-hour intervals thereafter.
(5)
Public water systems shall monitor the disinfectant
residual at various locations throughout the distribution system.
(A)
Public water systems must conduct daily disinfectant residual
tests at representative locations in the distribution system unless they use
groundwater or purchased water sources only and serve fewer than 250 connections
or 750 people daily.
(B)
Public water systems which use groundwater or purchased
water sources only and serve fewer than 250 connections or 750 people daily
must test the disinfectant residual at representative locations in the distribution
system at least once every seven days.
(C)
The residual disinfectant concentration must be measured
at least at the same points in the distribution system and at the same time
as bacteriological samples are collected, as specified in §290.109 of
this title (relating to Microbial Contaminants).
(d)
Analytical requirements. All monitoring required by this
section must be conducted at a facility approved by the executive director
and using methods that conform to the requirements of §290.119 of this
title (relating to Analytical Procedures).
(1)
The pH analysis must be conducted using a pH meter with
a minimum accuracy of plus or minus 0.1 pH units.
(2)
The temperature of the water must be measured using
a thermometer or thermocouple with a minimum accuracy of plus or minus 0.5
degrees Celsius.
(3)
The free chlorine residual must be measured to a minimum
accuracy of plus or minus 0.1 mg/L using one of the following methods:
(A)
Amperometric titration;
(B)
DPD Ferrous titration; or
(C)
DPD colorimetric.
(i)
The free chlorine residual within the treatment plant and
at the point where the treated water enters the distribution system must be
measured with a colorimeter or spectrophotometer.
(ii)
The free chlorine residual within the distribution system
must be measured with a colorimeter, spectrophotometer, or color comparator
test kit.
(D)
Springaldizine (FACTS)
(4)
The chloramine residual must be measured to a
minimum accuracy of plus or minus 0.1 mg/L using one of the following methods:
(A)
Amperometric titration;
(B)
DPD Ferrous titration; or
(C)
DPD colorimetric.
(i)
The chloramine residual within the treatment plant and
at the point where the treated water enters the distribution system must be
measured with a colorimeter or spectrophotometer.
(ii)
The chloramine residual within the distribution system
must be measured with a colorimeter, spectrophotometer, or color comparator
test kit.
(5)
The chlorine dioxide residual must be measured
to a minimum accuracy of plus or minus 0.05 mg/L using an amperometric titrator
with platinum-platinum electrodes.
(e)
Reporting requirements. Any owner or operator of a public
water system subject to the provisions of this section is required to report
to the public drinking water program the results of any test, measurement,
or analysis required to be made by this section within ten days following
such test, measurement, or analysis.
(1)
The reports must be submitted to the Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission, Water Permitting and Resource Management Division,
P.O. Box 13087, MC 155, Austin, Texas 78711-3087 by the tenth day of the month
following the end of the reporting period.
(2)
Public water systems that use surface water sources
or groundwater sources under the direct influence of surface water must submit
a Monthly Operating Report for Surface Water Treatment Plants each month.
(3)
Public water systems that use chlorine dioxide must
submit a Monthly Report for Chlorine Dioxide Installations each month.
(4)
Effective January 1, 2004, public water systems that
use purchased water or groundwater sources only must submit a Quarterly Distribution
Report for Public Water Systems each quarter.
(f)
Compliance determinations. Compliance with the requirements
of this section shall be determined using the following criteria.
(1)
All samples used for compliance must be obtained at sampling
sites designated in the monitoring plan.
(A)
All samples collected at sites designated in the monitoring
plan as microbiological and disinfectant residual monitoring sites shall be
included in the compliance determination calculations.
(B)
Samples collected at sites in the distribution system not
designated in the monitoring plan shall not be included in the compliance
determination calculations.
(2)
A public water system that fails to conduct the
monitoring tests required by this section commits a monitoring violation.
(3)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the monitoring tests required by this section commits a reporting violation.
(4)
A public water system that uses surface water sources
or groundwater sources under the direct influence of surface water and fails
to meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1) or (2) of this section for a
period longer than four consecutive hours commits a nonacute treatment technique
violation. A public water system that fails to conduct the additional testing
required by subsection (c)(1)(C) and (3)(C) of this section also commits a
nonacute treatment technique violation.
(5)
A public water system that uses chlorine dioxide and
exceeds the level specified in subsection (b)(3) of this section violates
the MRDL for chlorine dioxide.
(A)
If a public water system violates the MRDL for chlorine
dioxide and any of the three additional distribution samples exceeds the MRDL,
the system commits an acute MRDL violation for chlorine dioxide.
(B)
If a public water system violates the MRDL for chlorine
dioxide and fails to collect each of the three additional distribution samples
required by subsection (c)(2) of this section, the system commits an acute
MRDL violation for chlorine dioxide.
(C)
If a public water system violates the MRDL for chlorine
dioxide but none of the three additional distribution samples violates the
MRDL, the system commits an nonacute MRDL violation for chlorine dioxide.
(6)
A public water system that fails to meet the
requirements of subsection (b)(4) of this section, in more than 5.0% of the
samples collected each month, for any two consecutive months, commits a nonacute
treatment technique violation. Specifically, the system commits a nonacute
violation if the value "V" in the following formula exceeds 5.0% per month
for any two consecutive months:
Figure: 30 TAC §290.110(f)(6)
(7)
A public water system violates the MRDL for chlorine
or chloramine if, at the end of any quarter, the running annual average of
monthly averages exceeds the level specified in subsection (b)(5) of this
section.
(8)
Notwithstanding the MRDLs listed in subsection (b)
of this section, operators shall increase residual disinfectant levels of
chlorine or chloramines (but not chlorine dioxide) in the distribution system
to a level and for a time necessary to protect public health to address specific
microbiological contamination problems caused by circumstances such as distribution
line breaks, storm runoff events, source water contamination, or cross-connections.
(g)
Public notification requirements. The owner or operator
of a public water system that violates the requirements of this section must
notify the public drinking water program and the people served by the system.
(1)
A public water system that fails to meet the requirements
of subsection (b)(3) of this section, shall notify the public drinking water
program by the end of the next business day and the customers in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122 of this title (relating to Public Notification).
(A)
A public water system that has an acute violation of the
MRDL for chlorine dioxide must notify the customers in accordance with the
requirements of §290.122(a) of this title.
(B)
A public water system that has a non-acute violation of
the MRDL for chlorine dioxide must notify the customers in accordance with
the requirements of §290.122(b) of this title .
(2)
A public water system that uses surface water
sources or groundwater sources under the direct influence of surface water
and fails to meet the minimum disinfection requirements of subsection (b)(1)
or (b)(2) of this section shall notify the public drinking water program by
the end of the next business day and the customers in accordance with the
requirements of §290.122(b) of this title.
(3)
A public water system that fails to meet the requirements
of subsection (b)(4) of this section in more than 5.0% of the samples collected
each month for two consecutive months must notify its customers.
(A)
A public water system that uses surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water must notify its customers in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122(b) of this title.
(B)
A public water system that uses only groundwater or purchased
water must notify its customers when it issues its annual consumer confidence
report.
(4)
A public water system that fails to meet the
requirements of subsection (b)(5) of this section shall notify the public
drinking water program by the end of the next business day and the customers
in accordance with the requirements of §290.122(b) of this title.
(5)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this section must notify its customers of the violation in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title.
§290.111.Turbidity.
(a)
Applicability. A public water system that treats surface
water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water must comply
with the requirements of this section. A public water system that uses groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water must comply with the requirements
of this section by a date specified by the executive director. This compliance
date shall not exceed 18 months from the date that the executive director
first notifies the system that the groundwater source is under the direct
influence of surface water.
(b)
Treatment technique requirements for turbidity. The filtration
techniques used by public water systems treating surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water must ensure the system meets the
following treatment technique requirements and criteria.
(1)
Through December 31, 2001, the treatment process used by
public water systems treating surface water or groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water must achieve at least a 3-log removal or inactivation
of
Giardia lamblia
cysts and a 4-log removal
or inactivation of viruses before the water is supplied to any consumer. The
executive director may require additional levels of treatment in cases of
poor source water quality.
(A)
Treatment plants using conventional media filtration must
achieve the following turbidity levels.
(i)
The turbidity level of the combined filter effluent must
never exceed 5.0 NTU.
(ii)
The turbidity level of the combined filter effluent must
be 0.5 NTU or less in at least 95% or the samples tested each month. The executive
director may allow a turbidity level of up to 1.0 NTU in at least 95% of the
samples if the system can achieve the required 3-log removal or inactivation
of
Giardia lamblia
cysts and 4-log removal
or inactivation of viruses at that higher turbidity level.
(B)
Membrane facilities must meet site-specific performance
standards approved by the executive director.
(2)
Beginning January 1, 2002, the treatment process
must achieve at least a 2-log removal of
Cryptosporidium
oocysts, a 3-log removal or inactivation of
Giardia lamblia
cysts, and a 4-log removal or inactivation of viruses
before the water is supplied to any consumer. The executive director may require
additional levels of treatment in cases of poor source water quality.
(A)
Treatment plants using conventional media filtration must
achieve the following turbidity levels.
(i)
The turbidity level of the combined filter effluent must
never exceed 1.0 NTU.
(ii)
The turbidity level of the combined filter effluent must
be 0.3 NTU or less in at least 95% of the samples tested each month.
(B)
Membrane facilities must meet site-specific performance
standards approved by the executive director.
(C)
The executive director may extend the compliance date for
systems serving fewer than 10,000 people.
(i)
The compliance date may not be extended beyond January
1, 2004.
(ii)
During any extension that is granted, the turbidity level
of the combined filter effluent must meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1)
of this section.
(3)
The filtration techniques used by public
water systems that serve 10,000 people or more and treat surface water or
groundwater under the direct influence of surface water must ensure the system
meets the following criteria.
(A)
Beginning January 1, 2002, the turbidity from each individual
filter should not exceed 0.5 NTU at four hours after the individual filter
is returned to service after backwash or shut down.
(B)
Beginning January 1, 2002, the turbidity from each individual
filter should never exceed 1.0 NTU.
(c)
Monitoring requirements for turbidity. Public water systems
with surface water sources or groundwater sources that are under the direct
influence of surface water shall monitor the performance of their filtration
facilities.
(1)
Public water systems that serve fewer than 500 people must
monitor the turbidity of the combined filter effluent at least once each day
that the system serves water to the public.
(2)
Public water systems that serve 500 people or more
must monitor the turbidity of the combined filter effluent at least every
four hours that the system serves water to the public.
(3)
Beginning January 1, 2002, public water systems that
serve 10,000 people or more must continuously monitor the filtered water turbidity
at the effluent of each individual filter and record the turbidity value every
15 minutes.
(4)
Beginning January 1, 2002, public water systems that
serve fewer than 10,000 people and use surface water or groundwater under
the direct influence of surface water must measure and record the filtered
water turbidity level at the effluent of each individual filter at least once
each day that the plant is in operation.
(5)
Special monitoring requirements. Beginning January
1, 2002, public water systems which serve 10,000 people or more and fail to
meet the turbidity criteria specified in subsection (b)(3) of this section
must conduct additional monitoring. The executive director can waive these
special monitoring requirements for systems that have a corrective action
schedule approved by the executive director.
(A)
Each time that a filter exceeds either of the filtered
water turbidity levels specified in subsection (b)(3) of this section for
two consecutive 15-minute readings, the public water system must either identify
the cause of the exceedance or complete a Filter Profile Report on the filter.
(B)
Each time that a specific filter exceeds the filtered turbidity
level specified in subsection (b)(3) of this section for two consecutive 15-minute
readings on three separate occasions during any consecutive three month period,
the public water system must conduct a filter assessment on the filter.
(C)
Each time that the filtered water turbidity level for a
specific filter or any combination of individual filters exceeds 2.0 NTU on
two consecutive 15-minute readings during two consecutive months, the public
water system must participate in a third-party Comprehensive Performance Evaluation.
(d)
Analytical requirements for turbidity. All monitoring required
by this section must be conducted by a facility approved by the executive
director and using methods that conform to the requirements of §290.119
of this title (relating to Analytical Procedures). Equipment used for compliance
measurements must be maintained and calibrated in accordance with §290.46(s)
of this title (relating to Minimum Acceptable Operating Practices for Public
Drinking Water Systems).
(1)
Turbidity must be measured with turbidimeters that use
nephelometric methods or Great Lakes Instruments Method 2.
(2)
Monitoring of combined filter effluent may be conducted
by either continuously monitoring turbidity levels with an on-line turbidimeter
or measuring the turbidity level in grab samples with a benchtop turbidimeter.
(3)
Beginning January 1, 2002, systems serving 10,000
or more people must monitor the turbidity of the water produced by individual
filters with a continuous, on-line turbidimeter and a continuous recorder.
(A)
Continuous individual filter turbidity may be recorded
electronically by a SCADA system or on a strip chart. Circular strip charts,
if used, must be set to record no more than one day's readings per chart.
(B)
If there is a failure in the continuous turbidity monitoring
equipment, the system must conduct grab sampling every four hours in lieu
of continuous monitoring but for no more than five working days following
the failure of the equipment.
(4)
Beginning January 1, 2002, systems serving fewer
than 10,000 people must monitor the turbidity of the water produced by individual
filters by continuously monitoring turbidity levels with an on-line turbidimeter
or measuring the turbidity level in grab samples with a benchtop turbidimeter.
(e)
Reporting requirements for turbidity. Public water systems
shall properly complete and submit periodic reports to demonstrate compliance
with this section.
(1)
The reports must be submitted to the Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission, Water Permitting and Resource Management Division
MC 155, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087 by the tenth day of the month
following the end of the reporting period.
(2)
Public water systems must submit a Monthly Operating
Report for Surface Water Treatment Plants each month.
(3)
Public water systems that must complete the additional
monitoring required by subsection (c)(5)(A) of this section must submit a
Filter Profile Report for Individual Filters with their MOR.
(4)
Public water systems that must complete the additional
monitoring required by subsection (c)(5)(B) of this section must submit a
Filter Assessment Report for Individual Filters with their MOR.
(5)
Public water systems that must complete the additional
monitoring required by subsection (c)(5)(C) of this section must submit a
Request for Compliance CPE with their MOR.
(f)
Compliance determination. Compliance with the requirements
of this section shall be determined using the following criteria.
(1)
A public water system that fails to conduct the combined
filter effluent or individual filter monitoring tests required by this section
commits a monitoring violation.
(2)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the combined filter effluent or individual filter monitoring tests required
by this section commits a reporting violation.
(3)
Beginning on January 1, 2002, a public water system
that serves 10,000 or more people and fails to submit the reports required
by subsection (e)(3)-(5) of this section commits a reporting violation.
(4)
A public water system that has a turbidity level exceeding
5.0 NTU in the combined filter effluent commits an acute treatment technique
violation.
(5)
Until December 31, 2001, a public water system that
violates the requirements of subsection (b)(1)(A)(ii) of this section commits
a treatment technique violation.
(6)
Beginning January 1, 2002, a public water system that
violates the requirements of subsection (b)(2)(A) of this section commits
a treatment technique violation.
(7)
Beginning January 1, 2002, a system that fails to
correct the performance-limiting factors identified in a CPE conducted pursuant
to the requirements of subsection (c)(5)(C) of this section commits a violation.
(g)
Public notification for turbidity. The owner or operator
of a public water system that violates the requirements of this section must
notify the public drinking water program and the people served by the system.
(1)
A public water system that has a turbidity level exceeding
5.0 NTU in the combined filter effluent shall notify the public drinking water
program by the next business day and the water system customers of the acute
violation in accordance with the requirements of §290.46(s)(4) of this
title (relating to Minimum Acceptable Operating Practices for Public Drinking
Water Systems) and §290.122(a) of this title (relating to Public Notification).
(2)
A public water system that fails to meet the treatment
technique requirements of subsection (b)(1) or (2) of this section shall notify
the public drinking water program by the end of the next business day and
the water system customers in accordance with the requirements of §290.122(b)
of this title.
(3)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this section must notify its customers of the violation in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title.
§290.112.Total Organic Carbon (TOC).
(a)
Applicability. All community and nontransient, noncommunity
public water systems treating surface water or groundwater under the direct
influence of surface water must meet the provisions of this section.
(1)
Systems serving 10,000 or more people must comply with
the monitoring and reporting requirements beginning January 1, 2001. Systems
serving fewer than 10,000 people must comply with the monitoring and reporting
requirements beginning January 1, 2003.
(2)
Systems serving 10,000 or more people must comply
with the treatment technique requirements for TOC beginning January 1, 2002.
Systems serving fewer than 10,000 people must comply with the treatment technique
requirements for TOC beginning January 1, 2004.
(b)
Treatment technique. Systems must achieve the Step 1 removal
requirements in paragraph (1) of this subsection, meet one of the alternative
compliance criteria described in paragraph (2) of this subsection, or apply
for the alternative Step 2 removal requirements described in paragraph (3)
of this subsection.
(1)
Systems must determine their ability to meet the Step 1
removal requirements given in the following table. A water treatment plant's
Step 1 TOC required percent removal is based upon plant's source water TOC
and alkalinity. Step 1 TOC percent removal requirements are indicated in the
following table. Systems practicing softening are evaluated based on the Step
1 TOC removal in the far-right column (Source water alkalinity >120 mg/L)
for the specified source water TOC.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.112(b)(1)
(2)
Systems may determine their ability to meet one of
the eight alternative compliance criteria listed in this paragraph.
(A)
A system meets alternative compliance criteria Number 1
if the system's source water TOC level is less than 2.0 mg/L, calculated quarterly
as a running annual average.
(B)
A system meets alternative compliance criteria Number 2
if the system's treated water TOC level is less than 2.0 mg/L, calculated
quarterly as a running annual average.
(C)
A system meets alternative compliance criteria Number 3
if: the system's source water TOC level is less than 4.0 mg/L, calculated
quarterly as a running annual average; the source water alkalinity is greater
than 60 mg/L (as CaCO
3
), calculated quarterly
as a running annual average; and the TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages
are no greater than 0.040 mg/L and 0.030 mg/L, respectively.
(D)
The system meets alternative compliance criteria Number
4 if the TTHM and HAA5 running annual averages are no greater than 0.040 mg/L
and 0.030 mg/L, respectively, and the system uses only chlorine for primary
disinfection and maintenance of a residual in the distribution system.
(E)
The system meets alternative compliance criteria Number
5 if the system's source water SUVA, prior to any treatment, measured monthly,
is less than or equal to 2.0 L/mg-m, calculated quarterly as a running annual
average.
(F)
The system meets alternative compliance criteria Number
6 if the system's finished water SUVA, measured monthly at a point prior to
any disinfection, is less than or equal to 2.0 L/mg-m, calculated quarterly
as a running annual average.
(G)
The system meets alternative compliance criteria Number
7 if the system practices softening, cannot achieve the Step 1 TOC removals
required by paragraph (b)(1) of this subsection, and has treated water alkalinity
less than 60 mg/L (as CaCO
3
) and calculated quarterly
as a running annual average.
(H)
The system meets alternative compliance criteria Number
8 if the system practices softening, cannot achieve the Step 1 TOC removals
required by paragraph (1) of this subsection, and has magnesium hardness removal
greater than or equal to 10 mg/L (as CaCO
3
),
measured monthly calculated quarterly as a running annual average.
(3)
If a system fails to meet the Step 1 TOC removal
requirement required by paragraph (1) of this subsection and does not meet
one of eight alternative compliance criteria described in paragraph (2) of
this subsection, the system must apply to the public drinking water program
for approval of Step 2 removal requirements.
(A)
The plant must perform Step 2 jar testing to determine
the coagulant dose at which the removal of TOC is less than 0.3 mg/L for an
increase in coagulant of 10 mg/L alum or its equivalent. This dose is referred
to as the point of diminishing returns (PODR).
(B)
The system must submit the results of the Step 2 jar testing
to the public drinking water program for approval of the alternative removal
requirements at least 15 days before the end of the applicable quarter.
(C)
The executive director may approve Step 2 alternative removal
requirements.
(i)
If approved, the removal achieved at the PODR becomes the
alternative full-scale TOC removal requirement for the plant.
(ii)
The alternate removal requirements may be applied to the
quarter in which the jar test results are received and for the following quarter.
(c)
TOC monitoring requirements. Systems must conduct required
TOC monitoring during normal operating conditions at sites and at the frequency
designated in the system's monitoring plan.
(1)
Systems must monitor for TOC and alkalinity in the source
water prior to any treatment. Within one hour of taking the source water sample,
systems must measure each treatment plant TOC after filtration in the combined
filter effluent stream. These samples (source water alkalinity, source water
TOC, and treated water TOC) are referred to as a TOC sample set.
(2)
Systems must take one TOC sample set monthly at a
time representative of normal operating conditions and influent water quality.
(A)
Systems with a running annual average treated water TOC
of less than 2.0 mg/L for two consecutive years may reduce monitoring to one
TOC sample set per plant per quarter. The system must revert to routine monitoring
in the month following the quarter when the running annual average treated
water TOC is greater than or equal to 2.0 mg/L.
(B)
Systems with a running annual average treated water TOC
of less than 1.0 mg/L for one year may reduce monitoring to one TOC sample
set per plant per quarter. The system must revert to routine monitoring in
the month following the quarter when the running annual average treated water
TOC is greater than or equal to 2.0 mg/L.
(3)
A public water system attempting to meet the
treatment technique requirements for TOC using alternative compliance criteria
Number 5 (as defined in subsection (b)(2)(E) of this section) must collect
at monitor for SUVA in the source water prior to any treatment at least once
each month.
(4)
A public water system attempting to meet the treatment
technique requirements for TOC using alternative compliance criteria Number
7 (as defined in subsection (b)(2)(G) of this section) must collect at monitor
for alkalinity in the treated water at any point prior to distribution system
at least once each month.
(5)
A public water system attempting to meet the treatment
technique requirements for TOC using alternative compliance criteria Number
8 (as defined in subsection (b)(2)(H) of this section) must collect at monitor
for magnesium in both the source water prior to any treatment at and the treated
water at any point prior to the distribution system least once each month.
(d)
Analytical requirements for TOC treatment. Analytical procedures
required by this section must be conducted at a facility approved by the executive
director and using methods that conform to the requirements of §290.119
of this title (relating to Analytical Procedures).
(e)
Reporting requirements for TOC. Systems treating surface
water or groundwater under the direct influence of surface water shall properly
complete and submit periodic reports to demonstrate compliance with this section.
(1)
The reports must be submitted to the Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission, Water Permitting and Resource Management Division
MC 155, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087 by the 20th day of the month
following the end of the reporting period.
(2)
Public water systems must submit a Monthly Operational
Report for Total Organic Carbon Control each month.
(A)
Systems treating surface water or groundwater under the
direct influence of surface water and serving 10,000 or more people must comply
with these reporting requirements starting January 1, 2001.
(B)
Systems treating surface water or groundwater under the
direct influence of surface water must and serving less than 10,000 people
must comply with these reporting requirements starting January 1, 2003.
(3)
A system that does not meet the Step 1 removal
requirements must submit a Request for Alternate TOC Requirements at least
15 days before the end of the quarter.
(A)
If the system meets alternative compliance criterion Number
3, subsection (b)(2)(C) of this section, the system must report the running
annual average TTHM and HAA5 concentrations as determined under the requirements
of §290.113 of this title (relating to Disinfection By-products (TTHM
and HAA5)).
(B)
If the system meets alternative compliance criterion Number
4, subsection (b)(2)(D) of this section, the system must report the running
annual average TTHM and HAA5 concentrations as determined under the requirements
of §290.113 (relating to Disinfection By-products (TTHM and HAA5)), and
report all disinfectants used by the system during last 12 months.
(C)
If the system meets alternative compliance criterion Number
5, subsection (b)(2)(E) of this section, the system must report the running
annual average source water SUVA for each of the preceding 12 months.
(D)
If the system meets alternative compliance criterion Number
6, subsection (b)(2)(F) of this section, the system must report the treated
water SUVA for each of the preceding 12 months.
(E)
If the system practices softening and meets alternative
compliance criterion Number 8, subsection (b)(2)(H) of this section, the system
must report the running source water magnesium concentration, the treated
water magnesium concentration, and the average percent magnesium removal for
each of the preceding 12 months.
(F)
A system that does not meet any of the alternative compliance
criteria must apply for the Step 2 alternative removal requirements and must
submit the results of Step 2 jar testing.
(f)
Compliance determination. Compliance with the requirements
of this section shall be based on the following criteria:
(1)
A system that fails to conduct the monitoring tests required
by this section commits a monitoring violation. Failure to monitor will be
treated as a violation for the entire period covered by the annual average.
(2)
A system that fails to report the results of monitoring
tests required by this section commits a reporting violation. Systems may
use only data collected under the provisions of this section to qualify for
reduced monitoring.
(3)
A system that does not meet any of the alternative
compliance criteria and does not achieve the required TOC removal commits
a treatment technique violation. Compliance shall be determined quarterly
by determining an annual average removal ratio using the following method:
(A)
The actual monthly TOC percent removal must be determined
for each month. The actual monthly percent removal is calculated by taking
the ratio of the average monthly treated water TOC to the average monthly
source water TOC, subtracting that ratio from 1, and multiplying the result
by 100. The actual monthly percent removal is equal to: (1 - (treated water
TOC/source water TOC)) by 100.
(B)
The required monthly Step 1 or Step 2 TOC percent removal
must be determined as provided in subsection (b) of this section. The executive
director will approve or disapprove Step 2 requirements based on jar or pilot
data. Until the executive director approves the Step 2 TOC removal requirements,
the system must meet the Step 1 TOC removals contained in subsection (b)(1)
of this section.
(C)
The monthly removal ratio must be determined. The monthly
removal ratio is determined by dividing the actual monthly TOC percent removal
for each month by the required monthly Step 1 or approved Step 2 TOC percent
removal for the month. The alternative compliance criteria may be used on
a monthly basis as described in clauses (i)-(iv) of this subparagraph.
(i)
If the monthly average source or treated water TOC is less
than 2.0 mg/L, a monthly removal ratio value of 1.0 may be assigned (in lieu
of the value calculated in subsection (f)(3)(C) of this section) when calculating
compliance under the provisions of this section.
(ii)
If the monthly average water source or treated SUVA level
is less than 2.0 L/mg-m, a monthly removal ratio value of 1.0 may be assigned
(in lieu of the value calculated in subsection (f)(3)(C) of this section)
when calculating compliance under the provisions of this section.
(iii)
In any month that a softening system lowers alkalinity
below 60 mg/L (as CaCO
3
), a monthly removal ratio
value of 1.0 may be assigned (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection
(f)(3)(C) of this section) when calculating compliance under the provisions
of this section.
(iv)
In any month that a softening system removes at least
10 mg/L of magnesium hardness (as CaCO
3
) a monthly
value of 1.0 may be assigned (in lieu of the value calculated in subsection
(f)(3)(C) of this section) when calculating compliance under the provisions
of this section.
(D)
The yearly removal ratio must be determined. The yearly
removal ratio is determined by adding the monthly removal ratio for the last
12 months and dividing by 12.
(E)
If the yearly removal ratio is less than 1.00, the system
commits a treatment technique violation.
(g)
Public Notification. A public water system that violates
the treatment technique requirements of this section must notify the public
drinking water program and the system's customers.
(1)
A public water system that commits a TOC treatment technique
violation shall notify the public drinking water program and the water system
customers in accordance with the requirements of §290.122(b) of this
title (relating to Public Notification).
(2)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this section must notify its customers of the violation in accordance
with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title.
§290.113.Disinfection By-products (TTHM and HAA5).
(a)
Applicability for TTHM and HAA5. All community and nontransient,
noncommunity water systems shall comply with the requirements of this section.
(1)
Effective January 1, 2002, community and nontransient,
noncommunity public water systems that serve at least 10,000 people and use
surface water sources or groundwater sources that are under the direct influence
of surface water must comply with the maximum contaminant levels (MCLs) for
total trihalomethanes (TTHM) and haloacetic acids (five) (HAA5).
(2)
Effective January 1, 2004, community and nontransient,
noncommunity public water systems that serve fewer than 10,000 persons and
those that serve at least 10,000 persons and use groundwater sources must
comply with the MCL for TTHM and HAA5.
(3)
Until January 1, 2004, public water systems using
groundwater as a supply source and serving at least 10,000 people will be
regulated in accordance with §290.115 of this title (relating to Transition
Rule for Disinfection By-products).
(4)
Until January 1, 2002, public water systems using
surface water sources or groundwater sources that are under the direct influence
of surface water must comply with the requirements of §290.115 of this
title (relating to Transition Rule for Disinfection By-products).
(b)
Maximum contaminant level for TTHM and HAA5. The running
annual average concentration of total trihalomethanes (TTHM) and haloacetic
acids (five) (HAA5) shall not exceed the maximum contaminant levels.
(1)
The MCL for TTHM is 0.080 milligrams/liter.
(2)
The MCL for HAA5 is 0.060 milligrams/liter.
(c)
Monitoring requirements for TTHM and HAA5. Systems must
take all TTHM and HAA5 samples during normal operating conditions. Monitoring
shall be performed at locations and frequency specified in the system's monitoring
plan.
(1)
The minimum number of samples required to be taken shall
be based on the number of treatment plants used by the system, except that
multiple wells drawing raw water from a single aquifer shall be considered
as one treatment plant for determining the minimum number of samples.
(2)
All samples taken within one sampling period shall
be collected within a 24-hour period.
(3)
Systems must routinely sample at the frequency and
locations given in the following table entitled "Routine Monitoring Frequency
and Locations for TTHM and HAA5".
Figure: 30 TAC §290.113(c)(3)
(4)
The executive director may reduce the monitoring frequency
for TTHM and HAA5 as indicated in the following table entitled "Reduced Monitoring
Frequency and Locations for TTHM and HAA5".
Figure: 30 TAC §290.113(c)(4)
(A)
The executive director may not reduce the routine monitoring
requirements for TTHM and HAA5 until a system has completed one year of routine
monitoring in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (3) of this subsection.
(B)
A system that is on reduced monitoring and collects quarterly
samples for TTHM and HAA5 may remain on reduced monitoring as long as the
running annual average of quarterly averages for TTHM and HAA5 is no greater
than 0.060 mg/L and 0.045 mg/L, respectively.
(C)
A system that is on a reduced monitoring and monitors no
more frequently than once each year may remain on reduced monitoring as long
as TTHM and HAA5 concentrations are no greater than 0.060 mg/L and 0.045 mg/L,
respectively.
(5)
The executive director may require a system to
return to the routine monitoring frequency described in paragraph (3) of this
subsection.
(A)
A system that does not meet the requirements of paragraph
(4)(B) or (C) of this subsection must return to routine monitoring in the
quarter immediately following the quarter in which the results exceed 0.060
mg/L or 0.045 mg/L for TTHMs and HAA5, respectively.
(B)
A system that is on reduced monitoring and makes any significant
change to its source of water or treatment program shall return to routine
monitoring in the quarter immediately following the quarter when the change
was made.
(C)
If a system is returned to routine monitoring, routine
monitoring shall continue for at least one year before a reduction in monitoring
frequency may be considered.
(d)
Analytical requirements for TTHM and HAA5. Analytical procedures
required by this section shall be performed in accordance with §290.119
of this title (relating to Analytical Procedures). Testing for TTHM and HAA5
shall be performed at a laboratory certified by the TDH Bureau of Laboratories.
(e)
Reporting requirements for TTHM and HAA5. Any owner or
operator of a public water system subject to the provisions of this section
is required to report to the public drinking water program the results of
any test, measurement, or analysis required to be made by this section within
ten days following such test, measurement, or analysis.
(f)
Compliance determination for TTHM and HAA5. Compliance
with the provisions of this section shall be determined as follows.
(1)
A system that fails to monitor in accordance with this
section commits a monitoring violation. Failure to monitor will be treated
as a violation for the entire period covered by the annual average.
(2)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the monitoring tests required by subsection (e) of this section commits
a reporting violation.
(3)
Compliance with the MCLs for TTHM and HAA5 shall be
based on the running annual average of all samples collected during the preceding
12 months.
(A)
A public water system that samples for TTHM and HAA5 each
quarter must calculate the running annual average of the quarterly averages.
(B)
A public water system that samples for TTHM and HAA5 no
more frequently than once each year must calculate the annual average of all
samples collected during the year.
(C)
All samples collected at the sampling sites designated
in the public water system's shall be used to compute the quarterly and annual
averages unless the analytical results are invalidated by the executive director
for technical reasons.
(4)
A public water system violates the MCL for TTHM
if the running annual average for TTHM exceeds the MCL specified in subsection
(b)(1) of this section.
(5)
A public water system violates the MCL for HAA5 if
the running annual average for HAA5 exceeds the MCL specified in subsection
(b)(2) of this section.
(6)
If a public water system is routinely sampling in
accordance with the requirements of subsection (c)(3) of this section and
an individual sample or quarterly average will cause the system to exceed
the MCL for TTHM or HAA5, the system is in violation of the respective MCL
at the end of that quarter.
(7)
If a public water system's failure to monitor makes
it impossible to determine compliance with the MCL for TTHM or HAA5, the system
commits an MCL violation.
(g)
Public Notification Requirements for TTHM and HAA5. A public
water system that violates the requirements of this section of must notify
the public drinking water program and the system's customers.
(1)
A system that violates an MCL given in subsection (b)(1)
or (2) of this section shall report to the public drinking water program within
30 days after receiving analytical results and notify the public as provided
under §290.122(b) of this title (relating to Public Notification).
(2)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by subsection (c) of this section must notify its customers of the
violation in accordance with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this
title.
§290.114.Disinfection By-products Other than TTHM and HAA5.
(a)
Chlorite. All public water systems that use chlorine dioxide
must comply with the requirements of this subsection.
(1)
Maximum contaminant level (MCL) for chlorite. The chlorite
concentration in the water in the distribution system shall not exceed an
MCL of 1.0 mg/L.
(2)
Monitoring requirements for chlorite. Public water
systems shall measure the chlorite concentration at locations and intervals
specified in the system's monitoring plan. All samples must be collected during
normal operating conditions.
(A)
Each plant using chlorine dioxide must monitor the chlorite
concentration in the water entering the distribution system at least once
each day. The monitoring frequency at the entry point to the distribution
system may not be reduced.
(B)
Each plant using chlorine dioxide must monitor the chlorite
concentration in the water within the distribution system at each of the following
three locations: at a location near the first customer of a plant using chlorine
dioxide; at a location representative of the average residence time in the
distribution system; and at a location reflecting maximum residence time in
the distribution system. The group of three samples must be collected on the
same day and is called a "three-sample set."
(i)
Each system must collect at least one three-sample set
each month.
(ii)
If the chlorite concentration entering the distribution
system exceeds 1.0 mg/L, the system must collect a three-sample set within
24 hours.
(iii)
The frequency of chlorite monitoring in the distribution
system may be reduced to one three-sample set per quarter if none of the entry
point or distribution system samples tested during the preceding 12 months
contained a chlorite concentration above 1.0 mg/L. A system must revert to
the monthly monitoring frequency if the chlorite concentration exceeds 1.0
mg/L in any sample.
(iv)
Public water systems that serve fewer than 10,000 people
are exempt from the requirements of this subsection until January 1, 2004
if the public water system signs and complies with the requirements set forth
by the executive director in a bilateral agreement.
(v)
Public water systems that serve at least 10,000 people
are exempt from the requirements of this subsection until January 1, 2002
if the public water system signs and complies with the requirements set forth
by the executive director in a bilateral agreement.
(3)
Analytical requirements for chlorite. Analytical
procedures required by this section shall be performed in accordance with
the requirements of §290.119 of this title (relating to Analytical Procedures).
(A)
The chlorite concentration of the water entering the distribution
system must be analyzed at a facility approved by the executive director.
The analysis must have a minimum accuracy of 0.05 mg/L and use one of the
following methods:
(i)
amperometric titration using a unit with platinum-platinum
electrodes; or
(ii)
ion chromatography.
(B)
Before January 1, 2002, systems using chlorine dioxide
in accordance with a bilateral compliance agreement with the executive director
must have the chlorite concentration of the water within the distribution
system analyzed using ion chromatography at a facility approved by the executive
director.
(C)
Beginning January 1, 2002, the chlorite concentration of
the water within the distribution system must be analyzed using ion chromatography
at a facility certified by the TDH Bureau of Laboratories.
(4)
Reporting requirements for chlorite. Public water
systems using chlorine dioxide shall properly complete and submit periodic
report to demonstrate compliance with this subsection.
(A)
Systems using chlorine dioxide must submit a Chlorine Dioxide
Monthly Operating Report within ten days after the end of each month. The
report must be submitted to the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission,
Water Permitting and Resource Management Division, P.O. Box 13087, MC 155,
Austin, Texas 78711-3087.
(B)
The results of all samples collected at points designated
in the monitoring plan must be reported.
(5)
Compliance determination for chlorite. Compliance
with the requirements of this subsection shall be based on the following criteria.
(A)
A public water system that fails to conduct the monitoring
tests required by this subsection commits a monitoring violation.
(B)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the monitoring tests required by this subsection commits a reporting violation.
(C)
A public water system commits an MCL violation if the arithmetic
average of any three-sample set collected in the distribution system exceeds
the MCL for chlorite.
(6)
Public notification requirements for chlorite.
A public water system that violates the requirements of this subsection must
notify the public drinking water program and the system's customers.
(A)
A public water system that violates the MCL for chlorite
shall notify the public drinking water program by the end of the next business
day and the customers in accordance with the requirements of §290.122(b)
of this title (relating to Public Notification).
(B)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this subsection must notify its customers of the violation in
accordance with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title.
(b)
Bromate. Community and nontransient, noncommunity public
water systems that use ozone must comply with the requirements of this subsection
beginning on January 1, 2002.
(1)
Maximum contaminant level for bromate. The concentration
of bromate at the entry point to the distribution system shall not exceed
an MCL of 0.010 mg/L.
(2)
Monitoring requirements for bromate. Each plant using
ozone must measure the bromate concentration in the water entering the distribution
system at least once each month. The monitoring frequency at the entry point
to the distribution system may not be reduced. Samples shall be collected
when the ozonation system is operating under normal conditions and at locations
and intervals specified in the system's monitoring plan.
(3)
Analytical requirements for bromate. Analytical procedures
required by this section shall be performed in accordance with §290.119
of this title (relating to Analytical Procedures). Testing for bromate shall
be performed at a laboratory certified by the TDH Bureau of Laboratories.
(4)
Compliance determination for bromate. Compliance with
the requirements of this subsection shall be determined using the following
criteria.
(A)
A system that fails to monitor in accordance with this
section commits a monitoring violation. Failure to monitor will be treated
as a violation for the entire period covered by the annual average.
(B)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the monitoring tests required by this subsection commits a reporting violation.
(C)
A public water system violates the MCL for bromate if,
at the end of any quarter, the running annual average of monthly averages,
computed quarterly, exceeds the maximum contaminant level specified in paragraph
(1) of this subsection.
(i)
All samples collected and analyzed in accordance with the
monitoring plan must be included when calculating each monthly average and
the running annual average, even if the total number of samples collected
during the month is greater than the minimum required.
(ii)
If a public water system fails to complete 12 consecutive
months of monitoring, compliance with the MCL for the last four-quarter compliance
period must be based on an average of the available data.
(iii)
If, during the first year of bromate monitoring, any
individual quarter's average will cause the running annual average of that
plant to exceed the MCL, the system is out of compliance at the end of that
quarter.
(5)
Public notification requirements for bromate.
A public water system that violates the requirements of this subsection must
notify the water system's customers and the public drinking water program.
(A)
A public water system that violates the MCL for bromate
shall notify the customers in accordance with the requirements of §290.122(b)
of this title (relating to Public Notification).
(B)
A public water system which fails to conduct the monitoring
required by this subsection must notify its customers of the violation in
accordance with the requirements of §290.122(c) of this title.
§290.115.Transition Rule for Disinfection By-products.
(a)
Applicability. All community and non-transient noncommunity
public water systems that serve at least 10,000 people must comply with the
requirements of this section.
(1)
A public water system that uses groundwater sources and
serves at least 10,000 people shall comply with this section until January
1, 2004.
(2)
A public water system that uses surface water sources
or groundwater sources that are under the direct influence of surface water
and serves at least 10,000 people shall comply with this section until January
1, 2002.
(b)
The maximum contaminant level (MCL) for total trihalomethanes
shall be 0.10 milligrams/liter. The MCL shall apply only to those systems
which serve a population of 10,000 or more individuals.
(c)
Sampling and analytical requirements for total trihalomethanes:
(1)
For the purpose of this section, the minimum number of
samples required to be taken shall be based on the number of treatment plants
used by the system, except that multiple wells drawing raw water from a single
aquifer shall be considered as one treatment plant for determining the minimum
number of samples. All samples taken within one sampling period shall be collected
within a 24-hour period.
(2)
For all community water systems utilizing surface
water sources in whole or in part, and for all water systems utilizing only
groundwater sources that have not been determined to qualify for the reduced
monitoring requirements of paragraph (4) of this subsection, analyses for
total trihalomethanes shall be performed on at least four samples of water
per quarter from each treatment plant used by the system. At least 25% of
the samples shall be taken at locations within the distribution system reflecting
the maximum residence time of the water in the system. The remaining 75% shall
be taken at representative locations in the distribution system, taking into
account number of persons served, different sources of water, and different
treatment methods employed. The results of all analyses per quarter shall
be arithmetically averaged and reported to the public drinking water program
within 30 days of the system's receipt of such results. All samples collected
shall be used in computing the average, unless the analytical results are
invalidated for technical reasons.
(3)
Upon the written request of a community water system,
the monitoring frequency required by paragraph (2) of this subsection may
be reduced by the public drinking water program to a minimum of one sample
analyzed for TTHMs per quarter taken at a point in the distribution system
reflecting the maximum residence time of the water in the system, upon a written
determination by the public drinking water program that the data from at least
one year of monitoring in accordance with paragraph (2) of this subsection
and local conditions demonstrate that total trihalomethane concentrations
will be consistently below the maximum contaminant level.
(A)
If at any time during which the reduced monitoring frequency
prescribed under this paragraph applies, the results from any analysis exceed
0.10 milligrams/liter of TTHMs and such results are confirmed by at least
one check sample taken promptly after such results are obtained, or if the
system makes any significant change to its source of water or treatment program,
the system shall immediately begin monitoring in accordance with the requirements
of paragraph (2) of this subsection.
(B)
If a system is required to begin monitoring in accordance
with paragraph (2) of this subsection, such monitoring shall continue for
at least one year before a reduction in monitoring frequency may be considered.
(4)
Upon the written request to the public drinking
water program, a community water system utilizing only groundwater sources
may seek to have the monitoring frequency reduced to a minimum of one sample
for maximum TTHM potential per year taken at a point in the distribution system
reflecting maximum residence time of the water in the system. The system shall
submit to the public drinking water program the results of at least one sample
analyzed for maximum TTHM potential taken at a point in the distribution system
reflecting the maximum residence time of the water in the system. The system's
monitoring frequency may only be reduced upon a written determination by the
public drinking water program that, based upon the data submitted by the system,
the system has a maximum TTHM potential of less than 0.10 milligrams/liter
and that, based upon an assessment of the local conditions of the system,
the system is not likely to approach or exceed the maximum contaminant level
for TTHM's. The results of all analyses shall be reported to the public drinking
water program within 30 days of the system's receipt of such results. All
samples collected shall be used for determining whether the system must comply
with the monitoring requirements of paragraph (2) of this subsection, unless
the analytical results are invalidated for technical reasons.
(A)
If at any time during which the reduced monitoring frequency
prescribed under this paragraph is in effect, the result from any analysis
taken by the system for the maximum TTHM potential is equal to or greater
than 0.10 milligrams/liter, and such results are confirmed by at least one
check sample taken promptly after such results are received, the system shall
begin immediately to monitor in accordance with the requirements of paragraph
(2) of this subsection.
(B)
If it becomes necessary to begin monitoring in accordance
with paragraph (2) of this subsection, such monitoring shall continue for
at least one year before the monitoring frequency may be reduced.
(C)
In the event of any significant change to the system's
raw water or treatment program, the system shall immediately analyze an additional
sample for maximum TTHM potential taken at a point in the distribution system
reflecting the maximum residence time of the water in the system for the purpose
of determining whether the system must comply with the monitoring requirement
of paragraph (2) of this subsection.
(5)
Compliance with the MCL of 0.10 milligrams/liter
for total trihalomethanes shall be determined based on a running annual average
of quarterly samples collected by the system as prescribed in paragraph (2)
of this subsection. If the average of samples covering any 12-month period
exceeds the maximum contaminant level, the supplier of water shall report
to the public drinking water program within 30 days and notify the public
as required under §290.122(b) of this title (relating to Public Notification).
Monitoring after public notification shall be at a frequency designated by
the public drinking water program and shall continue until a monitoring schedule
as a condition of a variance, exemption, or enforcement action shall become
effective.
(6)
Before a community water system makes any significant
modification to its existing treatment process for the purpose of achieving
compliance with this subsection, the system must submit and obtain approval
from the public drinking water program of a detailed plan setting forth its
proposed modifications and those safeguards that it will implement to ensure
that the bacteriological quality of the drinking water served by such system
will not be adversely affected by such modifications.
(7)
All analyses for determining compliance with the provisions
of this section shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures required
by the EPA.
§290.117.Regulation of Lead and Copper.
(a)
General requirements
(1)
Applicability--The requirements of this section apply to
community and nontransient noncommunity water systems. New water systems will
be required to meet the requirements of this section when notified by the
executive director.
(2)
Compliance--The water system is not in compliance
if it fails to meet any reporting, monitoring, public education, or other
requirement in this section relating to the regulation of lead and/or copper.
(A)
All applicable water systems shall determine compliance
based on monitoring and reporting requirements for lead and copper established
in this section or contained in 40 CFR §§141.85, 141.86, 141.87,
141.88, or 141.90.
(B)
Failure to satisfactorily conduct or satisfactorily report
any requirements of this section shall constitute a monitoring, reporting
or treatment technique violation and shall be a violation of these standards.
(3)
Action levels for lead and copper are 0.015 mg/l
and 1.3 mg/l respectively. The action levels are exceeded if the concentration
of lead and/or copper in more than 10% of the first draw tap water samples
collected during any monitoring period is greater that 0.015 mg/l for lead
or 1.3 mg/l for copper.
(b)
Site Selection and Material Survey
(1)
By the applicable date for commencement of tap sample monitoring,
each system shall complete a materials survey of its distribution system to
identify a pool of tap sampling sites that meet the requirements of this section.
All first draw tap samples are to be collected from this pool of sites. Sampling
sites may not include faucets that have point-of-use or point-of-entry treatment
devices.
(2)
Information for conducting a materials survey and
selecting sampling sites are provided to each system by the public drinking
water program before initial tap sampling is initiated in accordance with
the time schedule shown on Table Number 2, subsection (c)(8) of this section.
Procedural requirements set forth in 40 CFR §141.86 will be followed
for site selection activities except that reporting of tap sampling sites
to the public drinking water program shall be conducted using the materials
survey and site selection forms supplied by the executive director. Supplemental
explanatory correspondence from the system will be considered as part of the
materials survey document. Systems must make a good faith effort to conduct
a thorough and complete materials survey and submit a valid sample site selection
form before initial tap sampling may be conducted.
(c)
Tap sampling.
(1)
A first draw tap sample means a one-liter sample of tap
water collected from a cold water, frequently used interior tap, after the
water has been standing in the plumbing for at least six hours and is collected
without first flushing the tap. It is recommended that the water not be allowed
to stand in the plumbing for more than 18 hours prior to collection.
(2)
Sample collection may be conducted by either water
system personnel or the residents. If the resident is allowed to collect samples
for lead and copper monitoring, the water system must provide written instructions
for sample collection procedures and the system may not challenge, based on
alleged errors in the sample collection process, the accuracy of the sampling
results.
(3)
A water system shall collect each tap sample from
the same sampling site from which it collected a previous sample. If this
is not possible, written explanation to the public drinking water program
shall be provided. An alternate site from the system's sampling pool must
be selected which meets similar criteria and is within reasonable proximity
to the original site.
(4)
Monitoring approved by the executive director and
conducted by systems in addition to the minimum requirements of this section
shall be considered by the executive director in making any determination
of compliance.
(5)
Number of Tap Samples--Initial Monitoring--Systems
shall collect at least one set of tap samples during each of two consecutive
six-month monitoring periods.
(6)
The minimum number of sample sites required for initial
monitoring are listed in Table Number 1, as well as the number of sites required
of each system conducting reduced monitoring.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.117(c)(6)
(7)
Initial tap sampling shall be conducted only after
the executive director has determined that a system has successfully completed
a materials survey and has obtained approval of its sample site selection
form which is required to be submitted by subsection (b)(2) of this section.
(8)
The first six-month initial monitoring period begins
on the dates listed in Table Number 2.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.117(c)(8)
(d)
Computing 90th Percentile Lead and Copper Levels - Determination
of 90th percentile levels shall be obtained by ranking the results of lead
and copper samples collected during a monitoring period in ascending order
(lowest concentration equal sample Number 1; highest concentration equal sample
Number 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, etc), up to the total number of samples collected.
The number of samples collected during the monitoring period shall be multiplied
by 0.9 and the concentration of lead and copper in the numbered sample yielded
by this calculation is the 90th percentile sample contaminant level. The system
is in compliance with the lead and/or copper action levels if the 90th percentile
sample contaminant level is equal to or less than the action levels specified
in subsection (a)(2) of this section. For water systems serving fewer than
101 people, the 90th percentile level is computed by taking the average of
the highest two sample results.
(e)
Reduced tap monitoring.
(1)
The executive director shall notify each water system that
it is eligible for reduced monitoring of first draw tap samples if it is in
compliance with the 90th percentile lead and copper action levels after completion
of two six-month periods of initial tap sampling.
(2)
Reduced monitoring shall be conducted annually during
June, July, August, or September by collecting one set of samples from the
appropriate number of reduced monitoring sites, after notification.
(3)
The number of reduced monitoring sites required for
each system are found in Table Number 1 located in subsection (c)(6) of this
section, if not otherwise specified by the executive director.
(4)
If the system exceeds an action level for lead or
copper during any reduced monitoring period, it must follow public education
requirements applicable to action level exceedances during initial monitoring
found in subsection (g) of this section. It must also collect the remaining
number of samples as required for initial monitoring within 60 days. The results
of all samples related to reduced monitoring will be used to determine action
level exceedance. Should an exceedance of lead or copper action levels be
verified, then procedures of this section applicable to action level exceedances
during initial monitoring will be followed.
(5)
If after three annual periods of reduced monitoring
the system continues to be in compliance with the lead and copper action levels,
then the system will be notified to conduct reduced monitoring once every
three years.
(f)
Monitoring requirements for water quality parameters (WQP's)
and source water.
(1)
Water quality parameters.
(A)
All large water systems (serving populations greater than
50,000) are required to conduct water quality parameters (WQP) monitoring
beginning with the initial period of first draw tap samples and continuing
until corrosion control is optimized.
(B)
All medium and small systems (serving populations of 3,301
to 50,000 and less than 3,301, respectively) that exceed the lead or copper
action level shall conduct WQP monitoring beginning in the first calendar
quarter following the end of the period in which the exceedance of the lead
and/or copper action level took place and continue as long as the system exceeds
the lead or copper action level.
(C)
WQP monitoring shall be conducted quarterly for the following
parameters: pH; alkalinity; calcium; conductivity; water temperature; orthophosphate
(when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound is used); and silica (when
an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is used). Temperature and pH must
be measured at the sampling site at the same time of sample collection.
(D)
Large systems must conduct WQP monitoring at all entry
points and at the number of distribution sites specified in Table Number 3.
Small and medium systems that are required to conduct WQP monitoring must
monitor at all points of entry and at the required number of distribution
sites as shown in the Table Number 3.
Figure: 30 TAC §290.117(f)(1)(D)
(E)
WQP distribution sites (exclusive of entry points) may
be sites normally used for bacteriological monitoring and samples need not
be collected inside the home. These sites shall be representative of water
quality throughout the distribution system.
(F)
After corrosion control treatment is installed, water quality
parameters shall be measured at the initial number of distribution sites as
indicated in Table Number 3 quarterly and also at entry points biweekly.
(G)
WQP monitoring after corrosion control treatment is installed
shall be conducted for the following parameters: pH; alkalinity; orthophosphate
(when an inhibitor containing a phosphate compound is used); silica (when
an inhibitor containing a silicate compound is used); and calcium (when calcium
carbonate stabilization is used as part of the treatment). These parameters
must be measured at all points of entry and initial distribution sites.
(H)
Any water system that maintains the range of values for
WQP's reflecting optimum corrosion control as approved by the executive director
for one year may collect quarterly distribution samples at the reduced number
of distribution sites indicated in Table Number 3. WQP samples shall continue
to be measured at points of entry on a biweekly basis and results submitted
to the public drinking water program.
(I)
Any water system that reflects optimal corrosion control
treatment during three consecutive years may reduce the frequency at which
it collects distribution samples for applicable WQP's to annually.
(J)
Any water system that reflects optimal corrosion control
treatment during three consecutive years of annual WQP distribution monitoring
may reduce the frequency at which it collects the number of WQP distribution
samples for applicable WQP's to once every three years.
(K)
Water quality parameter testing must be conducted at a
laboratory that uses the methods described in 40 CFR §141.89, and it
is the responsibility of the water system to collect, submit and report these
values. If a water system fails to meet the WQP values or ranges specified
by the executive director, it is out of compliance with this section. WQP
values may be confirmed by the system in accordance with 40 CFR §141.82(g).
The state requires that the values be reported, but is not responsible for
supplying sample bottles and testing services to the water system.
(L)
Any water system subject to the reduced monitoring frequency
that fails to operate within the approved range of WQP values shall resume
distribution sampling in accordance with the number and frequency requirements
in subparagraph (F) of this paragraph.
(2)
Entry point water sampling.
(A)
Entry point water sampling for lead and copper shall be
conducted by systems that exceed the lead or copper action levels in order
to determine the lead or copper content of source water. Entry point water
samples shall be collected in accordance with the requirements of this section
regarding sample location, number of samples, and collection methods as specified
in §290.106 of this title (relating to Inorganic Contaminants) except
that one sample shall be collected from each entry point to the distribution
system (no compositing) within six months after notification of the exceedance
of the lead and/or copper action level. If acceptable entry point water data
is not available for large systems, the entry point water lead level shall
be considered as zero for purposes of determining whether a corrosion control
study is required.
(B)
The executive director shall complete an evaluation of
all entry point water sample results, along with the corrosion control study,
to determine if source water treatment is necessary. If source water treatment
is deemed necessary by the executive director, the system must install it
in accordance with the scheduling requirements specified in 40 CFR §141.83(a).
(C)
Any system that installs entry point water treatment shall
collect an additional round of source water samples as described in subparagraph
(A) of this paragraph during two consecutive six-month periods within 36 months
after source water treatment begins.
(D)
The monitoring frequency for lead and copper in source
water, after the executive director determines that source water treatment
is not required, or after the executive director has specified the maximum
permissible source water levels for lead and copper, shall be in accordance
with inorganic chemical monitoring practices and procedures as stated in §290.106
of this title (relating to Inorganic Contaminants).
(E)
Reduced source water monitoring procedures as specified
in 40 CFR §141.88(e) for lead and copper will be followed by the executive
director. Source water samples will be submitted by the water system in addition
to other inorganic chemical monitoring requirements of these standards.
(g)
Public education procedures.
(1)
A water system that exceeds the lead action level based
on first draw tap water sampling shall deliver to the public the public education
materials as listed in 40 CFR §141.85(a), in accordance with the requirements
stated in paragraphs (2) and (3) of this subsection.
(2)
A community water system must, within 60 days of notification
by the executive director:
(A)
Insert notices in each customer's utility bill that includes
the information in 40 CFR §141.85(a) and print the following alert on
the water bill itself or on a bill insert in large print: "SOME HOMES IN THIS
COMMUNITY HAVE ELEVATED LEAD LEVELS IN THEIR DRINKING WATER. LEAD CAN POSE
A SIGNIFICANT RISK TO YOUR HEALTH. PLEASE READ THE ENCLOSED NOTICE FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION.";
(B)
Submit the required information in 40 CFR §141.85(a)
to the editorial departments of the major local daily or weekly newspaper
circulated throughout the system;
(C)
Deliver pamphlets or brochures that contain the public
education materials as specified in 40 CFR §141.85(a)(2) and (4) to city
or county health departments, to public schools or local school boards, Women,
Infants and Children (WIC) or Head Start Programs when available, public and
private hospitals or clinics, pediatricians, family planning clinics, and
local welfare agencies, within their service area; and
(D)
Submit the public service announcement in 40 CFR §141.85(b)
to at least five radio or television stations broadcasting to the area served
by the water system.
(E)
A community water system must repeat the tasks contained
in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of this paragraph every 12 months and the
tasks listed in subparagraph (D) of this paragraph every six months for as
long as the system exceeds the action level.
(F)
Certain requirements of subparagraphs (C) and (D) of this
paragraph may be modified by the executive director if justified by local
circumstances.
(3)
A nontransient noncommunity water system must
within 60 days of notification by the executive director deliver the public
education materials in 40 CFR §141.85(c)(4) as follows:
(A)
post informational posters on lead in drinking water in
a public place or common area in each of the buildings served by the system;
(B)
distribute pamphlets or brochures on lead in drinking water
to each person served by the water system; and.
(C)
A nontransient noncommunity water system must repeat the
tasks contained in subparagraph (A) and (B) of this paragraph at least once
during each calendar year in which the system exceeds the lead action level.
(4)
A water system may discontinue delivery of public
education materials if the system has met the lead action level during the
most recent six-month monitoring period. Such a system shall recommence public
education in accordance with this section if it subsequently exceeds the lead
action level during any monitoring period.
(5)
A water system that fails to meet the lead action
level as stated in subsection (a)(3) of this section shall make available
to any customer who requests it, information as to how and where water samples
may be submitted for lead and copper analysis.
(h)
Corrosion control.
(1)
All applicable water systems shall install and operate
optimal corrosion control treatment, which means the corrosion control treatment
that minimizes lead and copper concentrations at users' taps while insuring
that the treatment does not cause the system to violate any other drinking
water standard.
(2)
Large water systems (serving greater than 50,000 people)
are required to conduct corrosion control studies unless they can demonstrate
that corrosion control is already optimized to the satisfaction of the executive
director. If required to conduct a corrosion control study, a large system
must complete it by July 1, 1994, and the executive director shall designate
optimal corrosion control treatment and parameters by January 1, 1995. The
system shall install corrosion control treatment by January 1, 1997. Large
systems that exceed lead and/or copper action levels must conduct a demonstration
study as described in paragraph (4)(B) of this subsection.
(3)
Small and medium water systems (serving fewer than
3,301 or serving between 3,301 and 50,000 people, respectively) are deemed
to have optimized corrosion control if the system meets the lead and copper
action levels during each of two consecutive six-month monitoring periods.
These systems will be required to conduct a desk-top corrosion control study
to optimize corrosion control if at anytime the 90th percentile action level
for lead and/or copper is exceeded. The study must be conducted and submitted
within 18 months after exceedance notification by the executive director for
medium-sized water systems and within 24 months after exceedance notification
for small water systems.
(4)
Performance for corrosion control studies.
(A)
Any public water system performing a corrosion control
study shall evaluate the effectiveness of each of the following treatments
(or combinations of treatments) to identify the optimal control treatment:
(i)
alkalinity and pH adjustments;
(ii)
calcium hardness adjustment; and
(iii)
addition of phosphate or silicate corrosion inhibitor.
(B)
The water system shall conduct this evaluation using either
pipe rig/loop tests, metal coupon tests, partial systems tests (demonstration
study), or analyses based on treatments in documented analogous systems (desk-top
study). Analogous system means a system of similar size, water chemistry,
and distribution system configuration.
(C)
The water system shall measure the parameters listed in
subsection (f)(1)(C) of this section.
(D)
On the basis of the evaluation stated in subparagraphs
(A) and (B) of this paragraph, the water system shall recommend to the public
drinking water program, in writing, the treatment option that constitutes
optimum corrosion control or treatment along with sufficient documentation
as required by the state to establish the validity of the evaluation procedure.
Operational WQP ranges shall be proposed to the state where applicable.
(E)
The executive director will, within six months after submittal
of the corrosion control study by the water system, review the study and designate
optimal corrosion control treatment and parameters.
(F)
The water system shall install optimal corrosion control
treatment within 24 months after the executive director designates optimal
corrosion control treatment and notifies the system.
(G)
Large systems that install corrosion control treatment
shall conduct first-draw lead and copper tap sample monitoring as an initial
monitoring during each of two consecutive six-month periods by January 1,
1998. Small and medium systems shall complete the above stated monitoring
within 36 months after the executive director designates optimal corrosion
control treatment. Small and medium systems are deemed to have optimized corrosion
control if action levels for lead and copper are not exceeded in two rounds
of subsequent tap sample monitoring. Large systems are deemed to have optimized
corrosion control if they have demonstrated through first-draw tap monitoring
conducted after treatment installation and water quality parameter sampling
conducted in compliance with standards set by the executive director for optimum
corrosion control that they are operating within executive director-designated
parameters.
(H)
Any system that has installed corrosion control treatment
and demonstrates optimal corrosion control and operates in compliance with
the executive director-designated optimal water quality parameters, may conduct
reduced tap sampling as described in subsection (e) of this section, when
written permission is granted by the executive director after the executive
director has evaluated all pertinent data. Systems that do not meet the action
levels for lead and copper after installing corrosion control treatment must
continue to operate in accordance with WQP requirements established by the
executive director and follow procedures specified in subsection (e)(4) of
this section.
(I)
The executive director may modify, upon his own initiative
or in response to a water system request or a request from interested parties,
his designated corrosion control treatment or parameters. The request and
executive director response pursuant to modification shall be in writing.
(5)
Optimization of corrosion control.
(A)
Any water system may be deemed by the executive director
to have optimized corrosion control treatment if the system demonstrates,
to the satisfaction of the executive director, that it has conducted activities
equivalent to the corrosion control steps listed in paragraph (4) of this
subsection.
(B)
Any large water system is deemed to have optimized corrosion
control if it submits results of lead and copper tap water monitoring and
entry point water monitoring in accordance with this section which demonstrates
for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods that the 90th percentile
tap sample lead level is less than 0.005 mg/l.
(i)
Lead service line replacement.
(1)
Systems that fail to meet the lead action level in first-draw
tap sampling after installing corrosion control and/or source water treatment
(whichever occurs last) shall immediately begin to replace annually 7% of
the lead service lines identified during its materials survey process unless
otherwise instructed by the executive director.
(2)
If the system is in violation for failure to install
source water or corrosion control treatment, the executive director may require
the system to commence lead service line replacement after the date by which
the system was required to conduct follow-up monitoring as specified in subsection
(h)(4)(G) of this section.
(3)
The water system shall replace the entire service
line (up to the building inlet) unless it demonstrates to the satisfaction
of the executive director in writing that it controls less than the entire
service line. The written statement must indicate that the water system has
none of the following forms of control over the service line: municipal ordinances;
public service contracts or applicable legal authority; authority to set standards
for construction; repair or maintenance; or ownership. In such a case, the
system shall replace that portion of the lead service line that it controls
and notify the owner that it will also replace the building owner's portion
of the line. The system is not required to bear the cost of replacing the
building owner's portion of the line.
(4)
Lead service line means a service line which is made
all or in part of lead and connects the water main to the building inlet including
any lead pigtail, gooseneck, or other fitting which is connected to such line.
(5)
The system may cease replacing lead service lines
whenever subsequent 90th percentile first-draw-tap sampling in two consecutive
monitoring periods is less than the lead action level. Lead service line replacement
shall immediately resume if first-draw-tap samples exceed the 90th percentile
lead action/level.
(j)
Analytical and sample preservation methods
(1)
Analysis for lead and copper shall be conducted using methods
stated in 40 CFR §141.89, in laboratories certified by the Texas Department
of Health Bureau of Laboratories. Analysis for pH, conductivity, calcium,
alkalinity, or the phosphate, silica, and temperature may be conducted in
any laboratory utilizing EPA methods prescribed in 40 CFR §141.89.
(2)
The Practical Quantitation Limits (PQL) and the Method
Detection Limits (MDL) shall be as stated in 40 CFR §141.89.
(3)
The executive director has the authority to allow
the use of previously collected monitoring data if the data were collected
in accordance with 40 CFR §141.89.
(4)
All lead levels measured between the PQL and the MDL
must be reported as measured, and all lead levels measured below the MDL must
be reported as zero.
(5)
First-draw-tap samples must be received in the laboratory
within 14 days after the collection date along with correctly completed laboratory
submission forms supplied by the executive director.
(6)
Bottles supplied by the executive director or the
certified laboratory must be used for collecting the tap samples.
(k)
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
(1)
Reporting requirements.
(A)
Report all results of Water Quality Parameter (WQP) analyses
including the location/address of each distribution system sampling point.
This report must include each WQP specified in subsection (f) of this section,
as well as all sample results from entry points to the distribution system.
(B)
Where applicable, the first draw tap monitoring shall be
reported within ten days following the end of each monitoring period as specified
by the executive director. (Analysis results from the TDH laboratory are normally
provided simultaneously to the water system and the executive director.) The
water system's report shall include an explanation as to why a sampling site
was changed from the previous round of sampling, if applicable.
(C)
As part of the site selection form, each water system shall
justify the selection of sites other than Tier 1 sampling sites as defined
on the site selection form and, if lead service lines are present, why the
system was not able to locate a sufficient number to make up at least 50%
of its required number of sampling sites, should this condition arise.
(D)
Where applicable, the system must certify that source water
treatment has been installed as recommended by the executive director and
that installation was done in accordance with the specified time requirements.
(E)
Where applicable, the water system must certify that lead
service lines have been replaced in accordance with directives of the executive
director and in accordance with time schedules specified in subsection (i)
of this section.
(F)
Where applicable, the water system must provide copies
of public education materials and certification that distribution of said
materials is being conducted in accordance with subsection (g) of this section.
(G)
When required by the executive director, the system must
report any sampling data collected by the water system in addition to the
items listed in subparagraph (A)-(F) of this paragraph.
(H)
Corrosion control treatment data shall be reported as required
by the executive director for systems that:
(i)
have demonstrated optimum corrosion control;
(ii)
are required to specify optimum corrosion control treatment
(as part of the corrosion control study);
(iii)
install corrosion control treatment as designated by
the executive director; and
(iv)
are required to evaluate effectiveness of corrosion control
treatments.
(2)
Recordkeeping requirements. Records of all
sampling site data, sample submission forms, analysis results, reports, surveys,
letters, evaluations, schedules, executive director recommendations, requirements
or determinations, and any other information deemed appropriate by the water
system shall be retained by the water system for a minimum of 12 years. These
records include, but are not limited to, the following items:
(A)
tap water monitoring results including the location of
each site and date of collection;
(B)
certification of the volume and validity of first-draw-tap
sample criteria via a copy of the laboratory analysis request form;
(C)
where residents collected the sample, certification that
the water system informed the resident of proper sampling procedures;
(D)
the analytical results for lead and copper concentrations
(provided to each system by the executive director) at each tap sample site;
and
(E)
designation of any substitute site not used in previous
monitoring periods.
§290.118.Secondary Constituent Levels.
(a)
Applicability for secondary constituents. The requirements
for secondary constituents apply to all public water systems. Water that does
not meet the secondary constituent levels may not be used for public drinking
water without written approval from the executive director. When drinking
water that does not meet the secondary constituent levels is accepted for
use by the executive director, such acceptance is valid only until such time
as water of acceptable chemical quality can be made available at reasonable
cost to the area(s) in question.
(b)
Secondary constituent levels. The maximum secondary constituent
levels are as follows
Figure: 30 TAC §290.118(b)
(c)
Analytical requirements for secondary constituents. All
analyses for determining compliance with the provisions of this subsection
shall be conducted in accordance with §290.119 of this title (relating
to Analytical Procedures) at a facility certified by the Texas Department
of Health Bureau of Laboratories.
(d)
Reporting requirements for secondary constituents. Any
owner or operator of a public water system subject to the provisions of this
section is required to report to the executive director the results of any
test, measurement, or analysis required to be made by this section within
ten days following such test, measurement, or analysis.
(e)
Compliance determination for secondary constituents. Compliance
with the requirements of this subsection shall be based on the following criteria:
(1)
A public water system that fails to conduct the monitoring
tests required by this subsection commits a monitoring violation;
(2)
A public water system that fails to report the results
of the monitoring tests required by this subsection commits a reporting violation;
and
(3)
A public water system that exceeds the secondary constituent
levels in subsection (b) of this section commits a violation.
(f)
Public notification for secondary constituents. Public
notification must be consistent with the requirements of §290.122 of
this title (relating to Public Notification).
(1)
Community and nontransient, noncommunity water systems
that exceed the secondary maximum constituent level for fluoride but are below
the maximum constituent level listed in §290.106 of this title (relating
to Inorganic Constituents) must notify the public. The notice must be made
annually by including it with the water bill or by separate mailing to all
customers. The form and content of the notice shall be as prescribed by the
executive director.
(2)
If a system exceeds the secondary constituent levels,
notice must be given to new customers and in the annual consumer confidence
report.
§290.119.Analytical Procedures.
(a)
Acceptable laboratories. Samples collected to determine
compliance with the requirements of this subchapter shall be analyzed at certified
or approved laboratories.
(1)
Samples used to determine compliance with the MCLs, and
action levels requirements of this subchapter must be analyzed by a laboratory
certified by the Texas Department of Health Bureau of Laboratories. These
samples include:
(A)
compliance samples for SOCs;
(B)
compliance samples for VOCs;
(C)
compliance samples for inorganic contaminants;
(D)
compliance samples for radiological contaminants;
(E)
compliance samples for microbial contaminants;
(F)
compliance samples for TTHM;
(G)
compliance samples for HAA5;
(H)
compliance samples for chlorite;
(I)
compliance samples for bromate; and
(J)
compliance samples for lead and copper.
(2)
Samples used to determine compliance with the
treatment technique requirements and maximum residual disinfectant levels
of this subchapter must be analyzed by a laboratory approved by the executive
director. These samples include:
(A)
compliance samples for turbidity treatment technique requirements;
(B)
compliance samples for the chlorine MRDL;
(C)
compliance samples for the chlorine dioxide MRDL;
(D)
compliance samples for the combined chlorine (chloramine)
MRDL;
(E)
compliance samples for the disinfection by-product precursor
treatment technique requirements, including alkalinity, total organic carbon,
and specific ultraviolet absorbance;
(F)
samples used to monitor chlorite levels at the point of
entry to the distribution system; and
(G)
samples used to determine pH.
(3)
Non-compliance tests, such as control tests taken
to operate the system, may be run in the plant or at a laboratory of the system's
choice.
(b)
Acceptable analytical methods. Methods of analysis shall
be as specified in 40 Code of Federal Regulations or by any alternative analytical
technique as specified by the executive director and approved by the Administrator
under 40 CFR §141.27. Copies are available for review in the Water Permitting
and Resource Management Division, MC-155, Texas Natural Resource Conservation
Commission, P. O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087. The following National
Primary Drinking Water Regulations set forth in Title 40 CFR are adopted by
reference:
(1)
section 141.21(f) for microbiological analyses;
(2)
section 141.22(a) for turbidity analyses;
(3)
section 141.23(f) for inorganic analyses;
(4)
Section 141.24(e), (f), and (g) for organic analyses;
(5)
section 141.25 for radionuclide analyses;
(6)
section 141.131(b) for disinfection by-product analyses;
(7)
section 141.131(c) for disinfectant analyses;
(8)
section 141.131(d) for alkalinity analyses, specific
ultraviolet absorbance analyses, and pH analyses; and
(9)
section 141.89 for lead and copper analyses and for
water quality parameter analyses that are performed as part of the requirements
for lead and copper.
(c)
Process control tests. Process control tests may be conducted
by the operator of the system to judge variations in water quality, to identify
objectionable water characteristics, and to detect the presence of foreign
substances which may adversely affect the potability of the water. These control
tests shall be performed in accordance with procedures approved by the executive
director. Operators of water treatment plants at all public water systems
utilizing coagulation, settling, softening or filtration shall perform daily
chemical control tests on the filtered water for turbidity, pH, alkalinity
and chlorine residuals; list results on the Monthly Report of Water Works
Operation and submit a copy to the public drinking water program after each
month of operation in accordance with §290.46(f) of this title (relating
to Minimum Acceptable Operating Practices for Public Drinking Water Systems).
§290.121.Monitoring Plans.
(a)
Applicability. All public water systems shall maintain
an up-to-date chemical and microbiological monitoring plan. Monitoring plans
are subject to the review and approval of the executive director. A copy of
the monitoring plan must be maintained at each water treatment plant and at
a central location.
(b)
Monitoring plan requirements. The monitoring plan shall
identify all sampling locations, describe the sampling frequency, and specify
the analytical procedures and laboratories that the public water system will
use to comply with the monitoring requirements of this subchapter.
(1)
Monitoring locations. The monitoring plan shall include
information on the location of all required sampling points in the system.
Required sampling locations for regulated chemicals are provided in §290.106
of this title (relating to Inorganic Contaminants), §290.107 of this
title (relating to Organic Contaminants), §290.108 of this title (relating
to Radiological Sampling and Analytical Requirements), §290.109 of this
title (relating to Microbial Contaminants), §290.110 of this title (relating
to Disinfectant Residuals), §290.111 of this title (relating to Turbidity), §290.112
of this title (relating to Total Organic Carbon (TOC)), §290.113 of this
title (relating to Disinfection By- products (TTHM and HAA5), §290.114
of this title (relating to Disinfection By-products other than TTHM and HAA5), §290.115
of this title (relating to Transition Rule for Disinfection By-products), §290.117
of this title (relating to Regulation of Lead and Copper), and §290.118
of this title (relating to Secondary Constituent Levels).
(A)
The location of each sampling site at a treatment plant
or pump station must be designated on a plant schematic. The plant schematic
must show all water pumps, flow meters, unit processes, chemical feed points,
and chemical monitoring points.
(B)
Each point of entry to the distribution system shall be
identified in the monitoring plan as follows:
(i)
a written description of the physical location of each
point of entry to the distribution system shall be provided; or
(ii)
the location of each point of entry shall be indicated
clearly on a distribution system or treatment plant schematic.
(C)
The address of each sampling site in the distribution system
shall be included in the monitoring plan or the location of each distribution
system sampling site shall be designated on a distribution system schematic.
The distribution system schematic shall clearly indicate the following:
(i)
the location of all pump stations in the distribution system;
(ii)
the location of all ground and elevated storage tanks
in the distribution system; and
(iii)
the location of all chemical feed points in the distribution
system.
(D)
The system must revise its monitoring plan if changes to
a plant or distribution system require changes to the sampling locations.
(2)
Monitoring frequency. The monitoring plan must
include a written description of sampling frequency and schedule.
(A)
The monitoring plan must include a list of all routine
samples required on a daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annual basis
and identify the sampling location where the samples will be collected.
(B)
The system must maintain a current record of the sampling
schedule.
(3)
The monitoring plan must identify the analytical
procedures that will be used to perform each of the required analyses.
(4)
The monitoring plan must identify all laboratory facilities
that may be used to analyze samples required by this chapter.
(5)
The monitoring plan shall include a written description
of the methods used to calculate compliance with all MCLs and treatment techniques
that apply to the system.
(c)
Reporting requirements. All public water systems shall
maintain a copy of the current monitoring plan at each treatment plant and
at a central location. The system must update the monitoring plan when the
system's sampling requirements or protocols change.
(1)
Public water systems that treat surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water and serve greater than 3,300 people
must submit a copy of the monitoring plan to the public drinking water program
by January 1, 2001.
(2)
Public water systems that treat surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water and serve 3,300 people or fewer
must submit a copy of the monitoring plan to the public drinking water program
by January 1, 2003.
(3)
Public water systems that treat groundwater and serve
at least 10,000 people must submit a copy of the monitoring plan to the public
drinking water program by January 1, 2004.
(4)
All water systems must provide the public drinking
water program with any revisions to the plan upon request.
(d)
Compliance determination. Compliance with the requirements
of this section shall be determined using the following criteria.
(1)
A public water system that fails to submit an administratively
complete monitoring plan by the required date or fails to submit updates to
a plan upon request commits a reporting violation.
(2)
A public water system that fails to maintain an up-to-date
monitoring plan commits a monitoring violation.
(e)
Public notification. A system that commits a violation
described in §290.122(d) of this title (relating to Public Notification)
shall notify its customers of the violation in the next consumer confidence
report that is issued by the system.
§290.122.Public Notification.
(a)
Public notification requirements for acute violations.
The owner or operator of a public water system must notify persons served
by their system of any MCL or treatment technique violation that poses an
acute threat to public health. Each notice required by this section must provide
a clear and readily understandable explanation of the violation, any potential
adverse health effects, the population at risk, the steps that the public
water system is taking to correct such violation, the necessity for seeking
alternative water supplies, if any, and any preventive measures the consumer
should take until the violation is corrected.
(1)
Violations that pose an acute threat to public health include:
(A)
A violation of the acute MCL for microbial contaminants
as defined in §290.109(f)(1) of this title (relating to Microbial Contaminants);
(B)
A treated water turbidity level above 5.0 NTU in the combined
filter effluent of a treatment plant that is treating surface water or groundwater
under the direct influence of surface water;
(C)
A violation of the MCL for nitrate or nitrite as defined
in §290.106(b) of this title (relating to Inorganic Contaminants);
(D)
A violation of the acute MRDL for chlorine dioxide as defined
in §290.110(f)(5)(A) or §290.110(f)(5)(B) of this title (relating
to Disinfectant Residuals); and
(E)
Other violations deemed by the executive director to pose
an acute risk to human health.
(2)
The public notice for an acute MCL and treatment
technique violation shall include the contaminant- specific language contained
in 40 CFR §141.32 and other pertinent information specified by the executive
director.
(A)
The owner or operator of a system with an acute microbiological
or turbidity violation as described in paragraph (1)(A) and (B) of this subsection
shall include a boil water notice issued in accordance with the requirements
of §290.46(s) of this title (relating to Minimum Acceptable Operating
Practices for Public Drinking Water Systems).
(B)
Each notice shall be conspicuous and shall not contain
unduly technical language, unduly small print, or similar items that frustrate
the purpose of the notice.
(C)
Each notice shall include the telephone number of the owner,
operator, or designee of the public water system as a source of additional
information concerning the notice.
(D)
Where appropriate, the notice shall be multilingual.
(3)
The acute public notice and boil water notice
required by paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection shall be issued as soon as
possible but in no case later than 24 hours after the violation is identified.
The initial public notice for other acute MCL or treatment technique violations
shall be issued as soon as possible but in no case later than 72 hours after
the violation is identified. The initial public notice for an acute violation
shall be issued in the following manner.
(A)
The owner or operator of a community water system shall
furnish a copy of the notice to the radio and television stations serving
the area served by the public water system.
(B)
The owner or operator of a community water system shall
publish the notice in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the area
served by the system. If the area is not served by a daily newspaper of general
circulation, notice shall instead be issued by hand delivery or by continuous
posting in conspicuous places within the area served by the system.
(C)
The owner or operator of a noncommunity water system shall
issue the notice violation by hand delivery or by continuously posting the
notice in conspicuous places within the area served by the system.
(4)
The owner or operator of a system required to
issue an initial notice for an acute MCL or treatment technique violation
shall issue additional notices. The additional public notices for acute violations
shall be issued in the following manner.
(A)
Not later than 45 days after the violation, the owner or
operator of a community water system shall notify persons served by the system
using mail (by direct mail or with the water bill) or hand delivery. The executive
director may waive mail or hand delivery if it is determined that the violation
was corrected within the 45-day period. The executive director must make the
waiver in writing and within the 45-day period.
(B)
The owner or operator of a community water system must
issue a notice at least once every three months by mail delivery (by direct
mail or with the water bill) or by hand delivery, for as long as the violation
exists.
(C)
If the owner or operator of a noncommunity water system
issued the initial notice by continuous posting, posting must continue for
as long as the violation exists. If the owner or operator of a noncommunity
water system issued the initial notice by hand delivery, notice by hand delivery
must be repeated at least every three months for as long as the violation
exists.
(5)
The owner or operator of the public water system
must issue a notice when the public water system has corrected the acute violation.
This notice must be issued in the same manner as the original notice was issued.
(b)
Public notification requirements for other MCL or treatment
technique violations. The owner or operator of a public water system must
notify persons served by their system of any MCL or treatment technique violation
other than those described in subsection (a)(1) of this section. Each notice
required by this section must provide a clear and readily understandable explanation
of the violation, any potential adverse health effects, the population at
risk, the steps that the public water system is taking to correct such violation,
the necessity for seeking alternative water supplies, if any, and any preventive
measures the consumer should take until the violation is corrected.
(1)
The violation notice for an MCL or treatment technique
violation shall include the contaminant-specific language contained in 40
CFR §141.32 and other pertinent information specified by the executive
director.
(A)
Each notice shall be conspicuous and shall not contain
unduly technical language, unduly small print, or similar items that frustrate
the purpose of the notice.
(B)
Each notice shall include the telephone number of the owner,
operator, or designee of the public water system as a source of additional
information concerning the notice.
(C)
Where appropriate, the notice shall be multilingual.
(2)
The initial public notice for an MCL or treatment
technique violation that does not pose an immediate threat to public health
must be issued as soon as possible but in no case later than 14 days after
the violation is identified. The initial public notice shall be issued in
the following manner.
(A)
The owner or operator of a community water system shall
publish the notice in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the area
served by the system. If the area served by the public water system is not
served by a daily newspaper of general circulation, the notice shall be published
in a weekly newspaper of general circulation serving the area. If the area
is not served by a either a daily or weekly newspaper of general circulation,
notice shall instead be issued by hand delivery or by continuous posting in
conspicuous places within the area served by the system.
(B)
The owner or operator of a noncommunity water system shall
issue the notice by hand delivery or by continuously posting the notice in
conspicuous places within the area served by the system.
(3)
The owner or operator of a system required to
issue an initial violation notice shall issue additional notices. The additional
notices shall be issued in the following manner.
(A)
Not later than 45 days after the violation, the owner or
operator of a community water system shall notify persons served by the system
using mail (by direct mail or with the water bill) or hand delivery. The executive
director may waive mail or hand delivery if it is determined the violation
was corrected within the 45-day period. The executive director must make the
waiver in writing and within the 45-day period.
(B)
The owner or operator of a community water system must
issue a notice at least once every three months by mail delivery (by direct
mail or with the water bill) or by hand delivery, for as long as the violation
exists.
(C)
If the owner or operator of a noncommunity water system
issued the initial notice by continuously posting the notice, the posting
must continue for as long as the violation exists. If the owner or operator
of a noncommunity water system issued the initial notice by hand delivery,
notice by hand delivery must be repeated at least every three months for as
long as the violation exists.
(4)
The owner or operator of the public water system
must issue a notice when the public water system has corrected the violation.
This notice must be issued in the same manner as the original notice was issued.
(c)
Public notification requirements for other violations,
variances, exemptions. The owner or operator of a public water system which
fails to perform monitoring required by these standards, fails to comply with
a testing procedure established by this chapter, or is subject to a variance
or exemption granted under §290.102(b) of this title (relating to General
Applicability) shall notify persons served by the system.
(1)
Each notice required by this section must provide a clear
and readily understandable explanation of any violation variance, or exemption,
any potential adverse health effects, the population at risk, the steps that
the public water system is taking to correct such violation, the necessity
for seeking alternative water supplies, if any, and any preventive measures
the consumer should take until the violation is corrected.
(A)
Each notice shall be conspicuous and shall not contain
unduly technical language, unduly small print, or similar items that frustrate
the purpose of the notice.
(B)
Each notice shall include the telephone number of the owner,
operator, or designee of the public water system as a source of additional
information concerning the notice.
(C)
Where appropriate, the notice shall be multilingual.
(2)
The initial public notice issued pursuant to
this section shall be issued within three months of the violation or the granting
of a variance or exemption. The initial public notice shall be issued in the
following manner.
(A)
The owner or operator of a community water system shall
publish the notice in a daily newspaper of general circulation in the area
served by the system. If the area served by the public water system is not
served by a daily newspaper of general circulation, the notice shall instead
be published in a weekly newspaper of general circulation serving the area.
If the area is not served by a either a daily or weekly newspaper of general
circulation, notice shall instead be given by hand delivery or by continuous
posting in conspicuous places within the area served by the system.
(B)
The owner or operator of a noncommunity water system shall
issue the notice by hand delivery or by continuously posting the notice in
conspicuous places within the area served by the system.
(3)
The owner or operator of a system required to
issue an initial violation notice shall issue additional notices. The additional
notices shall be issued in the following manner.
(A)
The owner or operator of a community water system shall
issue repeat notices at least once every three months by mail delivery (by
direct mail or with the water bill) or by hand delivery, for as long as the
violation exists or variance or exemption remains in effect.
(B)
If the owner or operator of a noncommunity water system
issued the initial notice by continuously posting the notice, the posting
must continue for as long as the violation exists. If the owner or operator
of a noncommunity water system issued the initial notice by hand delivery,
notice by hand delivery must be repeated at least every three months for as
long as the violation exists.
(4)
The owner or operator of the public water system
must issue a notice when the public water system has corrected the violation.
This notice must be issued in the same manner as the original notice was issued.
(d)
Notice to new billing units. The owner or operator of a
community water system must give a copy of the most recent public notice for
any outstanding violation of any maximum contaminant level, or any treatment
technique requirement, or any variance or exemption schedule to all new billing
units or new hookups prior to or at the time service begins.
(e)
Proof of public notification. Example copies of all notifications
required under this paragraph must be submitted to the executive director
within ten days of its distribution as proof of public notification.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 10, 2000.
TRD-200002539
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Earliest possible date of adoption: May 21, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-6087
The Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (commission) proposes
amendments to §293.11, concerning Information Required To Accompany Applications
for Creation of Districts; §293.12, concerning Creation Notice Actions
and Requirements; §293.32, concerning Qualifications of Directors; §293.33,
concerning Commission Appointment of Directors; §293.42, concerning Submitting
of Documents; §293.44, concerning Special Considerations; §293.46,
concerning Construction Prior to Commission Approval; §293.47, concerning
Thirty Percent of District Construction Costs To Be Paid by Developer; §293.48,
concerning Street and Water, Wastewater and Drainage Utility (Street and Utility)
Construction by Developer; §293.51, concerning Land and Easement Acquisition; §293.54,
concerning Bond Anticipation Notes (BAN); §293.59, concerning Economic
Feasibility of Project; §293.88, concerning Petition for Authorization
To Proceed in Federal Bankruptcy; §293.97, concerning Adoption of Fiscal
Year and Operating Budget; §293.131, concerning Authorization for Dissolution
of Water District by the Commission; and §293.143, concerning Application
Requirements for Standby Fees to be Used to Supplement the Operation and Maintenance
Fund.
The commission also proposes the repeal of §293.96, concerning Miscellaneous
Reports to be Submitted to the Executive Director.
EXPLANATION OF PROPOSED RULES
The purpose of the proposed amendments to Chapter 293 is to establish new
requirements relating to the administration of water districts and the commission's
supervision over their actions under Chapters 49, 51, 53, and 65 of the Texas
Water Code, as amended by House Bill (HB) 846 and HB 1069, 76th Legislature,
1999. Specifically, the rule amendments would allow sewer service corporations
to petition for conversion to a special utility district; clarify other rules
related to district creation; update the qualifications for directors of fresh
water supply districts; adopt procedures for commission appointment of district
directors to fill positions that have been vacant for more than 90 days; adopt
procedures for expedited review of certain bond applications; revise provisions
concerning reimbursement for district project costs; add provisions to allow
districts to pay certain costs related to federal stormwater permits, endangered
species permits, and flood plain and wetlands regulation; allow developers
to satisfy the financial guarantee requirement with an escrow of funds in
the name of the district; revise rules related to bond feasibility analysis;
increase the water and wastewater rates a district must be charging before
it qualifies for commission approval of standby fees to supplement its operation
and maintenance fund; repeal or delete unnecessary rules; and correct and
clarify the rules.
BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF THE FACTUAL BASIS FOR THE PROPOSED RULES
The commission has the statutory duty and responsibility to create, supervise,
and dissolve certain water and water related districts and to approve the
issuance and sale of bonds for district improvements in accordance with the
Texas Water Code. Chapter 293, entitled "Water Districts," governs the creation,
supervision, and dissolution of all general and special law districts and
governs the conversion of districts into municipal utility districts. There
are approximately 1,300 water districts in Texas which are overseen by the
commission. Chapter 293 provides the rules which govern the review of bonds
for engineering standards and economic feasibility of applications in order
to assure that construction projects are designed and completed with the proper
approvals, thereby ensuring quality service. The chapter is also important
because it ensures that bond funds are used for the benefit of the residents
of the districts and that proceeds from bond issues are used to promote a
district's intended purpose.
In 1989, after many water districts were found to be in financial distress
or bankruptcy and could not meet debt obligations, the commission adopted
its feasibility rules to protect the integrity of the water district bonds
and to prevent further defaults. These proposed rules clarify provisions in
order to further protect the integrity of the water district bonds.
Changes have also been proposed to amend Chapter 293 as a result of HB
846 and HB 1069. First, HB 846 amends provisions in Chapters 36, 49, and 53
of the Texas Water Code relating to the administration, management, operation,
and authority of water districts and authorities. The proposed amendments
to Chapter 293 implement provisions of HB 846 that authorize the commission
to appoint directors to fill positions on district boards that have been vacated
for more than 90 days, revise statutory provisions concerning types of expenses
that districts may finance, and revise the qualifications for directors of
fresh water supply districts. The other portions of HB 846 do not require
changes to the commission's rules.
HB 1069 eliminates the requirement in Chapter 65 of the Texas Water Code
that a water supply corporation (WSC) must have been providing service prior
to January 1, 1985 in order to be eligible to convert to a special utility
district (SUD). No changes to the commission's rules were necessary to implement
this statutory change. HB 1069 also amends Texas Water Code, Chapter 65, to
allow sewer service corporations, as well as water supply corporations, to
convert to SUDs. There are currently approximately 900 WSCs operating in the
state.
SECTION BY SECTION DISCUSSION
The following paragraphs describe the proposed amendments to and the repeal
in Chapter 293.
The proposed amendments to §293.11(h) implement HB 1069, which amended
Chapter 65 of the Texas Water Code to allow sewer service corporations, along
with water supply corporations, to petition the commission for conversion
to a special utility district. The proposed amendments also clarify the section.
Section 293.12(a) is proposed to be amended to specify that the commission
may also approve the creation of single county water control and improvement
districts if additional powers are requested that are not otherwise available
from the county, as provided by Texas Water Code, §51.333. Section 293.12(b)
is proposed to be amended to provide that notice of an application to create
a district must be posted on a bulletin board used for posting legal notice
in each county where the proposed district is to be located, not later than
30 days before the commission may act on the application. Additional changes
are proposed in §293.12 for compatibility with
Texas Register
formatting requirements.
Section 293.32(a) is proposed to be amended to provide the qualifications
for a director of a fresh water supply district under Texas Water Code, §53.063,
as amended by HB 846, and to clarify the section.
The title of §293.33 is proposed to be amended from "Commission Appointment
of Directors" to "Commission Appointment of Directors to Fill Vacancies" in
order to specify that the section applies to the appointment of directors
to fill vacancies on district boards. The procedures for the appointment of
directors at the time of a district's creation are provided in §293.11
and §293.13. Section 293.33 is proposed to be amended to provide the
circumstances under which the commission may appoint directors to fill vacancies;
to identify which procedures apply to a request for appointment of a director
or directors as a result of the number of board members being to reduced to
less than a quorum; and to implement Texas Water Code, §49.105(c), as
amended by HB 846, by adding procedures to request appointment of a director
to fill a position that has been vacant for more than 90 days.
The title of §293.42 is proposed to be changed from "Submitting of
Documents" to "Submitting of Documents and Order of Review" in order to more
accurately reflect the subject matter of the section. Section 293.42(b) is
proposed to be added to allow for the expedited review of bond applications
that are submitted after the district meets certain criteria indicating its
financial soundness and that fully comply with the commission's feasibility
rules. Section 293.42(c) is proposed to be added to allow for the expedited
review of non-developer bond applications for districts that are near full
development and have a low tax rate. Proposed §293.42(d) provides that
an application that does not meet the requirements for expedited review as
initially submitted must be withdrawn and resubmitted with an additional filing
fee in order to qualify for expedited review. Proposed §293.42(e) sets
out the applicability of the expedited review processes to applications pending
on the effective date of the rule changes.
The proposed amendments to §293.44(a)(3), relating to developer reimbursements
from bond proceeds, would clarify language in the rule for ease of interpretation
without changing the intent. If adopted, the proposed amendments to §293.44(a)(9)
and (10) would add language to clarify that §293.47, relating to developers'
30% contribution, applies. The proposed amendments to §293.44(a)(12)
would clarify the criteria for determining what portion of the costs for combined
lake and detention facilities a district may pay. The proposed amendment to §293.44(a)(13)
would correct a grammatical error and clarify the rule so that all districts
are allowed to fund a pro rata share of bridges and culverts which further
the district's purposes. The existing rule allows only two types of districts
created prior to September 1, 1989 to fund these costs. A new §293.44(a)(21)
is proposed to be added to allow districts to finance certain costs associated
with flood plain and wetlands regulation.
The proposed new §293.44(a)(22) and (23) implement amendments to Texas
Water Code, §49.155 made by HB 846. The revised statute allows districts
to pay for costs associated with requirements for federal stormwater permits
and endangered species permits. The new §293.44(a)(22), as proposed,
would provide that if a district finances costs associated with endangered
species permits, the costs must be divided equally between the district and
the developer, with the district's share further subject to the developer's
30% contribution under §293.47. The commission also invites comments
on three alternative approaches to address this issue. The first would be
to require that costs associated with endangered species permits be divided
equally between the district and the developer, but with the district's share
not subject to the developer's 30% contribution. The second alternative would
be to allow a district to finance only that portion of endangered species
permit costs attributable to the development of water plants, wastewater treatment
plants, pump and lift stations, detention/retention facilities, drainage channels,
and levees, with the district's share not subject to the developer's 30% contribution.
This second alternative would be similar to the proposed new §293.44(a)(21).
Finally, in response to stakeholder input, the commission invites comments
on a third alternative, which would be to allow a district to finance 100%
of endangered species permit costs.
Section 293.44(b), relating to the reimbursement of project costs from
bond proceeds, is proposed to be amended to add language clarifying how to
calculate the value of facilities not constructed by a developer for resale
to the district or facilities constructed by a developer in contemplation
of resale to the district, but for which original cost documentation is not
available. The commission also proposes to delete §293.44(b)(2), which
requires that all wastewater permits necessary to serve the projected development
be in place in order for a project to be considered feasible, as this requirement
is duplicated in §293.59.
Section 293.46(3), relating to construction prior to commission approval,
is proposed to be amended to encourage compliance with local and state requirements
for plan approval by disallowing reimbursement of any additional costs associated
with changes required by an agency having jurisdiction after construction
is begun. An amendment to §293.46(5) is proposed to delete an unnecessary
grandfather provision concerning construction contracts awarded prior to September
5, 1986.
Changes have been proposed throughout §293.47 to correct grammatical
errors and for compatibility with
Texas Register
formatting requirements. The proposed amendments to §293.47(a),
related to 30% of district construction costs to be paid by the developer,
clarify that these rules apply to all districts except those specifically
excluded by the rule and also clarify the exception for districts that have
a ratio of debt to assessed valuation of 10% or less. The proposed amendments
also add an exception to the rule for those districts that have entered into
an agreement with another political subdivision to receive significant revenues
and that meet other criteria concerning buildout and tax rate. This proposal
would help increase the financial integrity of district bonds by encouraging
developers of in-city districts created after September 1, 1986, and of other
commercial districts, to negotiate sales tax and other tax or revenue rebate
agreements with the city or other local governments.
The proposed amendments to §293.47(b)(2) would clarify that the total
debt used in calculating the 10% debt to assessed valuation ratio includes
all bonds of the district, including bonds not approved by the commission,
and would add a provision concerning the calculation of the ratio where more
than one bond application is pending. The amendments proposed to be made to §293.47(b)(4)
and (5) add Fitch IBCA to the list of acceptable investment firms that may
rate a district's credit.
The proposed amendment to §293.47(c) updates the rule, which relates
to requesting a conditional waiver to the 30% contribution, by deleting the
reference to a bond application hearing. The currently applicable statute,
Texas Water Code, §49.181, does not require a hearing for commission
action on a bond application.
Section 293.47(g) is proposed to be amended to add flexibility to the rule
by allowing a developer to satisfy the financial guarantee requirement for
the developer's share of costs with an escrow of funds in the name of the
district.
Section 293.48 is proposed to be amended to add flexibility to the rule
by allowing a developer to satisfy the financial guarantee requirement for
street and utility construction with an escrow of funds in the name of the
district or a deferral of reimbursement of bond funds owed. Additional changes
are proposed in §293.48 to correct grammatical errors.
Modifications are proposed throughout §293.51 for consistency with
Proposed amendments to §293.54 will correct grammatical errors. Additionally, §293.54(2)
is proposed to be amended to clarify the basis of the opinion given by the
district's financial advisor to support issuance of bond anticipation notes.
Section 293.54(13) is proposed to be amended to add language providing that
the requirement to obtain a street and road construction agreement prior to
issuing bond anticipation notes does not apply if the district would otherwise
be exempt when issuing bonds.
Changes in §293.59 are proposed to correct grammatical errors and
for compatibility with
Texas Register
formatting
requirements. The amendments to §293.59(k)(8) would require that for
first bond issues supported by taxes, the developer or other landowner or
lender's written agreement, waiving the right to reduce the land values used
in the feasibility analysis supporting the proposed bonds, must be submitted
at the time of filing the bond application rather than prior to the actual
approval. The proposed amendments would further require that if such agreements
are not voluntarily provided by the owners of developable property who are
not receiving bond proceeds, and the value of the property is such that a
reduction will significantly (defined as 10% of the current assessed value
of the district for an individual and 20% cumulatively) impact the district's
projected tax rates, the feasibility analysis used to support the bonds will
be based on a reduced value for such properties. The proposed amendments to §293.59(k)(11)
would clarify the commission's interpretation of the applicability of specific
sections of the rule relating to financial guarantees required for a district's
first bond issue. The proposed amendment to §293.59(l)(5)(B) is to correct
a grammatical error.
The commission proposes to delete §293.59(m), concerning the feasibility
analysis used by the commission when reviewing a benefit assessment bond application.
The commission has not received a benefit assessment bond application since
adopting this rule. Section §293.59 was adopted as a result of one particular
bond application that was submitted by a partially developed district; however,
the commission believes that the rule may prohibit some viable districts from
using benefit assessment bonds that may be feasible even though they do not
comply with the existing rule.
Sections 293.88(b), (c), and (d) are proposed to be amended to clarify
that the commission does not hold contested case hearings on applications
by districts to proceed in federal bankruptcy. The applicable statute, Texas
Water Code, §49.456, does not provide an opportunity for a contested
case hearing. The commission's evaluation is limited to conducting a feasibility
review of the district's financial condition to determine whether the district
can meet its debts and other obligations through the full exercise of its
powers. The commission considers these applications at a regular open meeting.
The commission proposes to repeal §293.96, which requires districts
to file with the commission a certified copy of orders canvassing the results
of maintenance tax elections and water and wastewater rate orders. These requirements
are unnecessary, as the commission does not use the data filed.
Section 293.97(a) is proposed to be amended to specify that the district's
fiscal year shall be used for accounting all the district's financial per
annum statutory limitations, including the limitations on director fees and
per diems under Texas Water Code, §49.060.
Proposed changes in §293.131 are for compatibility with
Texas Register
formatting requirements and to correct a statutory
reference. Section 293.131(b) is proposed to be amended to clarify the procedures
for the executive director to initiate dissolution of a district on the executive
director's own motion and specify the application requirements for a petition
for dissolution submitted by a party other than the executive director.
Section 293.143(b) is proposed to be amended to increase the water and
wastewater rates a district must be charging before it qualifies for commission
approval of standby fees to supplement its operation and maintenance fund.
Since the adoption of the 1989 water district regulations, the average water
and wastewater bills have increased significantly, thereby justifying the
change.
FISCAL NOTE
Jeff Grymkoski, Director, Strategic Planning and Appropriations, has determined
that for the first five-year period the proposed amendments to Chapter 293
are in effect, significant fiscal implications are anticipated for units of
state and local government as a result of administration or enforcement of
the proposed amendments.
The proposed amendments implement certain provisions of HB 846, 76th Legislature,
1999 (an Act relating to the administration, management, operation and authority
of water districts and authorities) and HB 1069, 76th Legislature, 1999 (an
Act relating to the eligibility of a water supply or sewer service corporation
to be converted into a special utility district).
The proposed rules would allow sewer service corporations to petition for
conversion to a special utility district and establish new requirements relating
to the administration, management, and authority of water districts and authorities.
The rules would allow districts to issue bonds to equally share with a
developer the costs of complying with the requirements of an endangered species
permit. The rules also allow districts to issue bonds to finance costs related
to wetlands and flood plain mitigation. These costs have been paid by the
developer in the past.
The permitting costs to comply with an endangered species permit is estimated
to be $100,000. The cost of mitigation of land for endangered species, wetland,
and flood plain regulation is estimated to affect ten districts a year at
$2,000 to $3,000 per acre, purchasing an average 200 acres per bond issue.
The estimated cost to districts for complying with endangered species regulation
is expected to be from $250,000 to $350,000 per bond issue.
The permitting costs for a water utility district to comply with wetland
and floodplain regulation is estimated to be $30,000. The cost of wetland
and floodplain mitigation is estimated to be $50,000 to $100,000 per bond.
These costs may now be paid by the district.
As a result, the anticipated costs to all affected water districts could
be $2.5 million to $3.5 million per year.
PUBLIC BENEFIT
Mr. Grymkoski also has determined that for each year of the first five
years the proposed amendments to Chapter 293 are in effect, the public benefit
anticipated from enforcement of and compliance with the proposed amendments
will be that the rules will be clarified and therefore easier to use. The
rules would allow districts to issue bonds to equally share with a developer
the cost of complying with the requirements of an endangered species permit.
The rules also allow districts to issue bonds to finance the costs related
to wetlands and flood plain regulation. These costs have been paid by the
developer in the past.
It is estimated that developers will save half of the cost of complying
with the requirements of an endangered species permit. The permitting costs
to comply with an endangered species permit is estimated to be $100,000 which
may be shared equally by the district and the developer. The cost of mitigation
of land for endangered species, wetland, and flood plain regulation is estimated
to affect ten districts a year at $2,000 to $3,000 per acre, purchasing an
average 200 acres per bond issue. The estimated cost for complying with endangered
species regulation is expected to be from $500,000 to $700,000. These costs
may now be shared equally by the district and the developer of the district,
resulting in an estimated savings of $250,000 to $350,000 per bond issue.
It is also estimated that developers will save the costs of complying with
wetland and floodplain regulations. The permitting costs for a water utility
district to comply with wetland and floodplain regulation is estimated to
be $30,000. The cost of wetland and floodplain mitigation is estimated to
be $50,000 to $100,000 per bond.
SMALL BUSINESS AND MICRO-BUSINESS IMPACT ANALYSES
No adverse fiscal implications are anticipated for any small business or
micro-businesses as a result of implementing the proposed amendments. Persons,
developers, small businesses, and micro-businesses affected by these rules
may experience a cost savings of $2,000 to $3,000 per acre, to comply with
endangered species permit requirements and costs related to the mitigation
of flood plains and wetlands. In complying with endangered species permit
requirements and costs related to the mitigation of flood plains and wetlands.
It is estimated that developers will save half of the cost of complying
with the requirements of an endangered species permit. The permitting costs
to comply with an endangered species permit is estimated to be $100,000, which
may be shared equally by the district and the developer. The cost of mitigation
of land for endangered species, wetland, and flood plain regulation is estimated
to affect ten districts a year at $2,000 to $3,000 per acre, purchasing an
average 200 acres per bond issue. The estimated cost for complying with endangered
species regulation is expected to be from $500,000 to $700,000. These costs
may now be shared equally by the district and the developer of the district,
resulting in a estimated savings of $250,000 to $350,000 per bond issue.
It is also estimated that developers will save the costs of complying with
wetland and floodplain regulations. The permitting costs for a water utility
district to comply with wetland and floodplain regulation is estimated to
be $30,000. The cost of wetland and floodplain mitigation is estimated to
be $50,000 to $100,000 per bond.
DRAFT REGULATORY IMPACT ANALYSIS
The commission has reviewed the proposed rulemaking in light of the regulatory
analysis requirements of Texas Government Code, §2001.0225, and has determined
that the rulemaking is not subject to §2001.0225 because it does not
meet the definition of a "major environmental rule" as defined in that statute.
"Major environmental rule" means a rule the specific intent of which is to
protect the environment or reduce risks to human health from environmental
exposure and that may adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector
of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, or the public
health and safety of the state or a sector of the state.
The specific purpose of the proposed amendments to Chapter 293 is to establish
new requirements relating to the administration of water districts and the
commission's supervision over their actions under Chapters 49, 51, 53, and
65 of the Texas Water Code, particularly as amended by HB 846 and HB 1069,
76th Legislature, 1999. Specifically, the rule amendments would allow sewer
service corporations to petition for conversion to a special utility district;
clarify other rules related to district creation; update the qualifications
for directors of fresh water supply districts; adopt procedures for commission
appointment of district directors to fill positions that have been vacant
for more than 90 days; adopt procedures for expedited review of certain bond
applications; revise provisions concerning reimbursement for district project
costs; add provisions to allow districts to pay certain costs related to federal
stormwater permits, endangered species permits, and flood plain and wetlands
regulation; allow developers to satisfy the financial guarantee requirement
with an escrow of funds in the name of the district; revise rules related
to bond feasibility analysis; increase the water and wastewater rates a district
must be charging before it qualifies for commission approval of standby fees
to supplement its operation and maintenance fund; repeal or delete unnecessary
rules; and correct and clarify the rules. The proposed amendments are not
anticipated to have an adverse effect in a material way on the economy, a
sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment or
the public health and safety of the state or a sector of the state and will
specifically benefit a sector of the economy and the public by updating and
clarifying the rules, making them easier to use; by reducing the costs related
to the review of certain bond applications; and by further protecting and
enhancing the financial integrity and operations of water districts.
In addition, Texas Government Code, §2001.0225 only applies to a major
environmental rule, the result of which is to: (1) exceed a standard set by
federal law, unless the rule is specifically required by state law; (2) exceed
an express requirement of state law, unless the rule is specifically required
by federal law; (3) exceed a requirement of a delegation agreement or contract
between the state and an agency or representative of the federal government
to implement a state and federal program; or (4) adopt a rule solely under
the general powers of the agency instead of under a specific state law.
This rulemaking does not meet any of these four applicability requirements
of a "major environmental rule." Specifically, the proposed rule amendments
do not exceed a standard set by federal law nor exceed a requirement of a
federal delegation agreement or contract, because no federal law or federal
delegation agreement or contract applies to the proposed rulemaking. The proposed
rule amendments were not developed solely under the general powers of the
agency, but rather are also proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.235 and §49.011
and were specifically developed to implement Texas Water Code, §§49.060,
49.105, 49.154, 49.155, 49.158, 49.181, 49.195, 49.231, 49.321- 49.324, 51.063,
51.333, 65.001, 65.014, 65.015, and 65.022, particularly as amended by HB
846 and HB 1069, 76th Legislature, 1999, and do not exceed the express requirements
of those state statutes. The commission invites public comment on the draft
regulatory impact analysis.
TAKINGS IMPACT ANALYSIS
The commission has prepared a takings impact assessment for these rules
under Texas Government Code, §2007.043. The following is a summary of
that assessment. The specific purpose of the rules is to adopt new requirements
relating to the administration of water districts and the commission's supervision
over their actions under Chapters 49, 51, 53, and 65 of the Texas Water Code,
particularly as amended by HB 846 and HB 1069, 76th Legislature, 1999. The
rules will substantially advance this specific purpose by allowing sewer service
corporations to petition for conversion to a special utility district; clarifying
other rules related to district creation; updating the qualifications for
directors of fresh water supply districts; adopting procedures for commission
appointment of district directors to fill positions that have been vacant
for more than 90 days; adopting procedures for expedited review of certain
bond applications; revising provisions concerning reimbursement for district
project costs; adding provisions to allow districts to pay certain costs related
to federal stormwater permits, endangered species permits, and flood plain
and wetlands regulation; allowing developers to satisfy the financial guarantee
requirement with an escrow of funds in the name of the district; revising
rules related to bond feasibility analysis; increasing the water and wastewater
rates a district must be charging before it qualifies for commission approval
of standby fees to supplement its operation and maintenance fund; repealing
and deleting unnecessary rules; and correcting and clarifying the rules. Promulgation
and enforcement of these rules will not burden private real property because
private real property is not subject to these rules.
COASTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM CONSISTENCY REVIEW
The commission has reviewed the proposed rulemaking for consistency with
the Texas Coastal Management Program (CMP) goals and policies in accordance
with the regulations of the Coastal Coordination Act of 1991, as amended (Texas
Natural Resources Code, §§33.201 et seq.) and found that the proposal
is a rulemaking identified in the Act's Implementation Rules, 31 TAC §505.11(b),
relating to Actions and Rules Subject to the Coastal Management Program, or
may affect an action/authorization identified in Coastal Coordination Act
Implementation Rules, 31 TAC §505.11(a)(6), and will, therefore, require
that applicable goals and policies of the CMP be considered during the rulemaking
process.
The commission has prepared a consistency determination for the proposed
rules under 31 TAC §505.22 and has found that the proposed rulemaking
is consistent with the applicable CMP goals and policies. The following is
a summary of that determination. CMP goals applicable to the proposed rules
include the goal to ensure sound management of all coastal resources by allowing
for compatible economic development and multiple human uses of the coastal
zone. While these proposed rules do not specifically regulate location or
type of development allowed, Chapter 293 provides requirements for developers
and for water districts. Section §505.11 of 31 TAC provides the actions
and rules that are subject to the CMP. Among the list is the creation of a
special purpose district or approval of bonds to construct infrastructure
on coastal barriers. As the proposed rules will be effective throughout the
state, the CMP policy is applicable. CMP policies applicable to the proposed
rules include the administrative policy requiring applicants to provide information
necessary for an agency to make an informed decision on a proposed action
listed in 31 TAC §505.11 and the standards related to the development
of infrastructure on coastal barriers set out in 31 TAC §505.14(m).
The proposed rules do not alter the allowable location, standards, or stringency
of requirements for infrastructure on coastal barriers. The specific purpose
of the rules is to adopt new requirements relating to the administration of
water districts and the commission's supervision over their actions under
Chapters 49, 51, 53, and 65 of the Texas Water Code, particularly as amended
by HB 846 and HB 1069, 76th Legislature, 1999. The rules will substantially
advance this specific purpose by allowing sewer service corporations to petition
for conversion to a special utility district; clarifying other rules related
to district creation; updating the qualifications for directors of fresh water
supply districts; adopting procedures for commission appointment of district
directors to fill positions that have been vacant for more than 90 days; adopting
procedures for expedited review of certain bond applications; revising provisions
concerning reimbursement for district project costs; adding provisions to
allow districts to pay certain costs related to federal stormwater permits,
endangered species permits, and flood plain and wetlands regulation; allowing
developers to satisfy the financial guarantee requirement with an escrow of
funds in the name of the district; revising rules related to bond feasibility
analysis; increasing the water and wastewater rates a district must be charging
before it qualifies for commission approval of standby fees to supplement
its operation and maintenance fund; repealing and deleting unnecessary rules;
and correcting and clarifying the rules.
Promulgation and enforcement of these rules will not violate or exceed
any standards identified in the applicable CMP goals and policies because
the proposed rules are consistent with these CMP goals and policies, because
these rules do not create or have a direct or significant adverse effect on
any Coastal Natural Resource Areas, and because the proposed rules do not
alter the allowable location, standards, or stringency of the requirements
for infrastructure on coastal barriers.
The commission seeks public comment on the consistency of the proposed
rules.
PUBLIC HEARING
A public hearing on this proposal will be held in Austin on May 18, 2000
at 10:00 a.m. at the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission Complex
in Building F, Room 2210, located at 12100 Park 35 Circle. The hearing will
be structured for the receipt of oral or written comments by interested persons.
Individuals may present oral statements when called upon in order of registration.
There will be no open discussion during the hearing; however, an agency staff
member will be available to discuss the proposal 30 minutes prior to the hearing
and will answer questions before and after the hearing.
Persons with disabilities who have special communication or other accommodation
needs who are planning to attend the hearing should contact the Office of
Environmental Policy, Analysis, and Assessment at (512) 239-4900. Requests
should be made as far in advance as possible.
SUBMITTAL OF COMMENTS
Comments regarding this proposal and request for alternatives may be submitted
to Lisa Martin, Office of Environmental Policy, Analysis, and Assessment,
MC 205, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087, or faxed to (512) 239-4808.
All comments should reference Rule Log Number 1999-044- 293-WT. Comments must
be received by 5:00 p.m., May 22, 2000. For further information or questions
concerning this proposal, please contact Sam Jones, P.E., Manager, Utilities
and Districts Section, (512) 239-6182, or Michelle Lingo of the Office of
Environmental Policy, Analysis, and Assessment, (512) 239-6757.
Subchapter B. CREATION OF WATER DISTRICTS
30 TAC §293.11, §293.12
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendments are proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The amendments to §293.12 are also proposed under Texas Water Code, §49.011,
which requires the commission to establish by rule a procedure for public
notice of applications for creation of general law water districts.
The proposed amendments to §293.11 implement Texas Water Code, §§65.001,
65.014, 65.015, and 65.022, as amended by HB 1069. The proposed amendments
to §293.12 implement Texas Water Code, §49.011 and §51.333.
§293.11.Information Required to Accompany Applications for Creation of Districts.
(a)-(g)
(No change.)
(h)
Creation applications for Chapter 65, Texas Water Code,
Special Utility Districts, shall contain items listed in subsection (a) of
this section and the following:
(1)
a certified copy of the resolution requesting creation,
as required by Texas Water Code, §65.014 and §65.015, signed by
the president and secretary of the board of directors of the water supply
or sewer service
corporation, and stating that the [
(A)-(E)
(No change.)
(2)
the legal description accompanying the resolution
requesting conversion of a water supply
or sewer service
corporation,
as defined in [
(3)-(5)
(No change.)
(6)
a certified copy of a certificate of convenience and
necessity
held by
[
(7)
a certified copy of the most recent financial report
prepared by the water supply
or sewer service
corporation;
(8)
(No change.)
(9)
certified copy of resolution and an order canvassing
election results, adopted by the water supply
or sewer service
corporation, which shows:
(A)
(No change.)
(B)
a vote by the membership in accordance with the requirements
of Texas Water Code, Chapter 67, and the Texas Non-Profit Corporation Act,
Texas Civil Statutes, Articles 1396-1.01 to 1396-11.01, to dissolve the water
supply
or sewer service
corporation at such time as creation of
the special utility district is approved by the commission and convey all
the assets and debts of the [
(10)-(12)
(No change.)
(i)-(j)
(No change.)
§293.12.Creation Notice Actions and Requirements.
(a)
On receipt by the executive director of all required documentation
associated with an application for creation of a district by the commission
pursuant to Texas Water Code
;
[
(b)
For those applications described in
subsection
[
(1)
(No change.)
(2)
not later than the 30th day before the date on
which the commission may act on the application, the notice must be
posted on the bulletin board used for posting legal notices in each county
in which all or part of the proposed district is to be located.
(c)-(g)
(No change.)
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed with the Office of
the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002466
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
30 TAC §293.32, §293.33
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendments are proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The proposed amendments to §293.32 implement Texas Water Code, §51.063,
as amended by HB 846. The proposed amendments to §293.33 implement Texas
Water Code, §49.105, as amended by HB 846.
§293.32.Qualifications of Directors.
(a)
Unless otherwise provided, [
[
(1)
A director of a fresh water supply
district created under Texas Water Code, Chapter 53 must be a registered voter
of the district but need not own land subject to taxation in the district.
(2)
A director of a regional district created for the
purposes defined under [
(3)
A director of a special utility district created for
the purposes defined under [
(4)
A director of a stormwater control district created
for the purposes defined under [
(5)
A director of a groundwater conservation district
must be a registered voter in the precinct that the person represents pursuant
to Texas Water Code, §36.059(b).
(6)
A director shall not be a developer of property in
the district, or be related within the third degree of affinity or consanguinity
to a developer of property in the district, any other member of the governing
board of the district, or the manager, engineer, or attorney for the district,
or other person providing professional services to the district.
(7)
A director shall not be an employee of any developer
of property in the district, or any director, manager, engineer, attorney,
or other person providing professional services to the district, or a developer
of property in the district in connection with the district or property located
in the district.
(b)
(No change.)
§293.33.Commission Appointment of Directors to Fill Vacancies .
(a)
The commission may appoint a director
or directors to fill a vacancy or vacancies on the board of:
(1)
a district that is subject to commission
bond review under Texas Water Code, §49.181 if the number of directors
is reduced to fewer than a majority or if a vacancy continues beyond the 90th
day after it occurs, as provided by Texas Water Code, §49.105(c); and
(2)
other districts where specifically
provided by law.
(b)
Requests for Appointment
due to less than
a quorum of board members
shall be accompanied by the following:
(1)
petition signed by a landowner within the district requesting
appointment of
a director
[
(2)
evidence of each former director's failure or refusal
to qualify or serve for each vacancy on the board to be filled;
(3)
requests for consideration of appointment as director
in the form shown in §293.34 of this title (relating to Form of Affidavit
for Appointment as Director) for those persons desiring consideration as director
for vacant positions;
(4)
certified mail receipt verifying that notice of the
application for appointment of directors was sent to the district's official
address and each director as shown on the district's latest registration form;
(5)
an application fee of $100; and
(6)
any other information as the executive director may
require.
(c)
The executive director or a landowner
within the district may request appointment of a director to fill a vacancy
that has not been filled by the remaining board members after the 90th day
a position becomes vacant. Any request submitted by a landowner under this
subsection shall include:
(1)
evidence that the position has been vacant
for more than 90 days;
(2)
nomination of a candidate who meets
the director qualifications as evidenced by completion of the form shown in §293.34
of this title (relating to Form of Affidavit for Appointment as Director);
and
(3)
certified mail receipt verifying
that a copy of the request to fill the vacancy was sent to the district's
official address and each director as shown on the district's latest registration
form.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been
reviewed by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority
to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002467
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
30 TAC §§293.42, 293.44, 293.46, 293.47, 293.48, 293.51, 293.54, 293.59
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendments are proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The amendments to §293.42 are also proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.235,
which provides the commission authority to adopt rules to set fees for the
processing of bond applications.
The proposed amendments to §293.42 implement Texas Water Code, §5.235
and §49.181. The proposed amendments to §§293.44, 293.46, 293.47,
293.48, and 293.51 implement Texas Water Code, §49.155, as amended by
HB 846, and Texas Water Code, §49.181. The proposed amendments to §293.54
implement Texas Water Code, §49.154. The proposed amendments to §293.59
implement Texas Water Code, §49.181.
§293.42.Submitting of Documents and Order of Review .
(a)
Applicants shall submit all of the required
data at one time in one package. Applications may be returned for completion
if they do not satisfy the requirements and conform to the bond application
report format.
(b)
Applicants may qualify for an expedited
review which entitles them to a commitment from staff to have a completed
memorandum to the commission within 60 calendar days following submission
of the application. In order to qualify for this expedited review, the district's
bond counsel, engineer, and financial advisor must sign a certificate which
is worded as shown on the form provided by the executive director. The certificate
must state that the district's bond counsel, engineer, and financial advisor
have reviewed the bond application, that the application is accurate and complete,
that the application includes specific documents identified on the form, and
that the district's financial status has reached the thresholds provided in §293.59
of this title (relating to Economic Feasibility of Project) as shown by its
existing assessed valuation and completion of facilities. If the executive
director finds the documentation to be insufficient, the application will
not be expedited and an administrative review letter will be sent. A bond
applicant that seeks conditional approval on the basis of receiving an acceptable
credit rating or credit enhanced rating as provided in §293.47(b)(4)
and (5) and (c) of this title (relating to Thirty Percent of District Construction
Costs To Be Paid by Developer) may qualify for expedited review. A bond applicant
that seeks approval on the basis of a ratio of debt to certified assessed
valuation of 10% or less must provide evidence of that ratio as provided in §293.47(b)(3)
of this title to qualify for the expedited review.
(c)
Applicants may qualify for an expedited
review which entitles them to a commitment from staff to have a completed
memorandum to the commission within 45 calendar days following submission
of the application. The bond application report required in §293.43(5)
of this title (relating to Action of the Commission and Bond Proceeds Fee)
does not apply to this type of application. If the executive director finds
the documentation to be insufficient, the application will not be expedited
and an administrative review letter will be sent. In order to qualify for
this expedited review, the applicant must submit a bond application that includes
all of the other items listed in §293.43 of this title and the following:
(1)
a certificate signed by the district's
president, engineer, financial advisor, and bond counsel, which is worded
as shown on the form provided by the executive director, which states that
less than 20% of the total land area in the district is undeveloped with underground
facilities, that the facilities contained in the bond application are for
water plant facilities, wastewater treatment plant facilities, major lines
to or between such facilities, remote water wells, or for any improvement
necessary to serve development in the district as described in §293.83(c)(3)
of this title (relating to District Use of Surplus Funds for any Purpose and
Use of Maintenance Tax Revenue for Certain Purposes), that no funds are being
expended for developer facilities as described in §293.47(d) of this
title and no funds are being used to reimburse a developer as described in
Texas Water Code, §49.052(d), that the district expects to have a no-growth
tax rate of $0.75 or less calculated in accordance with §293.59(d) of
this title after issuance of the proposed bonds, and that the district is
legally authorized to issue the bonds;
(2)
a summary of costs of the projects
to be built, rehabilitated, or repaired;
(3)
a debt service schedule and related
cash flow schedule showing a no-growth tax rate as defined in §293.59(d)
of this title of $0.75 or less;
(4)
a certificate of assessed valuation
or estimated assessed valuation as defined by §293.59(d) of this title
reflecting a value sufficient to support the no-growth tax rate in paragraph
(3) of this subsection; and
(5)
copies of permits for all facilities,
if required.
(d)
A bond application that does not qualify
for an expedited review pursuant to subsection (b) or (c) of this section
may not become eligible for expedited review unless the applicant requests
withdrawal of the pending application in writing and resubmits the filing
fee and completed certificate in accordance with subsection (b) or (c) of
this section. For the purposes of this subsection, a new receipt date will
be assigned and the time requirements of subsection (b) and (c) of this section
shall commence upon the date of submission of the signed certificate.
(e)
If a complete bond application is pending
on the effective date of this section, an applicant may qualify for expedited
review under subsection (b) or (c) of this section only upon the submission
of a complete response to all outstanding requests for additional information
and a certificate stating that a complete application is on file in accordance
with subsection (b) or (c) of this section.
§293.44.Special Considerations.
(a)
Developer projects. The following provisions shall apply
unless the commission, in its discretion, determines that application to a
particular situation renders an inequitable result.
(1)-(2)
(No change.)
(3)
The cost of clearing and grubbing of district facilities
easements that will also be used for other facilities that are not eligible
for district expenditures, such as roads, gas lines, telephone lines, etc.,
should be shared equally by the district and the developer, except where unusually
wide road or street rights-of-way or other unusual circumstances are present,
as determined by the commission. The district's share of such costs is further
subject to any required developer contribution pursuant to §293.47 of
this title (relating to Thirty Percent of District Construction Costs to be
Paid by Developer). The applicability of the competitive bidding statutes
and/or regulations
for clearing and grubbing contracts let and awarded
in the developer's name
shall
not apply when
[
(4)-(8)
(No change.)
(9)
Railroad, pipeline, or underground utility relocations
that are needed because of road crossings should not be financed by the district;
however, if such relocations result from a simultaneous district project and
road crossing project, then such relocation costs should be shared equally.
The district's share of such costs is further subject to any required developer
contribution pursuant to §293.47 of this title.
(10)
Engineering studies, such as topographic surveys,
soil studies, fault studies, boundary surveys, etc., that contain information
that will be used both for district purposes and for other purposes, such
as roadway design, foundation design, land purchases, etc., should be shared
equally by the district and the developer, unless unusual circumstances are
present as determined by the commission.
The district's share of such
costs is further subject to any required developer contribution pursuant to §293.47
of this title.
(11)
(No change.)
(12)
The cost of constructing lakes or other facilities
that are part of the developer's amenities package should not be paid by the
district. The cost of combined lake and detention facilities should be shared
with the developer on the basis of the volume attributable to each use, and
land costs should be shared on the same basis, unless the district can demonstrate
a net savings in the cost of securing fill and construction materials from
such lake or detention facilities, when compared to the costs of securing
such fill or construction materials off-site
for another eligible project
.
(13)
Bridge and culvert crossings shall be financed in
accordance with the following provisions.
(A)
The costs of bridge and culvert crossings needed to accommodate
the development's road system shall not be financed by a district unless such
crossing consists of one or more culverts with a combined cross-sectional
area of not more than nine square feet. The
district's
[
(B)
Districts
[
[
(i)
[
(ii)
[
(iii)
[
(C)
(No change.)
(14)-(20)
(No change.)
(21)
The district may finance those costs,
including mitigation, associated with flood plain regulation and wetlands
regulation, attributable to the development of water plants, wastewater treatment
plants, pump and lift stations, detention/retention facilities, drainage channels,
and levees. The district's share shall not be subject to the developer's 30%
contribution as may be required by §293.47 of this title.
(22)
The district may finance those costs
associated with endangered species permits. Such costs shall be shared equally
between the district and the developer unless unusual circumstances are present
as determined by the commission. The district's share shall be subject to
the developer's 30% contribution as may be required by §293.47 of this
title. For purposes of this subsection, "endangered species permit" means
a permit or other authorization issued under §7 or §10(a) of the
federal Endangered Species Act of 1973, 16 United States Code §1536 and §1539(a).
(23)
The district may finance 100% of
those costs associated with federal stormwater permits. The district's share
shall be subject to the developer's 30% contribution as may be required by §293.47
of this title. For purposes of this subsection, "federal stormwater permit"
means a permit for stormwater discharges issued under the federal Clean Water
Act, including National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits issued
by EPA and Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System permits issued by
the commission.
(b)
All projects.
(1)
The purchase price for existing facilities not covered
by a preconstruction agreement or otherwise not constructed by a developer
in contemplation of resale to the district
or if constructed by a developer
in contemplation of resale to the district and the cost of the facilities
is not available after demonstrating a good faith effort to locate the cost
records
should be established by an independent appraisal by a registered
professional engineer hired by the district. The appraised value should reflect
the
cost of replacement of the facility less repairs and depreciation
taking into account the age and useful life of the facility and economic and
functional obsolescence
[
[
(2)
[
(3)
[
(A)
the unit cost is reasonable;
(B)
the unit cost approximates the cost to the entity providing
the necessary facilities, or providing entity has adopted a uniform service
plan for such water and sewer services based on engineering studies of the
facilities required; and
(C)
the district and the providing entity have entered into
a contract which will:
(i)
specifically convey either an ownership interest in or
a specified contractual capacity or volume of flow into or from the system
of the providing entity;
(ii)
provide a method to quantify the interest or contractual
capacity rights;
(iii)
provide that the term for such interest or contractual
capacity right is not less than the duration of the maturity schedule of the
bonds; and
(iv)
contain no provisions which could have the effect of subordinating
the conveyed interest or contractual capacity right to a preferential use
or right of any other entity.
§293.46.Construction Prior to Commission Approval.
The developer may proceed with financing or construction of water,
wastewater
,
and drainage facilities contemplated for purchase
by the district prior to commission approval of the bond issue designed to
finance the project under the following conditions
.
[
(1)-(2)
(No change.)
(3)
All construction plans and specifications for proposed
projects must be approved by all cities and agencies having jurisdictional
responsibilities over the district prior to construction contract award by
the developer.
Unless specifically approved by the commission during
bond application review, a developer cannot be reimbursed for any additional
costs resulting from changes required by the city or agency having jurisdictional
responsibility after the construction contract is awarded or construction
has begun.
(4)
(No change.)
(5)
Contract advertising and award and construction and
installation of facilities shall be accomplished in the manner required by
the general law for districts and in conformity with commission rules.
If
[
(6)-(8)
(No change.)
§293.47.Thirty Percent of District Construction Costs to be [
(a)
It has been determined by experience that some portion
of the cost of district water, wastewater
,
and drainage facilities
in certain districts should be paid by a developer to insure the feasibility
of the construction projects of such districts. Accordingly, this section
applies to
all
districts
except
[
(1)
a district which has a ratio of debt (including proposed
debt) to certified assessed valuation of 10% or less; provided, however, that
any bond issue proposed to be exempted on this basis must include funds to
provide sufficient capacity in facilities exempted in subsection (d) of this
section to serve all connections
upon which the feasibility is based
or
to be financed by the bond issue;
(2)
a district which obtains an acceptable credit rating
on its proposed bond issue pursuant to the provisions hereof; [
(3)
a district which obtains a credit enhanced rating
on its proposed bond issue and which the executive director, in his discretion,
finds to be feasible and justified, based upon satisfactory evidence submitted
by the district, without such developer contribution;
or
(4)
a district which has entered into
a strategic partnership agreement, interlocal agreement, or other contract
with a political subdivision or an entity created to act on behalf of a political
subdivision under which the political subdivision or other entity has agreed
to provide sales and use taxes or other revenues generated by a project to
the district as consideration for the district's development or acquisition
of water, wastewater, and drainage facilities and:
(A)
water, sewer, drainage, and street and
road construction are complete in accordance with §293.59(k)(6)(A) -
(E) of this title (relating to Economic Feasibility of Project);
(B)
the projected value of houses, buildings,
and/or other improvements are complete in accordance with §293.59(k)(7)
of this title;
(C)
the district can demonstrate a history
of revenue generated by the project;
(D)
the district's projected ad valorem tax
rate necessary to amortize the district's debt at the district's current assessed
valuation after accounting for the contract payments pledged to the district's
debt would be equal to or less than the projected ad valorem tax rate for
a district with an assessed valuation sufficient to qualify under paragraph
(1) of this subsection; and
(E)
the district's combined no-growth tax
rate does not exceed the amounts prescribed in §293.59(k)(11)(C) of this
title.
(b)
For purposes of this chapter, the following definitions
shall apply:
(1)
(No change.)
(2)
Debt includes all outstanding bonds of the district,
all bonds approved by the commission and not yet sold (less such portions
thereof for which the authority to issue such bonds has lapsed or been voluntarily
canceled)
, all bonds of the district approved by other entities which
are exempt from commission approval and not yet sold
, all proposed bonds
with respect to which applications for project and bond approvals are presently
on file and pending with the commission, and all outstanding bond anticipation
notes which are not to be redeemed or paid with proceeds derived from such
pending bond application(s).
If more than one application for approval
of project and bonds is pending, the ratio of debt to value shall be calculated
consecutively with respect to each application in the order of filing of each
application.
For the purpose of this subsection, the amount of such
outstanding bond anticipation notes shall be deemed to be the sum of:
(A)-(C)
(No change.)
(3)
(No change.)
(4)
Acceptable credit rating is a rating of Baa
3
or higher from Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or BBB or higher from
Standard and Poors Corporation
or BBB- or higher from Fitch IBCA
,
which rating is obtained by the district independent of any municipal bond
guaranty insurance, guarantee, endorsement, assurance, letter of credit, or
other credit enhancement technique furnished by or obtained through any other
party.
(5)
Credit enhanced rating is a rating of Aa or higher
from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or AA or higher from Standard and Poors
Corporation,
or AA or higher from Fitch IBCA,
which rating is obtained
by the district by virtue of municipal bond guaranty insurance, furnished
by or obtained through any other party; provided, however, that such municipal
bond guaranty insurance shall be unconditional, irrevocable, and in full force
and effect for the scheduled maturity of the entire bond issue; and provided,
further, that payment of the premium on such municipal bond guaranty insurance
shall not be made from district funds except through the establishment of
the interest rate or premium or discount on such bonds.
(c)
If a district anticipates receipt of a certified assessed
valuation evidencing a debt ratio of 10% or less or an acceptable credit rating,
or a credit enhanced rating, as provided in subsection (a) of this section,
prior to the bond sale identified in the bond application being considered,
the district may, at its discretion, request a conditional waiver to the developer
cost participation requirements of this section as follows.
(1)
At the time the district makes application for approval
of its project and bonds, the district may include a written request for a
conditional waiver of the 30% developer cost participation requirements of
this section to be considered by the commission [
(2)-(5)
(No change.)
(d)-(f)
(No change.)
(g)
The developer must enter into an agreement with the district,
secured by
an escrow of funds in the name of the district,
a letter
of credit or a deferral of reimbursement of bond funds owed (as provided in
subsection (k) of this section) prior to advertisement for sale of the district's
bonds specifying that if the construction project is not completed because
of the developer's failure to pay its share of utility construction costs
and/or engineering costs within a reasonable and specified period of time,
the district may draw upon the letter of credit to pay the developer's share
of construction costs and/or engineering costs. The agreement shall also provide
that a default by the developer under the agreement shall be deemed to have
occurred if: the letter of credit is not renewed for an additional year at
least 45 days prior to its expiration date; or the construction project has
not been completed as certified by the district's engineer at least 45 days
prior to its date of expiration. The letter of credit must be from a financial
institution meeting the qualifications and specifications as specified in §293.56
of this title
(relating to Requirements for Letters of Credit (LOC))
, must be valid for a minimum of one year from the date of issuance,
and should provide that upon default by the developer under the agreement,
the financial institution shall pay to the district, upon written notice by
the district or the executive director, the remaining balance of the letter
of credit. Although such letters of credit provide for payment to the district
upon notice by the executive director, the district remains solely responsible
for the administration of such letters of credit and for assuring that letters
of credit do not expire prior to completion of the construction project(s)
specified therein.
(h)-(k)
(No change.)
§293.48.Street and Water, Wastewater and Drainage Utility (Street and Utility) Construction by Developer.
Except as otherwise provided, unless street and utility construction
is completed within the area to be developed by the proposed bond issue, the
developer must provide assurance to the satisfaction of the executive director,
prior to advertisement for sale of the district's bonds, that such street
and utility construction will be completed as hereinafter provided.
(1)
The developer must enter into an agreement with the district,
secured by
an escrow of funds in the name of the district,
a letter
of credit,
or a deferral of reimbursement of bond funds owed,
specifying
that if street and utility construction is not completed within a reasonable
and specified period of time after the district sells its bonds, the district
may award a contract for completion of the streets and utilities with financing
to be accomplished by utilizing the letter of credit; provided, however, the
district shall not proceed in such a manner until the executive director,
after having given at least ten
days'
[
(2)-(4)
(No change.)
§293.51.Land and Easement Acquisition.
(a)
Water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and drainage facilities
easements. All easements required within a district's boundaries for water
lines, sanitary sewer lines, storm sewer lines, [
(b)
Land acquisition.
[
(1)
plant sites, including required sanitary
control at water plants and noise and odor control at wastewater treatment
plants;
(2)
lift or pump station sites;
(3)
drainage channels other than those
described in subsection (a) of this section and other than those which are
natural waterways with defined bed and banks;
(4)
detention/retention pond sites;
(5)
levees;
(6)
mitigation sites for compliance with
flood plain regulation and wetlands regulation or payments in lieu of mitigation;
(7)
mitigation sites for compliance with
endangered species permits or payments in lieu of mitigation, the cost of
which shall be shared equally between the district and the developer unless
unusual circumstances are present as determined by the commission.
(c)
Price of land acquisition.
If a
district acquires such a site
, as described in subsection (b) of this
section,
from a developer within the district or subsequent owner of
developer reimbursables, the price shall be determined by adding to the price
paid by the developer for such land or easement in a bona fide transaction
between unrelated parties the developer's actual taxes and interest paid to
the date of acquisition by the district. The interest rate shall not exceed
the net effective interest rate on the bonds sold, or the interest rate actually
paid by the developer for loans obtained for this purpose, whichever is less.
If a developer uses its own funds rather than borrowed funds, the net effective
interest rate on the bonds sold shall be applied. Provided, however, if the
executive director determines that such price appears to exceed the fair market
value of such land or easement, he may require an appraisal to be obtained
by the district from a qualified independent appraiser and payment to the
seller may be limited to the fair market value of such land as shown by the
appraisal; if the seller acquired the land after the improvements to be financed
by the district were constructed, the price shall be limited to the fair market
value of such land or easement established without the improvements being
constructed; or if the seller acquired the land more than five years before
the creation of the district and the records relating to the actual price
paid and the taxes and interest costs are impossible or difficult to obtain,
the district, upon executive director approval, may purchase such site at
fair market value based on an appraisal prepared by a qualified, independent
appraiser. If the land or easement needed by the district is being acquired
based on the appraised value, the application to the commission for approval
to purchase such site must contain a request by the district to acquire the
site in such manner and must explain the reason the seller is unable to provide
price and carrying cost records. If the land or easement needed by the district
is being acquired from an entity other than a developer or subsequent owner
of developer reimbursables in the district, the district may pay the fair
market value established by a qualified, independent appraiser, and may also
pay legal, engineering, surveying
,
or court fees and expenses
incurred in acquiring such land or easement.
(d)
[
(e)
[
(f)
[
(g)
[
(h)
[
§293.54.Bond Anticipation Notes (BAN).
A district may issue bond anticipation notes for any purpose for which
bonds of the district have previously been voted or may be issued for the
purpose of refunding previously issued bond anticipation notes. All bond anticipation
notes issued by a district shall conform to the following requirements
.
[
(1)
(No change.)
(2)
The financial advisor of the district renders a written
opinion to the district to the effect that
, based on the projections
contained in the bond application report,
the district can be reasonably
expected to sell its bonds, under [
(3)-(12)
(No change).
(13)
Prior to the issuance of the
BANs
[
§293.59.Economic Feasibility of Project.
(a)-(j)
(No change.)
(k)
For a district's first bond issue, the following paragraphs
apply except that paragraphs (5), (6), (8), and (10) of this subsection are
only applicable to a district that has a developer as defined by [
(1)-(7)
(No change.)
(8)
For bonds supported by taxes, a written agreement
must be executed between the district and the developer and any other landowner
and their respective lenders receiving proceeds of the bonds which permanently
waives the right to claim agricultural, open-space, timberland, or inventory
valuation for any land, homes, or buildings which they own in the district
with respect to taxation by the district. The agreement shall be binding for
30 years on such developer, other landowners, their respective lenders, any
related or affiliated entities, and their successors and assignees, unless
such exemptions were in effect at the time of the commission's approval of
the bond issue and such exemptions were shown in the projected tax rate calculations.
Such developer, landowners, and lenders shall record covenants running with
the land to such effect, which shall not be modified or released without written
authorization of the commission, and shall provide recorded copies to the
commission [
(9)-(10)
(No change.)
(11)
Requirements of paragraph (6)(A), (C)
,
and (E)
of this subsection
, and the requirements of paragraph (7)
of this subsection shall not apply in the following cases where:
(A)-(C)
(No change.)
(D)
for
[
(E)
for utilities which are not funded and
not complete but necessary to support the feasibility of the bond issue, the
developer shall provide a guarantee for 100% of utilities for the immediately
preceding exceptions in subparagraphs (A), (B), or (C) of this paragraph in
the form and manner required by §293.47(g) of this title;
(F)
for the preceding exceptions in subparagraph
(B) or (C) of this paragraph, the developer shall provide a paving guarantee
pursuant to §293.48 of this title (relating to Street and Utilities Construction
by Developer);
(G)
for the preceding exceptions in subparagraph
(A) of this paragraph, financial guarantees for the internal subdivision utilities
and streets are not required.
(l)
For a district's second and subsequent bond issues, all
of the foregoing of subsection (k) of this section shall apply, and the following
shall apply except that paragraphs (2), (3), (4), and (5) of this subsection
only apply to districts that have a developer as defined by Water Code, §49.052(d)
or to districts which fail to meet the criteria set out in subsection (k)(11)
of this section.
(1)-(4)
(No change.)
(5)
The requirements of subsection (k)(10) of this section
shall apply, unless the district requests and the commission, in its discretion
waives such requirement for one of the following reasons:
(A)
(No change.)
(B)
the district anticipates receiving an acceptable credit
rating as defined in §293.47(b)(4) of this title [
(C)
(No change.)
[
(m)
[
(n)
[
(1)
the degree of variation from the guidelines;
(2)
the past history of the district with respect to its
projections versus actual buildout and compliance with commission rules;
(3)
the past history of the developer and related or affiliated
entities with respect to its projections versus actual buildout and its compliance
with commission rules and agreements with the district and other districts
in which it developed land;
(4)
other factors peculiar to the district, such as the
area in which situated, economic factors, the adjoining competitive developments,
and their status;
(5)
the financial resources of the developer and its lender
and any special commitments, obligations, or expenditures for the project;
(6)
past history of the market area in which the project
is located; and
(7)
other factors which may affect the feasibility of
the project.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been
reviewed by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority
to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002468
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
30 TAC §293.88
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendment is proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The proposed amendment to §293.88 implements Texas Water Code, §49.456.
§293.88.Petition for Authorization to Proceed in Federal Bankruptcy.
(a)
(No change.)
(b)
The chief clerk shall mail written notice to all creditors
shown in the district's application, all developers and their lien-holders
and the top ten taxpayers shown in the district status report, the city in
whose corporate limits or extraterritorial jurisdiction the district is located,
if any, and the county in which the district is located. The chief clerk shall
publish notice of the application at least once a week for two consecutive
weeks in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which the district
is located. The chief clerk shall also publish notice of the application once
in the Texas Bond Reporter of Austin, The Daily Bond Buyer, The Weekly Bond
Buyer, or The Wall Street Journal. Such notices shall be mailed or published
within 30 days of the date an administratively complete application is received
by the executive director.
The commission shall not act on the application
before
[
(c)
If, after [
(d)
If[
(e)
(No change.)
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002469
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
30 TAC §293.96
(Editor's note: The text of the following section proposed for
repeal will not be published. The section may be examined in the offices of
the Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission or in the Texas Register
office, Room 245, James Earl Rudder Building, 1019 Brazos Street, Austin.)
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The repeal is proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The proposed repeal implements Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §
5.105.
§293.96.Miscellaneous Reports To Be Submitted to the Executive Director.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been
reviewed by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority
to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002470
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
30 TAC §293.97
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendment is proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The proposed amendment to §293.97 implements Texas Water Code, §§49.060,
49.158, and 49.195.
§293.97.Adoption of Fiscal Year and Operating Budget.
(a)
Fiscal year. Within 30 days after a district becomes financially
active, the governing board of that district shall adopt a fiscal year by
a formal board resolution and so note it in the district's minutes. The president
or chairman of the governing board, a member of the board designated by the
presiding officer, or the attorney representing the district shall notify
the executive director of the adopted fiscal year within 30 days after adoption.
The fiscal year adopted and used for reporting the district's annual financial
report shall be used to account for all the district's financial per annum
statutory limitations.
(b)
Operating
budget
[
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002471
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
30 TAC §293.131
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendment is proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The proposed amendment to §293.131 implements Texas Water Code, §§49.321-49.324.
§293.131.Authorization for Dissolution of Water District by the Commission.
(a)
Texas Water Code, §§36.304 - 36.310 authorize
[
(1)-(3)
(No change.)
(b)
Texas Water Code, Chapter 49, Subchapters I and K, §§49.321-
49.327 authorize the commission to dissolve any district as defined in
Texas
Water Code, §49.001(1)
,
which is inactive for
a period of five consecutive years and has no outstanding bonded indebtedness.
(1)
(No change.)
(2)
If the dissolution is initiated by
a party other than the executive director, the application must include:
(A)
a petition on the part of the party requesting
dissolution including a statement of the reasons that a dissolution is desirable
or necessary;
(B)
a statement that the district has been
financially dormant for the preceding five-year period for water districts
and has performed no functions for the five preceding years and has no outstanding
bonded indebtedness;
(C)
certified copies of dormancy affidavits
submitted pursuant to Texas Water Code, §49.197, for five years for water
districts preceding the year in which the application is submitted;
(D)
evidence that the district has no outstanding
bonded indebtedness may be filed as prepared testimony with the application
and may consist of statements or testimony from the district's attorney, engineer,
or officer and shall include an affidavit of the state comptroller of public
accounts certifying that the district has never registered any bonds with
the comptroller;
(E)
list of assets and liabilities of the
district;
(F)
evidence that all landowners who have
not signed the petition have been notified by mail of the dissolution request.
A certified tax roll for the district and certificate of mailing executed
by the postmaster would be sufficient evidence;
(G)
a filing fee in the amount of $100; and
(H)
additional data and information as the
executive director or commission may deem necessary or pertinent to the application.
[
[
[
[
(3)
[
(A)
the
[
(B)
attempts to contact directors, interested parties
,
or anyone with knowledge of district's financial activity have failed;
and[
(C)
the state comptroller of public accounts has submitted
a certificate certifying that the district has never registered any bonds
with the comptroller.
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal
has been reviewed by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal
authority to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002472
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
30 TAC §293.143
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendment is proposed under Texas Water Code, §5.103 and §5.105,
which provide the commission with the authority to adopt and enforce rules
necessary to carry out its powers and duties under the laws of this state.
The proposed amendment to §293.143 implements Texas Water Code, §49.231.
§293.143.Application Requirements for Standby Fees to be [
(a)
(No change.)
(b)
Only those districts which meet the following criteria
may seek approval from the commission to use standby fee revenue to supplement
the operation and maintenance fund:
(1)
(No change.)
(2)
the operation and maintenance fund is operating at
a deficit or is projected to operate at a deficit within the three years in
which the standby fees are to be levied with:
(A)
rates for the first 10,000 gallons of water and wastewater
usage for residential users (or equal or greater amounts for other users)
which exceed
$40
[
(B)
rates for the first 10,000 gallons of usage for residential
users (or equal or greater amounts for other users) which exceed
$27
[
(c)-(f)
(No change.)
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002473
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: July 12, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-1966
The Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission (commission) proposes
amendments to §297.21, Domestic and Livestock Use; and §297.41,
General Approval Criteria.
BACKGROUND AND SUMMARY OF THE FACTUAL BASIS FOR THE PROPOSED RULES
The proposed rule changes would implement provisions of Senate Bill (SB)
658 (an Act relating to dates by which regional and state water plans must
be adopted) and House Bill (HB) 2572 (an Act relating to reservation of riparian
rights associated with land sold by certain municipalities), enacted by the
76th Legislature, 1999. In addition, this rulemaking would clarify language
concerning formal commission enforcement of the requirement of reasonable
use as between domestic and livestock users and move appropriate portions
of Chapter 297, pertaining to domestic and livestock use, to Chapter 304 to
facilitate enforcement in areas covered by the commission watermaster programs.
The rulemaking would also preclude a claim of domestic and livestock exemption
for a purchaser of land from a municipality of a certain size, that lies within
5,000 feet of the shoreline of a lake.
SECTION BY SECTION DISCUSSION
The proposed amendments will add a sentence to §297.21(b), which implements
HB 2572, delete language concerning formal enforcement of the requirement
of reasonable use as between domestic and livestock users from §297.21(c);
and change the date after which the commission will not issue a water right
for municipal purposes in any region that does not have an approved regional
water plan, as required by Texas Water Code (TWC), §11.134. These provisions
implement SB 658.
Section 297.21(b) provides that persons may construct on their own property
reservoirs to impound 200 acre-feet or less for domestic and livestock purposes
without obtaining a permit. The commission proposes to add to that section
that this exemption is not available to owners of property sold by a municipality
having a population of 250,000 or less; owners of land within 5,000 feet of
where the shoreline of a lake would be if the lake were filled to its storage
capacity; owners whose property was sold without notice; or in the solicitation
of bids to the person leasing the land. This subsection notifies people of
the exclusion from the domestic and livestock exemption in Local Government
Code, §272.001(h), which was adopted by the Legislature in HB 2572.
Section 297.21(c) provides that a person's domestic and livestock use may
not unreasonably interfere with another person's domestic and livestock use,
and that any domestic and livestock dam exempt from permitting under §297.21(b)
must allow sufficient inflows through for the benefit of domestic and livestock
users downstream. While this is an accurate statement of the law, staff working
in some of the regional offices have found administration of this rule to
be nonenforceable.
The commission staff have traditionally advised domestic and livestock
users of the necessity to share with one another during times of shortage.
Often this type of intervention has been successful in facilitating agreement
between the landowners involved on an equitable sharing arrangement. Institutionalizing
this procedure into a rule, however, was a change that added some features
that are difficult to manage. For example, most domestic and livestock users
do not meter their flows. Therefore, in order to enforce this provision, staff
must decide by visual examination if passage of inflows is sufficient or if
the domestic and livestock use is reasonable. This is usually easy to do on
an informal basis, but not so easy to determine with the precision necessary
for a formal enforcement proceeding. The commission has not received statutory
guidance on these issues. Also, there often is not sufficient staff in the
region to police these inflow passage requirements in addition to their other
duties. For these reasons, the commission proposes to return to the former,
informal procedure. When facilitation by the commission is unsuccessful, the
appropriate venue for formal action is a private action in court between the
disputing domestic and livestock users.
Additionally, while the requirement that a domestic and livestock user
must not unreasonably interfere with the use by other domestic and livestock
users is established in common law, the TWC does not explicitly require or
authorize the commission to enforce this requirement, except where a watermaster
has been appointed.
The purpose of these proposed amendments is to take the language in §297.21(c)
that states a domestic and livestock reservoir shall pass sufficient inflows
to downstream domestic and livestock users, out of Chapter 297 which contains
general substantive water rights requirements and amend Chapter 304, Watermaster
Operations, §304.21(d)(3) to include this requirement. Chapter 304 is
an appropriate provision in which to insert the requirement that domestic
and livestock reservoir owners pass inflows when necessary to protect others.
Watermasters have statutory authority to enforce this requirement; they are
familiar with the water rights in their areas; they have staff that work solely
on water rights enforcement; and they have statutory authority to apportion
flows in times of drought. The prohibition against locating a domestic and
livestock reservoir on a navigable stream would remain §297.21(c).
Proposed §297.41(b) provides that, beginning January 5, 2002, the
commission will not issue a water right for municipal purposes in a region
that does not have an approved regional water plan unless the commission determines
that new, changed, or unaccounted for conditions warrant the waiver of this
requirement. This amendment implements the change in the date required by
SB 658.
FISCAL NOTE
Jeff Grymkoski, Director, Strategic Planning and Appropriations, has determined
that for the first five-year period that these rules will be in effect, there
will be no adverse fiscal implications for the commission and other units
of state and local government as a result of administration and enforcement
of the proposed amendments. The proposed amendments would implement certain
provisions of HB 2572, 76th Legislature, 1999 and SB 658, 76th Legislature,
1999. The proposed amendments would also amend §297.21(c).
HB 2572 prevents a person who purchases land within 5,000 feet of a lake
from a municipality with a population of 250,000 or less from constructing
a dam or reservoir on that property. SB 658 extends to January 5, 2002, the
authority to issue a water right for municipal purposes in a region without
an approved regional water plan. The proposed rules would also amend §297.21
to delete the provision that a person who constructs on his property a reservoir
exempt from permitting of not more than 200 acre-feet may not reasonably interfere
with another's domestic use and must allow sufficient inflows to pass through
downstream for the benefit of other domestic and livestock uses.
PUBLIC BENEFIT
Mr. Grymkoski has also determined that for each of the first five years
of the proposed rules, the public benefit will be greater protection of public
health, safety, and welfare by ensuring adequate municipal water supplies
and clarify existing rules for ease of administration and enforcement. These
proposed rule amendments are not anticipated to have any adverse economic
impact on any persons or industries.
SMALL BUSINESS AND MICRO-BUSINESS ANAYLSES
The proposed rules are not anticipated to have an adverse economic impact
on any small businesses or micro-businesses as a result of implementing and
enforcing the proposed rules.
DRAFT REGULATORY IMPACT ANALYSIS
The commission has reviewed the proposed rulemaking in light of the regulatory
analysis requirements of Texas Government Code, §2001.0225, and has determined
that the rulemaking is not subject to §2001.0225 because it does not
meet the definition of a "major environmental rule" as defined in that statute.
"Major environmental rule" means a rule the specific intent of which is to
protect the environment or reduce risks to human health from environmental
exposure and that may adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector
of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, or the public
health and safety of the state or a section of the state. The proposed rule
amendments will not adversely affect the economy, productivity, competition,
jobs, the environment, or public health and safety because the amendments
do not relate to jobs, economy, competition, or productivity. In addition, §2001.0225
only applies to a major environmental rule, the result of which is to: 1)
exceed a standard set by federal law, unless the rule is specifically required
by state law; 2) exceed an express requirement of state law, unless the rule
is specifically required by federal law; 3) exceed a requirement of a delegation
agreement or contract between the state and an agency or representative of
the federal government to implement a state and federal program; or 4) adopt
a rule solely under the general powers of the agency instead of under a specific
state law.
These amendments do not meet any of these four applicability requirements
of a major environmental rule. The changes in §297.21(b) and (c) implement
state legislation and the deletion from §297.21(c) clarifies the rules
used for enforcement in the agency.
TAKINGS IMPACT ASSESSMENT
The commission has prepared a takings impact assessment for these rule
amendments pursuant to Texas Government Code, §2007.43. The following
is a summary of that assessment. The purposes of these proposed amendments
are to take a rule out of Chapter 297 that is difficult to enforce and for
which adequate agency staff for enforcement does not exist; provide a situation
in which a buyer of land from a municipality of a certain size cannot claim
a domestic and livestock exemption; and change a date on which the commission
shall deny water rights if the application is from an area that does not have
an approved regional plan. Removing the inflow passage provision from Chapter
297 reflects current practice of the region and enforcement staff and does
not place a burden on private real property. The other two amendments do not
affect private real property. The exception from the domestic and livestock
exemption is pursuant to state law, and does not adversely affect private
real property because this situation will be very rare and the land buyer
may still file an application for a water right for this water.
COASTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM CONSISTENCY REVIEW
The commission has determined that the proposed rulemaking is subject to
the Texas Coastal Management Program (CMP) and has reviewed the proposal for
consistency in accordance with the Coastal Coordination Act Implementation
Rules in 31 TAC §505, relating to Council Procedures for State Consistency
with Coastal Management Program Goals and Policies, and in particular 31 TAC §505.11,
relating to Actions and Rules Subject to the Coastal Management Program. The
proposed rulemaking has the potential to affect an action or authorization
identified in Coastal Coordination Act Implementation Rules, 31 TAC §505.11(a)(6).
Applicable goals contained in 31 TAC §501.12, relating to Goals, are
to protect, preserve, restore, and enhance the diversity, quality, quantity,
functions, and values of coastal natural resource areas (CNRAs); to ensure
sound management of all coastal resources by allowing for compatible economic
development and multiple human uses of the coastal zone; and to balance the
benefits from economic development and multiple human uses of the coastal
zone, the benefits from protecting, preserving, restoring, and enhance CNRAs,
the benefits from minimizing loss of human life and property, and the benefits
from public access to and enjoyment of the coastal zone. Of the 18 policies
contained in 31 TAC §501.14, relating to Policies for Specific Activities
and Coastal Natural Resource Areas, only one, Appropriations of Water, has
the potential for being affected by the proposed rulemaking.
The commission has reviewed the proposed rules for consistency with the
aforementioned goals and policies of the CMP and has determined the rules
are consistent with the intent of the applicable goals and policies and will
not result in any significant adverse effects to CNRAs.
The commission solicits comments on the consistency of the proposed rulemaking.
SUBMITTAL OF COMMENTS
Comments may be submitted to Angela Slupe, Office of Environmental Policy,
Analysis, and Assessment, MC 205, P.O. Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087
or faxed to (512) 239-4808. All comments should reference Rule Log Number
1999-078-297-WT. Comments must be received by 5:00 p.m., May 22, 2000. For
further information, please contact Bruce Moulton, Policy and Regulations
Division, at (512) 239-4809.
Subchapter C. USE EXEMPT FROM PERMITTING
30 TAC §297.21
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendments are proposed under TWC, §5.103 and §5.105, which
authorize the commission to adopt rules necessary to carry out its responsibilities
and duties under the TWC and other laws of Texas. The amendments are also
proposed under HB 2572 and SB 658.
No other codes or states will be affected by this proposal.
§297.21.Domestic and Livestock Use.
(a)
(No change.)
(b)
In accordance with Texas Water Code, §11.142, a person
may construct on his own property a dam or reservoir with a normal storage
of not more than 200 acre-feet of state water for domestic and livestock purposes
without obtaining a permit. The reservoir may be on-channel, adjacent to the
stream, or on a contiguous piece of property through which flows the stream
from which the water is diverted. For purposes of this subsection, normal
storage means the conservation storage of the reservoir, i.e., the amount
of water the reservoir may hold before water is released uncontrolled through
a spillway or into a standpipe.
This domestic and livestock exemption
is not available to owners of property sold by a municipality having a population
of 250,000 or less and owning land within 5,000 feet of where the shoreline
of a lake would be if the lake were filled to its storage capacity, if the
property was sold without notice or the solicitation of bids to the person
leasing the land, in accordance with Local Government Code, §272.001(h).
(c)
A dam constructed in accordance with subsection (b)
of this section
[
(d)
(No change.)
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed with the Office of
the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002480
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: May 22, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-4712
30 TAC §297.41
STATUTORY AUTHORITY
The amendments are proposed under TWC, §5.103 and §5.105, which
authorize the commission to adopt rules necessary to carry out its responsibilities
and duties under the TWC and other laws of Texas. The amendments are also
proposed under HB 2572 and SB 658.
No other codes or states will be affected by this proposal.
§297.41.General Approval Criteria.
(a)
(No change.)
(b)
Beginning
January 5, 2002
[
This agency hereby certifies that the proposal has been reviewed
by legal counsel and found to be within the agency's legal authority to adopt.
Filed
with the Office of the Secretary of State, on April 7, 2000.
TRD-200002481
Margaret Hoffman
Director, Environmental Law Division
Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commission
Proposed date of adoption: May 22, 2000
For further information, please call: (512) 239-4712
Subchapter C. ALLOCATION OF AVAILABLE WATERS
Chapter 290.
PUBLIC DRINKING WATER
title
] is not contained
in the following list, its definition shall be as shown in Title 40 Code of
Federal Regulations
(CFR)
§141.2. Other technical terms used
shall have the meanings or definitions listed in the latest edition of "Glossary,
Water and Wastewater Control Engineering," prepared by a joint editorial board
representing the American Public Health Association, American Society of Civil
Engineers, American Water Works Association, and the Water Pollution Control
Federation.
(6)
] ASTM standards--The standards
of the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19102.
(7)
] Auxiliary power--Either
mechanical power or electric generators which can enable the system to provide
water under pressure to the distribution system in the event of a local power
failure. With the approval of the executive director, dual primary electric
service may be considered as auxiliary power in areas which are not subject
to large scale power outages due to natural disasters.
(8)
] AWWA standards--The latest
edition of the applicable standards as approved and published by the American
Water Works Association, 6666 West Quincy Avenue, Denver, Colorado 80235.
(9)
] Community water system--A
public water system which has a potential to serve at least 15 residential
service connections on a year-round basis or serves at least 25 residents
on a year-round basis.
(10)
] Connection--A single
family residential unit or each commercial or industrial establishment to
which drinking water is supplied from the system. As an example, the number
of service connections in an apartment complex would be equal to the number
of individual apartment units. When enough data is not available to accurately
determine the number of connections to be served or being served, the population
served divided by three will be used as the number of connections for calculating
system capacity requirements. Conversely, if only the number of connections
is known, the connection total multiplied by three will be the number used
for population served. For the purposes of this definition, a dwelling or
business which is connected to a system that delivers water by a constructed
conveyance other than a pipe shall not be considered a connection if:
commission
]
determines that alternative water to achieve the equivalent level of public
health protection provided by the drinking water standards is provided for
residential or similar human consumption, including, but not limited to, drinking
and cooking; or
commission
]
determines that the water provided for residential or similar human consumption
is centrally treated or is treated at the point of entry by a provider, a
pass through entity, or the user to achieve the equivalent level of protection
provided by the drinking water standards.
(11)
] Contamination--The
presence of any foreign substance (organic, inorganic, radiological or biological)
in water which tends to degrade its quality so as to constitute a hazard or
impair the usefulness of the water.
(12)
] Cross-connection--A
physical connection between a public water system and either another supply
of unknown or questionable quality, any source which may contain contaminating
or polluting substances, or any source of water treated to a lesser degree
in the treatment process.
(13)
] Disinfectant--Any oxidant,
including but not limited to chlorine, chlorine dioxide, chloramines, and
ozone added to the water in any part of the treatment or distribution process,
that is intended to kill or inactivate pathogenic microorganisms.
(14)
] Disinfection--A process
which inactivates pathogenic organisms in the water by chemical oxidants or
equivalent agents.
(15)
] Drinking water--All
water distributed by any agency or individual, public or private, for the
purpose of human consumption or which may be used in the preparation of foods
or beverages or for the cleaning of any utensil or article used in the course
of preparation or consumption of food or beverages for human beings. The term
"Drinking Water" shall also include all water supplied for human consumption
or used by any institution catering to the public.
(16)
] Drinking water standards--The
commission rules covering drinking water standards in
Subchapter F
[
§§290.101 - 290.121
] of this
chapter
[
title
] (relating to Drinking Water Standards Governing Drinking Water
Quality and Reporting Requirements for Public Water Supply Systems).
(17)
] Elevated storage capacity--That
portion of water which can be stored at least 80 feet above the highest service
connection in the pressure plane served by the storage tank.
(18)
] Emergency power--Either
mechanical power or electric generators which can enable the system to provide
water under pressure to the distribution system in the event of a local power
failure. With the approval of the executive director, dual primary electric
service may be considered as emergency power in areas which are not subject
to large scale power outages due to natural disasters.
(19)
] Ground water under the
direct
influence of surface water--Any water beneath the surface of
the ground with:
(20)
] Health hazard--
A cross-connection, potential contamination hazard, or other situation involving
any substance that can cause death, illness, spread of disease, or has a high
probability of causing such effects if introduced into the potable drinking
water supply.
[
Any conditions, devices or practices in the water
supply system and/or its operation which create, or may create, a danger to
the public health and well-being of the water consumer. An example of a health
hazard is a structural defect in the water supply system, whether of location,
design, or construction, which may regularly or occasionally prevent satisfactory
purification of the water supply or cause it to be contaminated from extraneous
sources.
]
(22)
] Human consumption--Uses
by humans in which water can be ingested into or absorbed by the human body.
Examples of these uses include, but are not limited to drinking, cooking,
brushing teeth, bathing, washing hands, washing dishes, and preparing foods.
(23)
] Interconnection--A physical
connection between two public water supply systems.
(24)
] Intruder-resistant fence--A
fence six feet or
greater
[
more
] in height, constructed
of wood, concrete, masonry, or metal with three strands of barbed wire extending
outward from the top of the fence at a 45 degree angle
with
[
and have
] the smooth side of the fence on the outside wall. In lieu
of the barbed wire, the fence must be eight feet in height. The fence must
be in good repair and close enough to surface grade to prevent intruder passage.
(25)
] Licensed Professional
Engineer--An engineer who maintains a current license through the Texas Board
of Professional Engineers in accordance with its requirements for professional
practice.
(26)
] Maximum daily demand--In
the absence of verified historical data, maximum daily demand means 2.4 times
the average daily demand of the system.
(27)
] MCL--Maximum Contaminant
Level.
(28)
] mg/l--Milligrams per
liter, a measure of concentration, equivalent to and replacing parts per million
(ppm) in the case of dilute solutions.
(29)
]
Monthly reports
of water works operations
[
Monthly Reports of Water Works Operations
]--The daily record of data relating to the operation of the system
facilities compiled in a monthly report.
(30)
] NFPA standards--The
standards of the National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park,
Quincy, Massachusetts, 02269-9101.
(31)
] NSF--The National Sanitation
Foundation
or reference
[
and refers
] to the listings
developed by the Foundation, P.O. Box 1468, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106.
(32)
] Noncommunity water system--Any
public water system which is not a community system.
(38)
] Public health engineering
practices--Requirements in these sections or guidelines promulgated by the
executive director
[
commission
].
(39)
] Public water system--A
system for the provision to the public of water for human consumption through
pipes or other constructed conveyances, which includes all uses described
under the definition for drinking water. Such a system must have at least
15 service connections or serve at least 25 individuals at least 60 days out
of the year. This term includes: any collection, treatment, storage, and distribution
facilities under the control of the operator of such system and used primarily
in connection with such system; and any collection or pretreatment storage
facilities not under such control which are used primarily in connection with
such system. Two or more systems with each having a potential to serve less
than 15 connections or less than 25 individuals but owned by the same person,
firm, or corporation and located on adjacent land will be considered a public
water system when the total potential service connections in the combined
systems are 15 or greater or if the total number of individuals served by
the combined systems total 25 or
greater
[
more
] at least
60 days out of the year. Without excluding other meanings of the terms "individual"
or "served," an individual shall be deemed to be served by a water system
if he lives in, uses as his place of employment, or works in a place to which
drinking water is supplied from the system.
(40)
] Sanitary control easement--A
legally binding document securing all land, within 150 feet of a public water
supply well location, from pollution hazards. This document must fully describe
the location of the well and surrounding lands and must be filed in the
county
[
County
] records to be legally binding.
(41)
] Sanitary survey--An
onsite review of the water source, facilities, equipment, operation and maintenance
of a public water system, for the purpose of evaluating the adequacy for producing
and distributing safe drinking water.
(42)
] Service pump--Any pump
that takes treated water from storage and discharges to the distribution system.
(43)
] Transfer pump--Any pump
which conveys water from one point to another within the treatment process
or which conveys water to storage facilities prior to distribution.
(44)
] Transient noncommunity
water system--A public water system that is not a community water system and
serves at least 25 persons at least 60 days out of the year, yet by its characteristics,
does not meet the definition of a nontransient noncommunity water system.
(45)
] Uniform Fire Code--The
standards of the International Conference of Building Officials, 5360 Workman
Mill
Road
[
Rd.
],
Whittier
[
Wittier
],
California, 90601-2298.
(2)
]
A
[
If
a
] person
who
is not required to complete the steps in paragraph
(1) of this subsection, or
who
[
if a person
] completes
the steps in paragraph (1) of this subsection[
,
] and is denied
service or determines
that
the existing provider's cost estimate
is not feasible for the development to be served, [
the person
]
shall submit to the executive director:
commission, at its discretion,
] may give
limited approval. In such
a
case, the owner must be given a bonded
guarantee from the manufacturer covering acceptable performance. The specifications
shall include a statement that such a bonded guarantee will be provided
to
the owner and shall also specify those conditions under which the
bond will be forfeited. Such
a
bond will be transferrable. The
bond shall be retained by the owner and transferred when a change in ownership
occurs.
commission
]
prior to placing the well into service. Each original easement document must
be recorded in the deed records at the county courthouse. See §290.47(c)
of this title (relating to Appendices) for a suggested form.
notification
] to the executive
director.
initial notification of the extent
] of the modifications.
The owner
shall submit plans and specifications as determined by the executive director
in accordance with subsection (c) of this section.
]
commission
] will not require planning material on distribution line
improvements
[
extensions from a political entity (county, municipality, district
or water authority)
] when the entity has its own internal engineering
[
review
] staff or is required, by local ordinance, to submit the
material to another political entity for review and approval. The review staff
must be separate and apart from the engineering staff or firm charged with
the design of the distribution extension under review. The planning material
must be reviewed and certified to be in compliance with §290.44 of this
title (relating to Water Distribution) by a
registered
[
licensed
] professional engineer in the employ of the review entity. The effect
of the distribution system improvements on compliance with §290.45 of
this title (relating to Minimum Water System Capacity Requirements) must be
evaluated. Should the proposed [
distribution system
] improvements
result in an exceedance of the capacity requirements, written notice of the
extent of the proposed improvements must be submitted to the executive director.
Ground water
] sources
and development.
the following
] pressure cementation
method
[
methods
] in accordance
with the AWWA Standard for Water Wells
(A100-97)
[
(A100-90)
], Appendix
C: Section C.3 (Positive Displacement Exterior Method);
Section C.4 (Interior Method Without Plug); Section C.5 (Positive Placement,
Interior Method, Drillable Plug); Section C.6 (Placement Through Float Shoe
Attached to Bottom of Casing)
[
B: Section B.3 (Positive displacement--exterior
method); Section B.4 (Interior method--without a plug); Section B.5 (Positive
placement--interior method--drillable plug); or Section B.6 (Placement through
float shoe attached to the bottom of the casing)
]. Cementation methods
other than those listed in this subparagraph must be approved by the executive
director prior to the construction of the well. A cement bonding log, as well
as any other documentation deemed necessary, may be required by the executive
director to assure complete sealing of the annular space.
The pump room
floor shall be at least two feet above the highest known watermark or 100-year
flood elevation, if available, or adequately protected from possible flood
damage by levees.
]
faced
] downward, elevated and located so as to minimize the drawing
of contaminants into the well.
Wellheads and well vents shall be at least
two feet above the highest known watermark or 100-year flood elevation, if
available, or adequately protected from possible flood damage by levees.
made
] to any
residence
or
establishment where an actual or potential contamination [
or
system
] hazard exists
unless the public water facilities are protected
from contamination.
[
without an air gap separation between the
drinking water supply and the source of potential contamination. The containment
air gap is sometimes impractical and, instead, reliance must be placed on
individual "internal" air gaps or mechanical backflow prevention devices.
Under these conditions, additional protection shall be required at the meter
in the form of a backflow prevention device (in accordance with AWWA Standards
C510 and C511, and AWWA Manual M14) on those establishments handling substances
deleterious or hazardous to the public health. The water purveyor need not
require backflow protection at the water service entrance if an adequate cross-connection
control program is in effect that includes an annual inspection and testing
by a certified backflow prevention device tester. It will be the responsibility
of the water purveyor to ensure that these requirements are met.
]
made
] to any condensing,
cooling or industrial process or any other system of nonpotable usage over
which the public water supply system officials do not have sanitary control,
unless the said connection is made in accordance with the requirements of
paragraph (1) of this subsection. Water from such systems cannot be returned
to the potable water supply.
Effective January 1, 1996, all
] backflow prevention assemblies
that are required according to
this section and associated table §290.47(i) of this title
shall
be tested upon installation by a recognized backflow prevention assembly tester
and certified to be operating within specifications. Backflow prevention assemblies
which are installed to provide protection against [
high
] health
hazards must also be tested and certified to be operating within specifications
at least annually by a recognized backflow prevention
assembly
[
device
] tester.
Commission
]
approved course on cross-connection control and backflow prevention
assembly testing,
[
and
] pass an examination administered
by the TNRCC or its designated agent
and hold current professional certification
as a backflow prevention assembly tester.
[
The accredited tester
classification shall be broken down into two categories:
]
Individuals that can
show proof of completion of a course and passage of an exam based on the ABPA
or ASSE National exam, prior to the effective date of these regulations, may
be recognized as accredited for the term of their current certification (not
to exceed three years).
]
Gauges used in the testing of backflow prevention assemblies
shall be tested for accuracy annually in accordance with the University of
Southern California's Foundation of Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic
Research and/or the American Water Works Association Manual of Cross Connection
Control (Manual M-14). Public water systems shall require testers to include
test gauge serial numbers on "Test and Maintenance" report forms and ensure
testers have gauges tested for accuracy.
]
device
] at the service connection shall be considered as
additional backflow protection and shall not negate the use of backflow protection
on internal hazards as outlined and enforced by local plumbing codes.
Ground water
] supply
requirements are as follows:
more connections
],
or fewer than 100 connections and utilize ground storage must meet the following
requirements:
A service
pump capacity of 2.0 gallons per minute per connection must be provided. Systems
with 250 or more connections must have two or more service pumps with a combined
capacity of at least 2.0 gallons per minute per connection.
]
a service pump capacity of at least three times
the maximum daily demand; and
]
a minimum pressure tank capacity of 220 gallons
with additional capacity, if necessary, based on a sanitary survey conducted
by the commission.
]
Sample
] Service
Inspection Certification.
Subchapter F. DRINKING WATER STANDARDS GOVERNING DRINKING WATER QUALITY AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS FOR PUBLIC WATER SUPPLY SYSTEMS
Chapter 293.
WATER DISTRICTS
water supply
] corporation, acting through its board of directors, has found that
it is necessary and desirable for the [
water supply
] corporation
to be converted into a district. The resolution shall include the following:
the
] Texas Water Code, §65.001(10), to a special
utility district shall conform to the legal description of the service area
of the [
water supply
] corporation as such service area appears
in the certificate of public convenience and necessity
held
[
issued
] by the [
commission or by the Public Utility Commission
of Texas to the water supply
] corporation. Any area of the [
water
supply
] corporation that overlaps another entity's certificate of convenience
and necessity must be excluded unless the other entity consents in writing
to the inclusion of its dually certified area in the district;
issued by the commission or its predecessor
agency to
] the water supply
or sewer service
corporation
applying for conversion to a special utility district;
water supply
] corporation to the special
utility district upon dissolution.
,
] Chapter 36, Groundwater
Conservation Districts
;
[
,
] Chapter 51, multi-county
Water Control & Improvement Districts
or single county Water Control
and Improvement Districts requesting additional powers;
[
,
]
Chapter 54, Municipal Utility Districts
;
[
,
] Chapter
55, Water Improvement Districts
;
[
,
] Chapter 58, multi-county
Irrigation Districts
;
[
,
] Chapter 59, Regional Districts
;
[
,
] Chapter 65, Special Utility Districts
;
[
,
] and Chapter 66, Storm Water Control Districts, the executive
director shall notify the chief clerk that the application is administratively
complete.
paragraph
] (a) of this section, the chief clerk shall send a copy
of a notice to the applicant indicating that an application has been received
and notifying interested persons of the procedures for requesting a public
hearing. The applicant shall cause the notice to be published as follows:
Subchapter D. APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS
for
] an applicant
for appointment as a director [
to receive consideration, the following
qualifications shall apply.
]
(1)
a person shall
]
must
be at least 18 years old, a resident citizen of Texas, and either own land
subject to taxation in the district or be a qualified voter within the district.
the
]
Texas
Water Code, §59.004
must be at least 18 years old and a resident of this state, but need not be
a landowner or qualified voter within the district.
the
] Texas Water Code, §65.012,
must be a resident citizen of this state and either own land subject to taxation
in the district, or be a user of the facilities of the district or be a qualified
voter in the district.
the
] Texas Water Code, §66.012,
must reside within the boundaries of the proposed district but need not be
a landowner or qualified voter within the district.
temporary directors
] or directors
to fill one or more vacancies on the board;
Subchapter E. ISSUANCE OF BONDS
be determined
by
] the amount of the estimated district share, including any required
developer contribution[
; provided, however, that in instances where such
clearing and grubbing construction contracts are let and awarded in the developer's
name and the developer's aggregate share of such costs, including any required
developer contribution, exceeds
]
does not exceed
50% of
the total construction contract costs[
, the competitive bidding statutes
and/or regulations are not considered to be applicable
].
districts
] share shall be subject to the developer's 30% contribution
as may be required by §293.47 of this title [
(relating to Thirty
Percent of District Construction Costs To Be Paid by Developer)
].
Drainage Districts and Levee
Improvement Districts which were confirmed and operating pursuant to the Water
Code, Chapters 56 and 57, respectively, prior to September 1, 1989,
]
may fund the costs of bridge and culvert crossings
needed to accommodate
the development's road system that are
larger than those specified in
subparagraph (A) of this paragraph which
cross channels other than natural
waterways with defined bed and banks and
are necessary as a result of
required channel improvements subject to the following limitations:
(i)
the crossing must be located entirely
or partially within the district's boundaries;
]
(ii)
] the drainage channel construction
or renovation must benefit property within the district's boundaries;
(iii)
] the costs shall not exceed
a pro rata share based on the percent of total drainage area of the channel
crossed, measured at the point of crossing, calculated by taking the total
cost of such bridge or culvert crossing multiplied by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the total drainage area located within the district upstream of
the crossing, and the denominator of which is the total drainage area upstream
of the crossing;
(iv)
] the district shall be responsible
for not more than 50% of the pro rata share as calculated under this subsection,
subject to the developer's 30% contribution as may be required by §293.47
of this title [
(relating to Thirty Percent of District Construction Costs
To Be Paid by Developer)
].
current condition of the facilities and
estimated cost of repair,
] as evidenced by an on-site inspection.
(2)
In order for a proposed project to
be considered feasible, the aggregate wastewater treatment capacity authorized
under permits held by the applicant and /or developer should be adequate to
serve the projected buildout used in the projection of revenues and expenses.
]
(3)
] Contract revenue bonds
proposed to be issued by districts for facilities providing water, sewer,
or drainage, pursuant to contracts authorized under Local Government Code, §402.014,
or other similar statutory authorization, will be approved by the commission
only when the city's pro rata share of debt service on such bonds is sufficient
to pay for the cost of the water, sewer, or drainage facilities proposed to
serve areas located outside the boundaries of the service area of the issuing
district.
(4)
] When a district proposes
to obtain water or sewer service from a municipality, district, or other political
subdivision and proposes to use bond proceeds to compensate the providing
political subdivision for the water or sewer services on the basis of a capitalized
unit cost, e.g., per connection, per lot, or per acre, the commission will
approve the use of bond proceeds for such compensation under the following
conditions:
:
]
For construction contracts awarded after the effective date
of this subsection (September 5, 1986),
] substantial compliance with
statutory requirements is not achieved, reimbursement to a developer may be
limited to the final construction contract amount, or a lesser amount, if
more reflective of the actual value of such facilities as may be determined
by the commission, without developer interest.
To Be ] Paid by Developer.
which have a
ratio of debt (including proposed debt) to certified assessed valuation of
more than 10%. This section does not apply to
]:
or
]
at the time of the bond
application hearing
], which request shall specifically state on which
basis the district requests such waiver. The waiver request shall be accompanied
by a written statement from the district's financial advisor stating that,
in his opinion, the district can reasonably be expected to qualify for either
an acceptable credit rating or a credit enhanced rating, and that the district
financing is feasible without the developer contribution.
days
] written
notice to both the district and the developer, has reviewed the matter, either
on the petition of the district or on his own motion and has approved the
district's awarding of the contract and utilization of the letter of credit;
and provided further, the executive director may extend the time for the developer
to complete the streets and utilities if the developer renews the letter of
credit and adequately compensates the district for lost revenues and taxes
resulting from failure to complete the streets and utilities within the specified
time. In the event that the letter of credit has not been renewed or replaced
45 days prior to its expiration date, or in the event that the developer commences
any proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, or any proceeding, voluntary or
involuntary, is commenced against the developer involving the bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, or dissolution of the developer,
or any receiver is appointed for the developer, or the developer makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, the district shall have the immediate
right to draw down the lesser of the current cost, as estimated by the district's
engineer, to construct the streets and utilities, or the entire remaining
balance of the letter of credit. The current estimated costs to construct
the streets and utilities shall include construction contract amounts, engineering,
surveying and testing fees, and a 10% contingency. The district shall deposit
such funds in a separate account and shall not commit or expend such funds
until the executive director has authorized use of the funds as provided in
this subsection. Within 30 days after final completion of the streets and
utilities, the district shall provide an accounting of the use of funds drawn
pursuant to the provisions hereof and shall refund any remaining funds, including
accrued interest, if any, to the developer or his designee. A district shall
not allow any letter of credit to expire, except upon completion of the paving
in substantial compliance with the agreement or written approval of the executive
director. A copy of the street and utility construction agreement meeting
the criteria specified in §293.57 of this title (relating to Form of
Street and Utility Construction Agreement), the letter of credit
,
and any amendments or renewals thereof shall be submitted to the executive
director within ten days after their execution or receipt by the district.
The letter of credit must be from a financial institution meeting the qualifications
as specified in §293.56 of this title (relating to Requirements for
Letters of Credit).
drainage channels,
]
sanitary control at water plants, [
and
] noise and odor control
at wastewater treatment plants
, and the right of way necessary for a
drainage swale or ditch constructed generally along a street or road right
of way in lieu of a storm sewer,
shall be dedicated to the district
or the public by the developer without payment or reimbursement from the district.
If any easements are required for such facilities on land not owned by a developer
in the district, the district may acquire such land at its appraised market
value, and may also pay legal, engineering, surveying, or court fees and expenses
incurred in acquiring such land, and §293.47 of this title (relating
to Thirty Percent of District Construction Costs To Be Paid by Developer)
shall not apply to such acquisition.
Plants, Lift or Pump
Stations, Detention Ponds, and Levee Sites. All land needed by a district
for plants, lift or pump stations, detention/retention ponds, or levees
]
A district
may
acquire the following
[
be acquired
]
in fee simple [
or by easement
] from any person, including the developer,
in accordance with this section, and §293.47 of this title [
(relating
to Thirty Percent of District Construction Costs To be Paid by Developer)
] shall not apply to such acquisition
:
[
.
]
(c)
] Joint stormwater detention/water
amenity facilities. If a detention or retention pond is also being used as
an amenity by the developer, payment to the developer shall be limited to
that cost that is associated only with the drainage function of the facility.
The land costs of combined water amenity and detention facilities should be
shared with the developer on the basis of the volume of water storage attributable
to each use.
(d)
] Land or easements outside
the district's boundaries. Land or easements needed for any district facilities
outside the district's boundaries may be purchased by the district as part
of the district project at a price not to exceed the fair market value thereof.
The district may also pay legal, engineering, surveying, or court fees and
expenses spent in acquiring such land. If the land or easements are purchased
from a developer who owns land within the district, the price paid by the
district shall be determined in accordance with subsection (b) of this section
and such purchase price shall be subject to the provisions of §293.47
of this title [
(relating to Thirty Percent of District Construction Costs
To Be Paid by Developer)
] unless the facilities constructed in, on,
or over such land, easements, or rights-of-way are exempt from such contribution
or the district is exempt from such contribution under the terms of §293.47
of this title.
(e)
]
Shared land or easements
outside the district's boundaries.
If the out-of-district land or easement
is required for a drainage channel downstream of the district and a portion
of such land or easement is or will be needed by another district(s), whether
upstream or downstream, for development, the district shall only pay for its
proportionate share of the land costs based upon the acreage of the drainage
area contributing drainage to such drainage channel at full development. However,
in the event there is no developer in another district(s) to dedicate the
district's pro rata share of the required land, the district may pay the entire
cost to acquire such land, but the commission shall order the other district(s)
to reimburse the district at such time as development occurs in the other
district that requires such drainage right-of-way.
(f)
] Regional facilities. A district
may use bond proceeds to acquire the entire site for any regional plant, lift
or pump station, detention pond, drainage channel, or levee if the commission
determines that regionalization will be promoted and the district will recover
the appropriate pro rata share of the site costs, carrying costs, and bond
issuance costs from future participants. The district may pay the fair market
value based on an appraisal for such regional site and also may pay legal,
engineering, surveying, or court fees and expenses incurred in acquiring such
land. The commission shall, by separate order, order other districts participating
in such regional facility to reimburse the acquiring district a proportionate
share of such site costs, carrying costs, and bond issuance costs at such
time as development occurs in such other districts requiring such regional
site.
(g)
]
Certification by registered
professional engineer.
Prior to the district purchasing or obligating
district funds for the purchase of sites for water plants, wastewater plants,
or lift or pump stations, the district must have a registered professional
engineer certify that the site is suitable for the purposes for which it intended
and identify what areas will need to be designated as buffer zones to satisfy
all entities with jurisdictional authority.
:
]
then
] prevailing market conditions
existing at the time of the sale of the bond anticipation note
, in a
principal amount at least sufficient to redeem and pay the principal of, and
accrued interest on, the BAN on or prior to their stated maturity date.
BAN's
], the developer and district shall enter into a street and road
construction agreement as required by §293.48 of this title (relating
to
Street and Water, Wastewater and Drainage Utility (Street and Utility)
Construction by Developer
[
Street and Road Construction by Developer
])
, unless exempted or inapplicable pursuant to §293.59(k)(11)
of this title (relating to Economic Feasibility of Project).
the
] Texas Water Code, §49.052(d).
prior to the approval of the bond issue.
]
at the
time of filing a bond application. If written agreements by owners of developable
property who are not receiving bond proceeds are not voluntarily provided,
and the ratio of the assessed valuation of their property to the district's
total certified assessed valuation exceeds 10% for any individual or 20% for
all combined, the feasibility analysis of the bond issue will be based on
a reduced value for such property if not already on the tax rolls at a minimal
value.
For
] the immediately preceding
exceptions in subparagraph (A) or (C) of this paragraph, the developer shall
provide a guarantee for its 30% share
of utilities
, if required
pursuant to §293.47 of this title (relating to Thirty Percent of District
Construction Costs To Be Paid by Developer), in the form and manner required
by
§293.47(g) of this title
[
subsection (g) thereof.
For the immediately preceding exceptions in subparagraph (B) or (C) of this
paragraph, the developer shall provide a paving guarantee pursuant to §293.48
of this title (relating to Street and Utilities Construction by Developer)
]
;
[
.
]
(relating to Thirty
Percent of District Construction Costs To Be Paid by Developer)
] or
a credit enhanced rating as defined in
§293.47(b)(5) of this title
[
paragraph (5) of this subsection
], and such rating must
be obtained prior to the sale of bonds; or
(m)
Except for districts whose primary purpose
is to provide service for agricultural uses, the economic feasibility of bond
issues supported by benefit assessments shall be analyzed by converting the
assessment to an equivalent tax rate per unit of assessment. The calculated
equivalent tax rate shall be added into the combined no-growth tax rate defined
in subsection (e) of this section and the combined projected tax rate defined
in subsection (f) of this section. The commission may compare these equivalent
tax rates to those listed in subsection (k) (3) and (4) of this section.
]
(n)
] Bond issues supported only
by revenue from a defined area shall be analyzed to assure that the defined
area meets the requirements of this section independently of the remainder
of the issuing district.
(o)
] A district may request a variance
if it does not meet the guidelines contained in
subsections
[
subsection
] (k) and (l) of this section, and a majority of the district's
board of directors finds by resolution that the district would be justified
in requesting a variance. The district will be responsible for providing sufficient
documentation to justify any request for a variance. The commission will only
grant variances in exceptional cases and may deny any request for a variance.
The commission shall not grant a variance to the maximum combined projected
tax rate or the maximum combined no-growth tax rate specified in subsection
(k) of this section for districts that have a developer and the district is
financing 100% of construction costs pursuant to criteria set out in §293.47(a)
of this title which would otherwise require 30% developer participation. In
determining whether to grant a variance, the following factors shall be considered:
Subchapter G. OTHER ACTIONS REQUIRING COMMISSION CONSIDERATION FOR APPROVAL
No hearing on the application shall be held less than
]
30 days after such notices are given, mailed
,
or published.
hearing and
] consideration of all
evidence, the commission determines that the district cannot, through the
full exercise of its rights and powers under the law of this state, reasonably
expect to meet its debts and other obligations as they mature, the commission
may authorize the district to proceed in bankruptcy.
, after hearing,
] the commission determines
that the district can, through the full exercise of its rights and powers
under the laws of this state, reasonably expect to meet its debt and other
obligations as they mature, the commission shall deny the district's application
and shall order the district to adopt specific measures to generate sufficient
revenues to meet its obligations. The commission shall also require the district
to submit periodic reports on the implementation of the measures required
by the commission and its current financial condition.
Subchapter H. REPORTS
Budget
]. Prior
to the start of a fiscal year, the governing board of each active district
shall adopt an operating budget for the upcoming fiscal year. The adopted
budget and any subsequent amendments shall be passed and approved by a resolution
of the governing board and shall be made a part of the governing board minutes.
Budget amendments may be made from time to time in the discretion of the governing
board. The adopted budget is not a spending limitation imposed by the commission.
However, the governing board may adopt rules to limit the spending authority
of the district officers in relation to the budget. A comparison of the actual
operating results to the adopted budget, as amended, shall be presented in
the annual report of each district. The budgetary comparison statement shall
be included either within the audited financial statements or within a supplementary
section.
Subchapter L. DISSOLUTION OF DISTRICTS
Chapter 36 of the Texas Water Code §§306.301 - 306.310
authorizes
] the commission to dissolve any district as defined in
Texas
Water Code
,
§36.001(1), a groundwater conservation
district, which is not operational as determined under Texas Water Code
,
§36.302 and has no outstanding bonded indebtedness.
(2)
The application must include
a petition on the part of the party requesting dissolution including a statement
of the reasons that a dissolution is desirable or necessary, and contain a
statement that the district has been financially dormant for the preceding
five-year period for water districts and has performed no functions for the
five previous preceding years and has no outstanding bonded indebtedness.
]
(3)
If the petition is submitted by a
landowner, a director of the district, or other interested party, the application
must contain certified copies of dormancy affidavits submitted pursuant to
Water Code §49.197, for five years for water districts preceding the
year in which the application is submitted.
]
(4)
Evidence that the district has no
outstanding bonded indebtedness may be filed as prepared testimony with the
application and may consist of statements or testimony from the district's
attorney, engineer, or officer and shall include an affidavit of the state
comptroller of public accounts certifying that the district has never registered
any bonds with the comptroller.
]
(5)
Applications shall include a list
of assets and liabilities of the district.
]
(6)
] The executive director
may initiate procedures to dissolve a district without financial dormancy
affidavits on file if:
The
] district has failed to
comply with the reporting requirements of this chapter for the previous
five-year
[
five year
] period;
,
]
Subchapter M. APPLICATION FOR APPROVAL OF STANDBY FEES To Be ] Used to Supplement the Operation and Maintenance Fund.
$30
]; or
$22.00
] if the district is a provider of only water or
wastewater service.
Chapter 297.
WATER RIGHTS SUBSTANTIVE
A person's domestic and livestock use may not
unreasonably interfere with another's domestic and livestock use. A dam and
impoundment under subsection (b) of this section must allow sufficient inflows
to pass- through downstream for the benefit of other domestic and livestock
uses. Such dam
] may not be located on a navigable stream.
Subchapter E. ISSUANCE AND CONDITIONS OF WATER RIGHTS
September 1,
2001
], the commission will not issue a water right for municipal purposes
in a region that does not have an approved regional water plan in accordance
with Texas Water Code
,
§16.053(i) unless the commission determines
that new, changed, or unaccounted for conditions warrant the waiver of this
requirement.
Chapter 304.
WATERMASTER OPERATIONS